Anda di halaman 1dari 472

B0400FA

REV L

I/A Series® System


DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem
User’s Guide
June 27, 2008
Invensys, Foxboro, FoxCAE, FoxCom, and I/A Series are trademarks of Invensys plc, its subsidiaries, and
affiliates.
All other brand names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Copyright 1999-2008 Invensys Systems, Inc.


All rights reserved
Contents
Figures................................................................................................................................. xiii

Tables................................................................................................................................... xxi

Preface................................................................................................................................ xxiii
Revision Information ........................................................................................................... xxiii
Compliance with European Directives .................................................................................. xxiv
Safety Considerations ............................................................................................................ xxiv
Reference Documents ............................................................................................................ xxv

1. Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1
Field Control Processor 270 Overview ...................................................................................... 2
Field Control Processor 270 Elements .................................................................................. 2
FCP270 Product Sizing ........................................................................................................ 5
Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps ............................................. 5
Cable Lengths – 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus ...................................................................... 5
Cable Lengths – 268 Kbps Fieldbus ................................................................................. 8
Cable Lengths – Combined ............................................................................................. 8
Equipment Quantities ..................................................................................................... 8
FEM100 Fieldbus Expansion Module .................................................................................. 8
FEM100 Usage with FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications Module 9
FBI100 - Fieldbus Isolator/Filter ........................................................................................ 10
FCP270 Modular Baseplates .............................................................................................. 11
FCP270/FBM Baseplate Interconnections .......................................................................... 11
FCP270/FBM Module Identification ................................................................................. 11
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100Et(s) Overview ............................................. 12
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100Et(s) Elements ......................................... 12
I/O MESH Network Configurations ............................................................................. 14
FCM100Et Fieldbus Communications Module ................................................................. 16
FCM100Et Product Sizing ................................................................................................. 18
Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps ........................................... 18
Cable Lengths – Module Fieldbus ................................................................................. 18
Cable Lengths – Combined ........................................................................................... 18
Equipment Quantities ................................................................................................... 18
FCM100Et Modular Baseplates ......................................................................................... 18
FCM100Et/FBM Baseplate Interconnections ..................................................................... 19
FCM100Et/FBM Module Identification ............................................................................ 19
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100E(s) Overview .............................................. 20
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100E(s) Elements .......................................... 20
FCM100E Fieldbus Communications Module .................................................................. 22

iii
B0400FA – Rev L Contents

FCM100E Product Sizing .................................................................................................. 23


Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps ........................................... 23
Cable Lengths – 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus .................................................................... 23
Cable Lengths – 268 Kbps Fieldbus ............................................................................... 23
Cable Lengths – Combined ........................................................................................... 23
Equipment Quantities ................................................................................................... 24
FCM100E Modular Baseplates ........................................................................................... 24
FCM100E/FBM Baseplate Interconnections ...................................................................... 24
FCM100E/FBM Module Identification ............................................................................. 25
Control Processor 60 with FCM10(s) Overview ..................................................................... 26
Control Processor 60 (CP60) with FCM10 Elements ......................................................... 26
FCM10E and FCM2F Fieldbus Communications Modules ............................................... 29
FCM10E Fieldbus Communications Module ................................................................ 29
FCM10Ef Fieldbus Communications Module .............................................................. 29
FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications Module .............................. 30
CP60 Product Sizing .......................................................................................................... 30
Cable Lengths – Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus, 10Base2 ...................................................... 30
Cable Lengths – Module Fieldbus ................................................................................. 30
Cable Lengths – Combined ........................................................................................... 31
Equipment Quantities ................................................................................................... 31
FCM10E/FCM10Ef/FBM Baseplates ................................................................................ 31
FCM10E/FCM10Ef/FBM Module Identification .............................................................. 31
I/A Series Baseplates ................................................................................................................ 32
Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN .................................................................................................. 32
2-Position Baseplates ..................................................................................................... 34
4-Position Baseplates ..................................................................................................... 35
Eight Position Baseplate ................................................................................................ 36
Modular Baseplate Interconnections-
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN .................................................................................................. 36
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM -
Module Identification .................................................................................................... 41
Fieldbus Module Baseplates - P0914XA/XB ....................................................................... 41
Upgrading from a CP60 System to an FCP270 or ZCP270 .......................................... 45
I/A Series Fieldbus Modules .................................................................................................... 46
FBM201/201b/201c/201d – Channel Isolated Analog
(0 to 20 mA, 0 to 100 mV dc, 0 to 5 V dc, 0 to 10 V dc)
Input Interface Module ...................................................................................................... 46
FBM202 – Channel Isolated, Thermocouple/mV
Input Interface Module ...................................................................................................... 47
FBM203/FBM203b/FBM203c – Channel Isolated, Platinum/Nickel/Copper RTD
Input Interface Module ...................................................................................................... 47
FBM204 – Channel Isolated, 0 to 20 mA I/O Interface Module ........................................ 47
FBM205 – Channel Isolated, Redundant 0 to 20 mA I/O Interface Module ..................... 48
FBM206 – Channel Isolated Pulse Input Interface Module ................................................ 49

iv
Contents B0400FA – Rev L

FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c – Channel Isolated


Voltage Monitor/Contact Sense Input Interface Module .................................................... 49
FBM208 – Channel Isolated, Redundant with Readback,
0 to 20 mA, I/O Interface Module ..................................................................................... 50
FBM211 – 0 to 20 mA Input Interface Module ................................................................. 51
FBM212 – Differential Thermocouple/mV Input Interface Module .................................. 52
FBM213 – Differential Platinum and Nickel RTD Input Interface Module ...................... 52
FBM214 – HART™ Communication Input Interface Module ......................................... 52
FBM215 – HART Communication Output Interface Module .......................................... 52
FBM216 – HART Communication Redundant Input Interface Module ........................... 52
FBM217 – Group Isolated Discrete Input Interface Module .............................................. 53
FBM218 – HART Communication Redundant Output Interface Module ........................ 53
FBM219 – Group Isolated Discrete I/O Interface Module ................................................. 53
FBM220/221 – FOUNDATION™ fieldbus H1 Communications Interface Module ...... 54
FBM222, Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Module ........................ 54
FBM223 – PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Modules ....................................... 55
FBM224 – Modbus Communication Interface Module ..................................................... 55
FBM228 Redundant 4-Channel Interface to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus ........................ 55
FBM230/231/232/233 – Field Device System Interface Modules ...................................... 55
FBM237 – Channel Isolated Redundant Ready 0 to 20 mA Output Interface Module ...... 56
FBM240 – Channel Isolated Discrete Output Interface Module ........................................ 57
FBM241/FBM241b/c/d – Channel Isolated Discrete I/O Interface Module ...................... 58
FBM242 – Channel Isolated Externally Sourced Discrete Output Interface Module .......... 59
FBM243 – Channel Isolated FoxCom™ Dual Baud Rate Intelligent Device Interface Module
60
FBM246 – Channel Isolated FoxCom Redundant Dual Baud Rate
Intelligent Device Interface Module ................................................................................... 61
I/A Series DIN Rail Enclosures ............................................................................................... 63
I/A Series Termination Assemblies .......................................................................................... 63

2. Enclosure Installation Information .................................................................................. 65


Preinstallation Procedures ....................................................................................................... 65
Unloading .......................................................................................................................... 65
Unpacking .......................................................................................................................... 65
Subsystem Power Checks ................................................................................................... 66
Thermal Loading .................................................................................................................... 66
Enclosure Power and Earth (Ground) Networks ..................................................................... 71

3. Equipment Installation.................................................................................................... 73
Power Supply Mounting and Installation ................................................................................ 73
Before You Begin - Notes on Power ................................................................................... 73
Power Supply Interconnections ..................................................................................... 73
Auxiliary Field Power Recommendations ...................................................................... 74
Use of Cable Baluns ...................................................................................................... 74
Invensys Power System Design Requirements ................................................................ 74
Foxboro Power Supplies FPS400-24 (P0922YU and P0922YC) ........................................ 75

v
B0400FA – Rev L Contents

Mounting Foxboro Power Supplies FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) ..................... 77


Wall Mounting the FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) .............................................. 77
DIN Rail Mounting the FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) ................ 79
Removing the FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) ............................... 80
Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS-400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU) ......... 81
Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YC) .......... 83
Baseplate Cable Connections to FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) .... 85
Alarm Status Connections to FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) ........ 86
Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY) .................................................................. 88
Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) ...................................... 92
Baseplate Installation ............................................................................................................... 96
DIN Rail Mounting of the Horizontal Baseplate ................................................................ 97
DIN Rail Mounting of the Vertical Baseplate ................................................................... 100
Installing the Horizontal Baseplate in a 19-Inch Rack ...................................................... 102
Installing the 2-Position Horizontal Baseplate (P0926KE) in an IE16/32 Plastic Enclosure 103
Baseplate Power Supply Cabling ....................................................................................... 106
Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU) ........................................................... 106
Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC) ........................................................... 107
Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY) ............................................................ 108
Baseplate Power Cable Connections ............................................................................ 108
Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) ID Switch Setting) .................................................................. 109
Modular Baseplates (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM),
ID Switch Setting ............................................................................................................. 110
Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HW/KH) Identification ............................................ 112
Module Installation and Placement ....................................................................................... 113
FBM Installation (Placement) ...................................................................................... 115
FCM10E or FCM10Ef Installation (Placement) .......................................................... 117
FCM100Et/FCM100E Module Installation (Placement) ............................................ 118
FEM100 Module Installation (Placement) .................................................................. 118
FBI100 Module Installation (Placement) ..................................................................... 118
FCP270 Installation (Placement) ................................................................................. 118
Splitter/Combiner Installation (Placement) ................................................................. 119
FCM2F2/4/10 Installation (Placement) ...................................................................... 123
Module Addressing for Non-Expanded Fieldbus ................................................................... 124
Letterbug Assignments for Modules in Expanded Fieldbus ............................................... 125
FCM10E and FCM10Ef Letterbug Set Installation .......................................................... 126
FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E Letterbug Installation ............................................ 127
Redundant Adapter Installation ............................................................................................ 128
Termination Assembly Installation ........................................................................................ 131
Time Strobe .......................................................................................................................... 132
Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitters/Terminators ...................................................... 133
Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) and Terminator (P0916RB) ...................... 133
Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW) ............................... 136
268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) ......................................................... 139
Cabling the FCP270 or FEM100 to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus (Without FBI100) .......... 140
Cabling the FCP270 to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Via the FBI100 .................................. 142

vi
Contents B0400FA – Rev L

Cabling the FCM100E to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus ........................................................ 144

4. Equipment Signal Cabling............................................................................................. 145


FCM100Et and FCP270 Signal Cabling ............................................................................... 145
The MESH Control Network Cable Connections ........................................................... 145
Splitter/Combiner Cabling Connections .......................................................................... 146
FCM100Et Cable Connections ........................................................................................ 148
Redundant FCM100Et Cable Connections ................................................................. 148
Nonredundant FCM100Et Cable Connections ........................................................... 150
FCM100Et Direct Connect to ZCP270 ...................................................................... 151
FCM100E Signal Cabling ................................................................................................ 151
The MESH Control Network Cable Connections ........................................................... 151
FCM100E Cable Connections to The MESH Control Network ..................................... 152
FCM100E Direct Connect to ZCP270 ....................................................................... 153
Cabling Y-Module FBMs to an FCM100E Baseplate ....................................................... 155
Remote Fieldbus Extension, Cable Connections .......................................................... 156
CP60 Signal Cabling ............................................................................................................. 162
Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Cable Connections .................................................... 162
Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the I/A Series Control Station ........... 163
Fiber Optic Extension of Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus ........................................... 163
Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10E ..................................... 166
Active Star Network Connections .................................................................................... 166
Connections from the Media Converters to the Multiport Fiber Optic Converters ..... 167
Connections from the Hub to the FCM10Ef Modules ................................................ 170
Baseplate Signal Cable Connections ...................................................................................... 171
Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/
P0973CG/CN) ................................................................................................................ 171
Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) ................................................................................................ 176
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable Connections ................................................................... 176
Combined Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cabling Connections .................... 177
Fiber Optic Cabling (Only) Connections .................................................................... 178
Terminators/Splitters for the Module Fieldbus and Expanded Fieldbus ................................ 179
Fiber Optic Cable Specifications ........................................................................................... 181

5. Field Signal Connections ............................................................................................... 185


Field Wiring to Termination Assembly Connections ............................................................ 185
Termination Assembly Wiring Connections ..................................................................... 186
Types of Termination Assembly Connections ............................................................. 186
Termination Assembly I/O Wire Sizes ......................................................................... 187
Wire and Termination Assembly Marking Systems .......................................................... 188
Making Field I/O Connection to the TA ......................................................................... 191
Field (Signal) Wires ............................................................................................................... 192
Signal Wire Classification ................................................................................................. 192
Number of Wires ............................................................................................................. 194
Wire Size .......................................................................................................................... 194
Shield Terminations ......................................................................................................... 194

vii
B0400FA – Rev L Contents

Enclosure Termination Assembly Complement ................................................................ 195


Fieldbus Modules with Nonincendive Field Circuits ............................................................. 195
North American vs. CENELEC Terminology .................................................................. 195
Requirements ................................................................................................................... 196
Type S ......................................................................................................................... 196
Type R ........................................................................................................................ 196
Termination Assemblies and Cables ...................................................................................... 199
Signal Inputs and Outputs ............................................................................................... 200
Termination Cable Types ................................................................................................. 212
Polyurethane Termination Cables and Part Numbers ....................................................... 213
Hypalon TA Cables and Part Numbers ............................................................................ 214
Ethernet, Fiber Optic, and Module Fieldbus Cable Runs in Hazardous Areas ....................... 215
FBM201 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 216
FBM202 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 220
FBM203 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 223
FBM204 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 226
FBM205 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 230
FBM206 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 234
FBM207 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 237
FBM208 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 251
FBM211 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 256
FBM212 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 260
FBM213 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 262
FBM214 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 265
FBM215 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 266
FBM216 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 266
FBM217 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 266
FBM218 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 278
FBM219 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 278
FBM220/221 Field Connections .......................................................................................... 288
FBM222 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 289
FBM223 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 289
FBM224 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 289
FBM228 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 289
FBM230/231/232/233 Field Connections ............................................................................ 289
FBM237 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 289
FBM240 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 293
FBM241 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 299

viii
Contents B0400FA – Rev L

FBM242 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 323


FBM243 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 335
FBM246 Field Connections .................................................................................................. 337
Using the Cable Balun Module with Intelligent Transmitters ............................................... 341
Installing the Cable Balun Module ................................................................................... 343
Termination Assembly Relays ............................................................................................... 344
5 A Relay (P0165CL) ....................................................................................................... 344
Contact Data ............................................................................................................... 344
Maximum Switching Capacity 5 A Relay .................................................................... 345
Electrical Service Life 5 A Relay ................................................................................... 345
10 A Relay (P0165CP) ..................................................................................................... 346
Contact Data ............................................................................................................... 346

6. Configuration Information............................................................................................ 349


System Definition ................................................................................................................. 349
Letterbug (Module Identifier) Assignments ...................................................................... 349
System Definition Procedure ............................................................................................ 350
Integrated Control Configuration ......................................................................................... 350
Off-Line Control Configuration using FoxCAE ............................................................... 354
Off-Line Control Configuration using the ICC or IACC ................................................. 355
On-Line Control Configuration using the ICC or IACC ................................................. 355
Fail-Safe Operation ............................................................................................................... 355
Fail-Safe Functionality ..................................................................................................... 356
Fail-Safe for Type 1 Failures - FBM FAIL ................................................................... 356
Fail-Safe for Type 2 Failures - COMM FAIL .............................................................. 356
Fail-Safe Examples ....................................................................................................... 356
FBM205/208/237/240 Fail-Safe Parameter Configuration .............................................. 357
Fail-Safe Troubleshooting ................................................................................................ 357
Power Distribution and Alarming ......................................................................................... 358
Power Distribution ........................................................................................................... 358
Power Module ............................................................................................................. 358
Power Alarming ................................................................................................................ 358
Power Alarming Configuration ........................................................................................ 358
FCP270 Power Alarming Configuration ..................................................................... 359
Power Supply (P0922YU and P0922YC) Alarm Status Output ....................................... 359
FCM100Et and FCM100E Configuration ............................................................................ 359
FBM203c Signal Conditioning ............................................................................................. 360
FBM203c CHARC Block With Ten Ohm Copper RTD ................................................ 360

7. Process Operator Displays............................................................................................. 363

8. Maintenance.................................................................................................................. 365
System Management Displays ............................................................................................... 365
Redundant Power Supply Test .............................................................................................. 366

ix
B0400FA – Rev L Contents

FBM205 Redundant Power Supply Test (Internally Powered Transmitter) ..................... 366
FBM208 Redundant Power Supply Test .......................................................................... 367
FBM207/217/240 Redundant Power Supply Test ........................................................... 368
LED Indicators ..................................................................................................................... 370
FBM LED Indicators ....................................................................................................... 370
FCM LED Indicators ....................................................................................................... 371
FEM LED Indicators ....................................................................................................... 382
FBI LED Indicators .......................................................................................................... 383
Fieldbus Isolator LED Indicators ................................................................................. 383
FBI10E LED Indicators .............................................................................................. 384
FBI100 LED Indicators ............................................................................................... 385
FPS400-24 (P0922YU and P0922YC) LED Indicators .................................................... 386
Module Removal/Replacement ............................................................................................. 386
FBM Replacement using the Output Bypass Station ............................................................. 387
Adding/Replacing Modular Baseplates (P0972HM/HT/JF/JM) ........................................... 389
Adding Modular Baseplates to an Operating System ........................................................ 389
Replacing Failed Modular Baseplates in an Operating System .......................................... 392
Technical Support ................................................................................................................. 394
Module Return Procedure ..................................................................................................... 394

Appendix A. I/A Series Ethernet/Fiber Optic Equipment Specifications............................ 395


The MESH Control Network Ethernet Equipment .............................................................. 395
Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0916JM)
(Superseded by P0922KS) ..................................................................................................... 395
General Functional Specifications ..................................................................................... 395
Packet Transmission Characteristics ................................................................................. 395
Delay Times ................................................................................................................ 395
Preamble ..................................................................................................................... 396
Jam Output ................................................................................................................. 396
Auto Partitioning/Reconnection .................................................................................. 396
Jabber Lock-Up Protection .......................................................................................... 396
Standard Software ............................................................................................................ 396
SNMP Agent ............................................................................................................... 396
Local ASCII Terminal Agent (Omega Local) ............................................................... 396
Telnet (Omega Remote) .............................................................................................. 396
Inter-Repeater Bus ............................................................................................................ 396
Software Downloading ..................................................................................................... 396
Fiber Optic Interface ........................................................................................................ 396
Transmitter ................................................................................................................. 397
Temperature ................................................................................................................ 397
Relative Humidity ....................................................................................................... 397
Electrical/Mechanical Approvals .................................................................................. 397
BNC to Fiber-ST Media Converter (P0916JP) ..................................................................... 397
Performance ..................................................................................................................... 397
Network Standards ........................................................................................................... 397

x
Contents B0400FA – Rev L

Maximum Standard Ethernet Segment Lengths ............................................................... 398


Operating Environment ................................................................................................... 398
Power Supply (External) ................................................................................................... 398
Connectors ....................................................................................................................... 398
Agency Approvals ............................................................................................................. 398
Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0922KS) ............................................................. 398
General Functional Specifications ..................................................................................... 398
Packet Transmission Characteristics ................................................................................. 399
Preamble ..................................................................................................................... 399
Jam Output ................................................................................................................. 399
Auto Partitioning/Reconnection .................................................................................. 399
Jabber Lock-Up Protection .......................................................................................... 399
Temperature ................................................................................................................ 399
Relative Humidity ....................................................................................................... 399
Electrical/Mechanical Approvals .................................................................................. 399

Appendix B. DIN Rail Mounted FBM Control Schemes .................................................. 401

Appendix C. Superseded Lambda Power Supplies ............................................................. 423


B03 and B04 Enclosures with Lambda Power Supplies (P0904HV/HW/HX) ...................... 423
B03/B04 Enclosure Earth (Ground) Connections ............................................................ 424
B05 Enclosure with Lambda Power Supplies (P0904HV/HW/HX) ..................................... 425
B05 Enclosure Earth (Ground) Connections .................................................................... 426
Lambda Power Supplies (P0904HV/HW/HX), Installation .................................................. 428
Lambda Power Supply Mounting ..................................................................................... 428
Connecting Input Power to Junction Box ........................................................................ 429
Factory Mains Power Connections to the Lambda Power Supplies ................................... 430
Baseplate Power Supply Cabling ....................................................................................... 431

Appendix D. EC Declaration of Conformity ..................................................................... 435

Index .................................................................................................................................. 437

xi
B0400FA – Rev L Contents

xii
Figures
1-1. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270, 200 Series FBMs and 100 Series FBMs . 4
1-2. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270 to 268 Kbps Fieldbus ............................. 5
1-3. Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions ............................................................................... 6
1-4. Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions w/FCM2Fs ............................................................ 6
1-5. Expanded Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions ............................................................... 7
1-6. Expanded Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions w/FCM2Fs ............................................ 7
1-7. FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications Modules
on Expanded Fieldbus ................................................................................................. 10
1-8. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100Et to 200 Series FBMs ......................... 13
1-9. Combined MESH Control and I/O Network ............................................................. 14
1-10. Separate Control and I/O MESH Networks ............................................................... 15
1-11. Multiple ZCP270s to FCM100Et/FCM100Es ........................................................... 16
1-12. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 200 Series FBMs .......................... 21
1-13. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 268 Kbps Fieldbus ........................ 22
1-14. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with CP60 .................................................................. 27
1-15. Typical CP60 Direct Network Configuration ............................................................. 28
1-16. Typical CP60 Active Star Network Configuration ...................................................... 29
1-17. Vertical DIN Rail Mount Modular Baseplates ............................................................ 33
1-18. Horizontal DIN Rail Mount Modular Baseplates ........................................................ 34
1-19. Modular Baseplate Connections (Example) ................................................................. 37
1-20. FCP270 Modular Baseplate Implementation Example ................................................ 38
1-21. FCP270 Modular Baseplates (Mixed Positions) Implementation Example .................. 38
1-22. FCM100Et Modular Baseplate Implementation Example ........................................... 39
1-23. FCM100E Modular Baseplate Implementation Example ............................................ 39
1-24. Modular Baseplate Interconnection
Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cable ................................................... 40
1-25. Modular Baseplate Interconnection Using Fiber Optic Cable Only ............................ 40
1-26. Modular Baseplate I.D. Switches ................................................................................. 41
1-27. DIN Rail Mounted Fieldbus Module Baseplate .......................................................... 42
1-28. FCM10E and FCM10Ef Identification Assemblies ..................................................... 42
1-29. Module Baseplate Interconnection Using Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable ....................... 43
1-30. Module Baseplate Interconnection
Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cable ................................................... 44
1-31. Module Baseplate Interconnection Using Fiber Optic Cable Only .............................. 44
1-32. Termination Assembly Connections to FBM205 ........................................................ 48
1-33. FBM207/217 Redundant Adapter (P0926ZY) ............................................................ 50
1-34. Termination Assembly Connections to Redundant FBM237 ...................................... 56
1-35. Termination Assembly Connections to Redundant FBM246 ...................................... 61
3-1. FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Top View .............................................................................. 75
3-2. FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Top View .............................................................................. 76
3-3. Foxboro Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) Clearances ....................................... 77
3-4. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) Mounting Bracket Screws ................................. 78
3-5. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) Wall Mount, Screw Hole Dimensions .............. 78
3-6. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) DIN Rail Mounting Bracket ............................. 79

xiii
B0400FA – Rev L Figures

3-7. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) DIN Rail Stop (Vertical DIN Rail) ................... 80
3-8. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Wiring ............................................................ 82
3-9. Factory Mains Input Power Connector to FPS400-24 (P0922YU) ............................. 83
3-10. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Wiring ............................................................ 84
3-11. Factory Mains Input Power Connector to FPS400-24 (P0922YC) .............................. 85
3-12. P0923NG Y-Cable ...................................................................................................... 86
3-13. Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) Alarm Status Relay Connections ................... 87
3-14. Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY) ........................................................... 88
3-15. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Clearance Requirements ......................................................... 89
3-16. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Clearance Requirements ......................................................... 90
3-17. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Wall Mount Bracket, Screw Hole Dimensions ....................... 91
3-18. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Wiring .................................................................................... 94
3-19. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Factory Mains Input Power Connector .................................. 95
3-20. Required Support for Baseplate with Horizontal DIN Rail Mounting ........................ 98
3-21. Mounting of Baseplate on DIN Rail ........................................................................... 99
3-22. Required Support for Baseplate with Vertical DIN Rail Mounting ........................... 101
3-23. Installation of Horizontal Baseplate into a 19-Inch Rack ........................................... 103
3-24. IE16/32 Mounting Points for Screws in P0931JD .................................................... 104
3-25. P0931JD Mounted in IE16/32 (With Mounting Bracket Adapter) .......................... 105
3-26. FCM100Es and P0926KE Baseplate Mounted on P0931JD in IE16/32 .................. 106
3-27. FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Output Power Connector to Baseplate Connector ............... 107
3-28. Output Power Connector from FPS400-24 (P0922YC) to Baseplate Connector ...... 107
3-29. Output Power Connector from FPS400-24 (P0917LY) to Baseplate Connector ....... 108
3-30. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) Power Supply Connections ............................................. 109
3-31. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Power Supply Connections ............................................... 109
3-32. P0914XA/XB Baseplate ID Switches ......................................................................... 110
3-33. Modular Baseplate (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM) ID Switches ................. 111
3-34. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN), Module Installation ....................................................... 114
3-35. Baseplates (P0914/XA/XB), Module and FCM10/10Ef Letterbug Installation .......... 114
3-36. Modular Baseplates (P0926KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM),
Slots for FBMs and FCMs ......................................................................................... 116
3-37. Baseplates (P0914XA/XB), Slots for FBMs and FCMs .............................................. 117
3-38. Splitter/Combiner Mounting on Modular Baseplate ................................................. 120
3-39. Splitter/Combiner Mounting on DIN Rail ............................................................... 121
3-40. Splitter/Combiner 19-inch Rack Mount ................................................................... 122
3-41. Examples of Baseplate Letterbug Assignments ........................................................... 125
3-42. FCM Identification Assemblies ................................................................................. 127
3-43. Redundant Adapter (Early Revision) Installation (Typical) ....................................... 129
3-44. Redundant Adapter (Revision B) for Modular Baseplates Installation (Typical) ........ 130
3-45. Installing or Removing Termination Assemblies (TAs) ............................................. 131
3-46. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0973CN with Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator and Module Fieldbus Terminator 132
3-47. P0926KZ Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator .............................................................. 134
3-48. Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) Schematic ........................................... 134
3-49. Modular Baseplate Splitter/Terminators Implementation Example ........................... 135
3-50. Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW) ..................................... 136

xiv
Figures B0400FA – Rev L

3-51. Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW), Schematic ................... 137
3-52. Module Fieldbus Cables
with Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW) ............................. 138
3-53. 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) .................................................. 139
3-54. Cabling 268 Kbps Fieldbus to FCP270 Modular Baseplate ....................................... 140
3-55. 268 Kbps Fieldbus Terminator/Splitter (P0926LC), Fieldbus Connections .............. 141
3-56. Cabling 268 Kbps Fieldbus (via FBI100) to FCP270 Modular Baseplate .................. 142
3-57. Fieldbus Connections from FBI100 2-Position Vertical Baseplate (P0923LR) .......... 143
3-58. Cabling 268Kbps Fieldbus to FCM100E Modular Baseplate .................................... 144
4-1. Typical FCM100Et Network Configuration (Simplified) ......................................... 147
4-2. Cabling the Splitter/Combiner and the Redundant FCM100Et ................................ 148
4-3. Diagram for Cabling the Fault-Tolerant FCM100Et
to The MESH Control Network ............................................................................... 149
4-4. Cabling the Nonredundant FCM100Et .................................................................... 150
4-5. Typical FCM100E Network Configuration (Simplified) .......................................... 152
4-6. Diagram for Cabling the FCM100E to The MESH Control Network ...................... 153
4-7. FCM100E to Splitter/Combiner to ZCP270 Cabling -
Direct Connection - Overview .................................................................................. 154
4-8. FCM100E to Splitter/Combiner to ZCP270 Cabling - Direct Connection - Wiring 155
4-9. Cabling Y-Module FBMs to an FCM100E Modular Baseplate ................................. 157
4-10. TCA Cable Connection to 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator .......................... 158
4-11. TCA Termination Block Assembly Mounting ........................................................... 158
4-12. TCA Termination Block Removal ............................................................................ 159
4-13. Remote Redundant Fieldbus Cabling (FCM100E End) ............................................ 160
4-14. Example of Extending Fieldbus in Two Directions from FCM100E ......................... 161
4-15. Assembling the Media Converter Mounting Bracket ................................................. 164
4-16. RG-58 (Coaxial) to Fiber Optic Cabling Connections via Media Converters ............ 165
4-17. Coaxial Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10E ................. 166
4-18. Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0922KS) ................................................. 168
4-19. Replacing Transceiver Module in Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) ............... 169
4-20. Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Cabling
to Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0916JM) ............................................ 170
4-21. Fiber Optic Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10Ef ......... 171
4-22. Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0973CG/CN,
Interconnecting (Example) Cabling ........................................................................... 173
4-23. Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/
P0973CG/CN), Basic Configuration ........................................................................ 174
4-24. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) With Time Strobe Option .............................................. 175
4-25. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example)
Using Shielded Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus Cabling ............................................ 177
4-26. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example)
Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cabling .............................................. 178
4-27. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example) Using Fiber Optic Cabling ... 179
4-28. Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminators ......................... 180
4-29. Fiber Optic Cable – Indoor Type .............................................................................. 182
4-30. Fiber Optic Cable – Outdoor Type ........................................................................... 183

xv
B0400FA – Rev L Figures

5-1. Field Wiring to FBM Connections ........................................................................... 185


5-2. Types of Termination Assembly Terminal Blocks ..................................................... 186
5-3. Knife Disconnect Connector ..................................................................................... 187
5-4. Typical Compression Style Termination Assembly* .................................................. 189
5-5. Field Wiring Connections to Termination Assemblies .............................................. 190
5-6. Wiring Separation, Example ...................................................................................... 194
5-7. 22 AWG and 26 AWG Polyurethane/Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Cable
Voltage Drops ........................................................................................................... 212
5-8. 22 AWG and 26 AWG Hypalon/Extruded, Irradiated, Cross-linked Polyethylene
(XLPE) Cable Voltage Drops .................................................................................... 213
5-9. FBM201/FBM201b/FBM201c/FBM201d Input Connections ................................. 217
5-10. FBM201/b/c/d Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling .............................................. 218
5-11. FBM201 Module, Input Circuit ............................................................................... 218
5-12. FBM201b Module, Input Circuit ............................................................................. 219
5-13. FBM201c/d Module, Input Circuit .......................................................................... 219
5-14. Use of In-Line Resistor Assembly with FBM201, FBM204, FBM205, or FBM211 .. 220
5-15. FBM202 Input Connections (when used with Compression
Termination Assembly Block) ................................................................................... 221
5-16. FBM202 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 222
5-17. FBM202 Module, Thermocouple/Millivolt Input Circuit ........................................ 223
5-18. FBM203/b/c Input Connections ............................................................................... 225
5-19. FBM203/b/c Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling .................................................. 226
5-20. FBM203/b/c Module, RTD Input/Output Circuit ................................................... 226
5-21. FBM204 Input Connections ..................................................................................... 228
5-22. FBM204 Output Connections .................................................................................. 229
5-23. FBM204 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 229
5-24. FBM204 Module, Input/Output Circuit .................................................................. 230
5-25. FBM205 with Redundant Adapter Input Connections ............................................. 232
5-26. FBM205 with Redundant Adapter Output Connections .......................................... 233
5-27. FBM205 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 233
5-28. FBM205 Module, 0 to 20 mA Input/Output Circuits .............................................. 234
5-29. FBM206 Input Connections ..................................................................................... 235
5-30. FBM206 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 236
5-31. FBM206 Module, Pulse Input Circuit ...................................................................... 236
5-32. FBM207 Input Connections (Part 1) ........................................................................ 239
5-33. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 2) ..................................................... 240
5-34. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 3) ..................................................... 241
5-35. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 4) ..................................................... 242
5-36. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 5) ..................................................... 243
5-37. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 6) ..................................................... 244
5-38. FBM207 Input Connections (Continued, Part 7) ..................................................... 245
5-39. FBM207b, FBM207c Input Connections (Part 1) .................................................... 246
5-40. FBM207b, FBM207c Input Connections (Continued, Part 2) ................................. 247
5-41. FBM207b, FBM207c Input Connections (Continued, Part 3) ................................. 248
5-42. FBM207 Termination Assembly Labeling for Voltage Monitoring ........................... 249
5-43. FBM207b Termination Assembly Labeling for Contact Sensing ............................... 249
5-44. FBM207c Termination Assembly Labeling for Contact Sensing ............................... 250
5-45. FBM207/b/c Module, Voltage Monitor or Contact Sense Input Circuit ................... 251

xvi
Figures B0400FA – Rev L

5-46. FBM208 with Redundant Adapter Input Connections ............................................. 253


5-47. FBM208 with Redundant Adapter Output Connections .......................................... 254
5-48. FBM208 Module, 0 to 20 mA Input/Output Circuits .............................................. 255
5-49. FBM208 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Ring Lug) ...................................... 255
5-50. FBM211 Module, Input Connections (FBM Power) ................................................ 256
5-51. FBM211 Input Connections (External Power) .......................................................... 257
5-52. Multiple FBM211 Input Channels Are Powered By a Single External
Power Supply ............................................................................................................ 258
5-53. FBM211 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Internal Source) ............................. 259
5-54. FBM211 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (External Source) ............................ 259
5-55. FBM211 Module, Group Isolated Input Circuit ....................................................... 260
5-56. FBM212 Input Connections ..................................................................................... 261
5-57. FBM212 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 261
5-58. FBM212 Module, Thermocouple/Millivolt Input Circuit ........................................ 262
5-59. FBM213 Input Connections ..................................................................................... 263
5-60. FBM213 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 264
5-61. FBM213 Module, RTD Input/Output Circuit ......................................................... 265
5-62. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Part 1) .......................................... 268
5-63. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 2) ....................... 269
5-64. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 3) ....................... 270
5-65. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 4) ....................... 271
5-66. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 5) ....................... 272
5-67. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 6) ....................... 273
5-68. FBM217 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 7) ....................... 274
5-69. FBM217 Input Connections (Contact Sense) ........................................................... 275
5-70. FBM217 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Voltage Monitor) .......................... 276
5-71. FBM217 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Contact Sense) .............................. 277
5-72. FBM217 Voltage Monitor Input Circuit .................................................................. 278
5-73. FBM219 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Part1) ........................................... 280
5-74. FBM219 Input Connections (Contact Sense with Current Limiting) ....................... 280
5-75. FBM219 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 2) ....................... 281
5-76. FBM219 Input Connections (Voltage Monitor) (Continued, Part 3) ....................... 282
5-77. FBM219 Output Connections .................................................................................. 283
5-78. FBM219 Output Connections (Continued) ............................................................. 284
5-79. FBM219 Output Connections with Power Distribution Terminals .......................... 285
5-80. FBM219 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Voltage Monitor) .......................... 286
5-81. FBM219 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Contact Sense) .............................. 287
5-82. FBM219 Voltage Monitor Input Circuit .................................................................. 288
5-83. FBM219 Termination Assembly, Output Switch (Externally Powered Load) Circuit 288
5-84. FBM237 Output Connections .................................................................................. 291
5-85. FBM237 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 292
5-86. FBM237 Module, Channel Isolated Output Circuit ................................................. 292
5-87. FBM240 Output Connections, Channel Isolated External ac and dc (Part 1) ........... 294
5-88. FBM240 Output Connections, Channel Isolated External ac and dc (Continued, Part 2)
295
5-89. FBM240 Output Connections, Channel Isolated External ac and dc (Continued, Part 3)
296

xvii
B0400FA – Rev L Figures

5-90. FBM240 Output Connections, Channel Isolated External ac and dc (Continued, Part 4)
297
5-91. FBM240 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Ring Lug) ...................................... 298
5-92. FBM240 Termination Assembly, Input/Output Circuits .......................................... 298
5-93. FBM241 Input Connections (Part 1) ........................................................................ 303
5-94. FBM241 Input Connections (Continued, Part 2) ..................................................... 304
5-95. FBM241 Input Connections (Continued, Part 3) ..................................................... 305
5-96. FBM241 Input Connections (Continued, Part 4) ..................................................... 306
5-97. FBM241b Input Connections ................................................................................... 307
5-98. FBM241c Input Connections ................................................................................... 307
5-99. FBM241c Input Connections (Continued) ............................................................... 308
5-100. FBM241d Input Connections ................................................................................... 308
5-101. FBM241 Output Connections (Part 1) ..................................................................... 309
5-102. FBM241 Output Connections (Continued, Part 2) .................................................. 310
5-103. FBM241 Output Connections (Continued, Part 3) .................................................. 311
5-104. FBM241 Output Connections (Continued, Part 4) .................................................. 312
5-105. FBM241 Output Connections (Continued, Part 5) .................................................. 313
5-106. FBM241b Output Connections ................................................................................ 314
5-107. FBM241c Output Connections (Part 1) ................................................................... 315
5-108. FBM241c Output Connections (Continued, Part 2) ................................................ 316
5-109. FBM241c Output Connections (Continued, Part 3) ................................................ 316
5-110. FBM241d Output Connections ................................................................................ 317
5-111. FBM241 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Part 1) ........................................... 318
5-112. FBM241 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Part 2) ........................................... 319
5-113. FBM241 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Continued, Part 3) ........................ 319
5-114. FBM241 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Continued, Part 4) ........................ 320
5-115. FBM241b Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ...................................................... 320
5-116. FBM241c Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ...................................................... 321
5-117. FBM241d Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ...................................................... 322
5-118. FBM241 Termination Assembly, Voltage Monitor or Contact Sense Input Circuits . 322
5-119. FBM241 Module, Output Switch (for Internal or External Source) Circuits ............ 323
5-120. FBM242 Output Connections (Part 1) ..................................................................... 325
5-121. FBM242 Output Connections (Part 2) ..................................................................... 326
5-122. FBM242 Output Connections (Part 3) ..................................................................... 326
5-123. FBM242 Output Connections (Continued, Part 4) .................................................. 327
5-124. FBM242 Output Connections (Continued, Part 5) .................................................. 328
5-125. FBM242 Output Connections (Continued, Part 6) .................................................. 329
5-126. FBM242 Output Connections (Continued, Part 7) .................................................. 330
5-127. FBM242 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Part 1) ........................................... 331
5-128. FBM242 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Part 2) ........................................... 332
5-129. FBM242 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Continued, Part 3) ........................ 333
5-130. FBM242 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling (Continued, Part 4) ........................ 334
5-131. FBM242 Module, Channel Isolated Output Switch (for External Source) Circuits ... 335
5-132. FBM243 Input/Output Connections ........................................................................ 336
5-133. FBM243 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 337
5-134. FBM243 Module, Input/Output Circuit .................................................................. 337
5-135. FBM246 with Redundant Adapter Connections ....................................................... 340
5-136. FBM246 Termination Assembly (TA) Labeling ........................................................ 341

xviii
Figures B0400FA – Rev L

5-137. FBM246 Module, Input/Output Circuit .................................................................. 341


5-138. Cable Balun Module with Intelligent Field device powered by a
Common Power Supply ............................................................................................ 342
5-139. Installing the Cable Balun Module ............................................................................ 344
5-140. Maximum Switching Capacity for 5 A Relays (P0165CL)
Used in Termination Assemblies ............................................................................... 345
5-141. Electrical Service Life for 5 A Relays (P0165CL) Used in Termination Assemblies ... 346
6-1. Typical Control Scheme using DIN Rail Mounted FBM Subsystem ........................ 351
8-1. FBM205 Redundant Adapter, Early and Later Revision ............................................ 367
8-2. FBM207/217 and FBM240 Redundant Adapters ..................................................... 369
8-3. FCM LED Indicators ................................................................................................ 381
8-4. FEM100 LED Indicators .......................................................................................... 382
8-5. Fieldbus Isolator LED Indicators .............................................................................. 383
8-6. FBI10E LED Indicators ............................................................................................ 384
8-7. FBI100 LED Indicators ............................................................................................ 385
8-8. FPS400-24 (P0922YU and P0922YC) LED Indicators ............................................. 386
8-9. FBM204/205//208/237 Output Bypass Jacks ........................................................... 387
8-10. Connection of Output Bypass Stations to FBM ........................................................ 388
8-11. Adding a Modular Baseplate (P0972HM/HT/JF/JM) to an Operational System ...... 391
8-12. Replacing a Modular Baseplate (P0972HM/HT/JF/JM) in an Operational System .. 393
B-1. FBM201/a/b/c/d, Typical Control Scheme ............................................................... 402
B-2. FBM202, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 403
B-3. FBM203/b/c, Typical Control Scheme ..................................................................... 404
B-4. FBM204, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 405
B-5. FBM205, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 406
B-6. FBM206, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 407
B-7. FBM207/FBM207b, Typical Control Scheme .......................................................... 408
B-8. FBM207/FBM207b, Typical Redundant Control Scheme ........................................ 409
B-9. FBM 208 Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 410
B-10. FBM211, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 411
B-11. FBM212, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 412
B-12. FBM213, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 413
B-13. FBM217, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 414
B-14. FBM217, Typical Redundant Control Scheme ......................................................... 415
B-15. FBM219, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 416
B-16. FBM237, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 417
B-17. FBM240, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 418
B-18. FBM241/FBM241b/FBM241c/FBM241d, Typical Control Scheme ....................... 419
B-19. FBM242, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 420
B-20. FBM243, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 421
B-21. FBM246, Typical Control Scheme ........................................................................... 422
C-1. Lambda DIN Rail Mounted FBM Subsystem Equipment Power Supplies ................ 423
C-2. B03/B04 Enclosure with Lambda Power Supplies,
Typical Equipment Configuration ............................................................................ 424
C-3. B03/B04 Enclosure with Lambda Power Supplies, Earth Connection Points ............ 425
C-4. B05 Enclosure with Lambda Power Supplies, Typical Equipment Configuration ..... 426
C-5. B05 Enclosure with Lambda Power Supplies, Earth Connection Points .................... 427
C-6. Lambda Power Supply Screw Hole Dimensions ........................................................ 428

xix
B0400FA – Rev L Figures

C-7. ac Main Power Connections (Redundant Power) for Lambda Power Supplies .......... 430
C-8. Factory Mains Power Connections to the Lambda 250 W Power Supply .................. 431
C-9. Factory Mains Power Connections to the Lambda 500 W Power Supply .................. 431
C-10. Baseplate Power Cable Connections to Lambda 250 W and 500 W Power Supplies . 433

xx
Tables
1-1. DIN Rail Mounted FBMs used with Control Processors ............................................. 46
1-2. Main/Expander Channels for FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c .................................... 50
1-3. Main/Expander Channels for FBM217 ....................................................................... 53
1-4. Main/Expander Channels for FBM219 ....................................................................... 54
1-5. FBM240 Outputs ....................................................................................................... 57
1-6. Main/Expander Channels for FBM240 ....................................................................... 58
1-7. FBM242 Inputs/Outputs ............................................................................................ 59
1-8. Main/Expander Channels for FBM241/FBM241b/c/d ............................................... 59
1-9. Main/Expander Channels for FBM242 ....................................................................... 60
2-1. FBM, FCM and FCP Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption .............................. 67
2-2. TA Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption (Maximum) ....................................... 68
2-3. Per-Channel TA Power Consumption ........................................................................ 70
2-4. Power Supply Heat Dissipation ................................................................................... 71
3-1. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Input/Output Connectors ............................... 83
3-2. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Input/Output Connectors ............................... 85
3-3. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) to Baseplate Cables ..................... 85
3-4. Power Supply (P0922YU and P0922YC) Alarm Status Relay Characteristics .............. 88
3-5. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) to Baseplate Cables ................................................................. 93
3-6. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Input/Output Connectors ...................................................... 95
3-7. I/A Series System Baseplate Mounting ........................................................................ 96
3-8. P0930AS Horizontal Baseplate Mounting Kit Contents ........................................... 102
3-9. P0931JD 2-Position Horizontal Baseplate (P0926KE) Mounting Kit Contents ........ 103
3-10. Setting the Baseplate ID Switches ............................................................................. 110
3-11. Setting ID Switches for Four 8-Position Modular Baseplates, Example ..................... 111
3-12. Setting the Modular Baseplate (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM) ID Switches 112
3-13. Modular Baseplates and Mounting Positions for FCP270 Modules .......................... 119
3-14. Splitter/Combiner Installation Components, Kit P0926MX ..................................... 120
3-15. Splitter/Combiner Chassis Installation Components, Kit P0926MZ ......................... 122
3-16. Module Letterbug Assignments in Expanded Fieldbus .............................................. 126
3-17. Revision Levels for FCM Identification Assemblies ................................................... 126
3-18. Revision Levels for Redundant Adapters ................................................................... 128
4-1. Fiber Optic Cable Lengths
Between Ethernet 100 Mbps Switches, FCM100Et and FCP270 .............................. 145
4-2. Cables for Connections between the Splitter/Combiners
and the FCM100Et/FCP270 or FCM100E/ZCP270 ............................................... 146
4-3. Fiber Optic Cable Lengths
Between Ethernet 100 Mbps Switches to FCM100E ................................................ 151
4-4. Ethernet 10 Mbps and Fiber Optic Connection Equipment ..................................... 162
4-5. Module Fieldbus Cables ............................................................................................ 172
4-6. Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) Shielded Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus Cables ............... 176
4-7. Fiber Optic Cable – Physical Specifications ............................................................... 183
5-1. Compression Screw Terminal Block Specifications ................................................... 187
5-2. Knife Disconnect Terminal Block Specifications ....................................................... 187
5-3. Ring Lug Terminal Block Specifications ................................................................... 188

xxi
B0400FA – Rev L Tables

5-4. Termination Assembly Type and Associated Colors .................................................. 191


5-5. Signal Wire Classification .......................................................................................... 193
5-6. Entity Parameters for FBM Nonincendive Field Circuits .......................................... 197
5-7. Termination Assemblies Operating Temperature Range ........................................... 199
5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties ................................................................... 201
5-9. Polyurethane/PVC Termination Cable Types and Part Numbers ............................. 213
5-10. Polyurethane/PVC Termination Cable Physical Specifications .................................. 213
5-11. Hypalon/XLPE Termination Cable Types and Part Numbers ................................... 214
5-12. Hypalon/XLPE Termination Cable Physical Specifications ....................................... 214
5-13. FBM201/b/c/d Termination Assembly ..................................................................... 216
5-14. FBM202 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 221
5-15. FBM203/b/c Termination Assembly ......................................................................... 224
5-16. FBM204 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 227
5-17. FBM205 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 231
5-18. FBM206 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 234
5-19. FBM207 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 237
5-20. FBM207b Termination Assembly ............................................................................. 238
5-21. FBM207c Termination Assembly ............................................................................. 238
5-22. FBM208 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 252
5-23. FBM211 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 256
5-24. FBM212 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 260
5-25. FBM213 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 263
5-26. FBM217 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 267
5-27. FBM219 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 279
5-28. FBM219 Termination Cabling Part Numbers .......................................................... 279
5-29. FBM237 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 290
5-30. FBM240 Termination Assembly ............................................................................... 293
5-31. FBM241 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 300
5-32. FBM241b Termination Assembly ............................................................................. 301
5-33. FBM241c Termination Assemblies ........................................................................... 301
5-34. FBM241d Termination Assembly ............................................................................. 302
5-35. FBM241, FBM241b/c/d Termination Cabling Part Numbers .................................. 302
5-36. FBM242 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 323
5-37. FBM242 Termination Cabling Part Numbers .......................................................... 325
5-38. FBM243 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 335
5-39. FBM246 Termination Assemblies ............................................................................. 338
5-40. Termination Assembly Relays 5 A Contact Data ....................................................... 344
5-41. Termination Assembly Relays 10 A Contact Data ..................................................... 346
6-1. DIN Rail Mounted FBMs and Related ECBs ........................................................... 352
6-2. Required Fail-Safe Parameter Settings for Redundant FBM ECBs ............................ 357
6-3. ECB210 Configurable Parameters ............................................................................. 359
8-1. FBM Operational Status LEDs ................................................................................. 370
8-2. FCM10E, FCM10Ef, and FCM2F2/4/10 LEDs ...................................................... 371
8-3. FCM100Et Operational Status LEDs ....................................................................... 374
8-4. FCM100E Operational Status LEDs ......................................................................... 378
8-5. FPS400-24 (P0922YU and P0922YC) Operational Status LEDs .............................. 386
A-1. Fiber Optic Interface Specifications ........................................................................... 396
C-1. Lambda Power Supplies to Baseplate Cables ............................................................. 432

xxii
Preface
This document describes all aspects of the DIN rail mounted subsystem, including:
♦ Site planning
♦ Installation
♦ Configuration
♦ Operation
♦ Maintenance.
It is intended for use by process engineering, operations, and maintenance personnel.

Revision Information
For this release of the document (B0400FA-L), the following changes were made:
Entire Document
♦ Added the FBM207/217 redundant adapter (P0926ZY).
Chapter 1 “Overview”
♦ Updated Figure 1-25 on page 40 to reflect the limit of up to two pairs of FCM2Fs in
a baseplate chain to maintain the 20 km (12.4 mi) distance of the Fieldbus.
♦ Added dual baud functionality, which allows FCP270 to connect to 100 Series FBMs
through the FBI100, as well as to 200 Series FBMs, to “Field Control Processor 270
Overview” on page 2.
♦ Added FBM207/217 redundant adapter to “FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c – Chan-
nel Isolated Voltage Monitor/Contact Sense Input Interface Module” on page 49 and
“FBM217 – Group Isolated Discrete Input Interface Module” on page 53.
♦ Added a list of “main” and “expander” channels for each FBM to
“FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c – Channel Isolated Voltage Monitor/Contact
Sense Input Interface Module” on page 49, “FBM217 – Group Isolated Discrete
Input Interface Module” on page 53, “FBM219 – Group Isolated Discrete I/O Inter-
face Module” on page 53, “FBM240 – Channel Isolated Discrete Output Interface
Module” on page 57, “FBM241/FBM241b/c/d – Channel Isolated Discrete I/O
Interface Module” on page 58 and “FBM242 – Channel Isolated Externally Sourced
Discrete Output Interface Module” on page 59.
Chapter 3 “Equipment Installation”
♦ Clarified note in “Module Addressing for Non-Expanded Fieldbus” on page 124 to
explain that the FBI100 does not use any addressing.
♦ Added FBM207/217 redundant adapter to “Redundant Adapter Installation” on
page 128.
♦ Resolved inaccuracies in Figure 3-53 “268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)” on page 139.

xxiii
B0400FA – Rev L Preface

Chapter 5 “Field Signal Connections”


♦ Updated P0926DS and P0916QT/QU termination assembly rows in Table 5-31
“FBM241 Termination Assemblies” on page 300.
♦ Replaced the solid state switch in Figure 5-105 “FBM241 Output Connections (Con-
tinued, Part 5)” on page 313 and Figure 5-125 “FBM242 Output Connections
(Continued, Part 6)” on page 329 with a 24 V dc relay switch.
♦ Added FBM207/217 redundant adapter to Table 5-6 “Entity Parameters for FBM
Nonincendive Field Circuits” on page 197, “FBM207 Field Connections” on
page 237 and “FBM217 Field Connections” on page 266.
♦ Added knife disconnects to the input and output connections diagrams for the TA
P0926DS in “FBM241 Field Connections” on page 299.
♦ Added knife disconnects to the output connections diagrams for the TA P0917MX in
“FBM241 Field Connections” on page 299.
♦ Added knife disconnects to the output connections diagrams for the TA P0926BE in
“FBM242 Field Connections” on page 323.
♦ Added FBM240 redundant adapter to “FBM240 Field Connections” on page 293.
♦ Added 2 m (6.6 ft) cable to Table 5-9 “Polyurethane/PVC Termination Cable Types
and Part Numbers” on page 213 and Table 5-11 “Hypalon/XLPE Termination Cable
Types and Part Numbers” on page 214.
Chapter 8 “Maintenance”
♦ Added FBM207 and FBM217 to “FBM207/217/240 Redundant Power Supply Test”
on page 368.
Appendix B “DIN Rail Mounted FBM Control Schemes”
♦ Added Figure B-8 “FBM207/FBM207b, Typical Redundant Control Scheme” on
page 409 and Figure B-14 “FBM217, Typical Redundant Control Scheme” on
page 415.

Compliance with European Directives


All installation instructions shall be followed for system to comply with mandatory European
Directives 89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC.

Safety Considerations
Safe use of this product depends largely upon proper installation and maintenance by you, the
user. This manual provides the information needed to properly install and maintain the DIN rail
mounted subsystem. Where applicable, appropriate CAUTION and WARNING statements are
included in the text of this document.
A CAUTION statement warns against potential hazards or unsafe practices which could result in
product or property damage; for example:

xxiv
Preface B0400FA – Rev L

! CAUTION
Do not attempt to force the adjustment screw beyond its limit, or the threads may
be damaged.

A WARNING statement warns of a level of hazard which could result in personal injury; for
example:

! WARNING
Adjacent components and circuits have shock hazard potential that can cause per-
sonal injury. Use insulated tools and observe all safety precautions.

! CAUTION
To prevent explosion, DO NOT install or remove cables, wiring, modules, or other
replaceable system components in hazardous locations. Remove power to the equip-
ment at the source or ensure that the atmosphere is non-explosive before installing
or removing any electrical component.

! WARNING
Risk of Electric Shock - More than one disconnect switch may be required to de-
energize the equipment before servicing.

Reference Documents
In addition to the information presented herein, you should be familiar with the following
I/A Series® documents:
♦ I/A Series Power and Grounding (B0700AU)
♦ I/A Series Enclosures and Mounting Structures (B0700AS)
♦ I/A Series Letterbug Configurator User’s Guide (B0700AY)
♦ I/A Series Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) User’s Guide (B0700AR)
♦ I/A Series Z-Module Control Processor 270 (ZCP270) User’s Guide (B0700AN)
♦ I/A Series The MESH Control Network Architecture Guide (B0700AZ)
♦ I/A Series System Definition: A Step-by-Step Procedure (B0193WQ)
♦ I/A Series Configuration Component (IACC) User’s Guide (B0400BP)
♦ I/A Series Control Processor 60 and Control Processor 60S Installation and Maintenance
(B0400FB)
♦ Computer Aided Engineering for I/A Series Control Station Databases FoxCAE™ 4.0
(B0193MR)
♦ I/A Series FOUNDATION™ fieldbus H1 Communication Interface Modules
(FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD)

xxv
B0400FA – Rev L Preface

♦ I/A Series HART™ Communication Interface Module (FBM214/215/216/218) User’s


Guide (B0400FF)
♦ FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the Redundant FBM228 Interface
(B0700BA)
♦ I/A Series System Field Device System Integrators (FBM230/231/232/233) User’s Guide
(B0700AH).
♦ I/A Series Time Synchronization User’s Guide (B0700AQ)
♦ I/A Series Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX)
♦ I/A Series Integrated Control Configurator (B0193AV)
♦ I/A Series Control Processor 270 (CP270) Integrated Control Software Concepts
(B0700AG)
♦ I/A Series Integrated Control Software Concepts (B0193AW)
♦ I/A Series Modbus Communication Interface Module (FBM224) User’s Guide
(B0400FK)
♦ I/A Series Process Operations and Displays (B0700BN)
♦ I/A Series Profibus-DP™ Communication Interface Module (FBM223) User’s Guide
(B0400FE)
♦ I/A Series System Management Displays (B0193JC).
Most are available on the I/A Series Electronic Documentation CD-ROM (K0173TQ or
K0173WT). The latest revisions may also be available through Global Customer Support Center
(Global CSC) at http://support.ips.invensys.com.
Also, the following Product Specification Sheets may be referenced:

Product Specification Sheet (PSS) Title PSS Number


B03 Enclosure PSS 21H-2X3 B4
B04 Enclosure PSS 21H-2X4 B4
B05 Enclosure PSS 21H-2X5 B4
G06 Enclosure PSS 21H-2X7 B4
G-Series 800x800 Front and Rear Access Enclosures Overview PSS 21H-2X8 B3
G10 System Enclosure PSS 21H-2X8 B4
G11 Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X9 B4
G12 System and Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X10 B4
G20 System Enclosure PSS 21H-2X12 B4
G21 Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X13 B4
G22 System and Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X14 B4
G15 System Enclosure PSS 21H-2X15 B4
G16 Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X16 B4
G17 System and Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X17 B4
G40 19-Inch Rack Enclosure PSS 21H-2X40 B4
G45 19-Inch Rack Enclosure PSS 21H-2X45 B4

xxvi
Preface B0400FA – Rev L

Product Specification Sheet (PSS) Title PSS Number


G60 Tricon System Enclosure PSS 21H-2X60 B4
G62 Tricon System and Termination Enclosure PSS 21H-2X62 B4
Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) PSS 21H-1B9 B3
Z-Module Control Processor 270 (ZCP270) PSS 21H-1B10 B3
Control Processor 270 (CP270) Integrated Control Software PSS 21S-3B2 B3
Control Processor 60 (CP60) PSS 21H-1B7 B3
Control Processor 60 and Control Processor 60S Integrated Control Software PSS 21H-1B7 B4
Control Processor 60 Simplex PSS 21H-1B8 B3
DIN Rail Mounted FBM Enclosures, Overview PSS 21H-2X1 B3
DIN Rail Mounted Equipment, Agency Certifications PSS 21H-2W2 B3
DIN Rail Mounted Field I/O Signal Terminations PSS 21H-2Y4 B3
DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem Overview PSS 21H-2W1 B3
DIN Rail Mounted FBM Subsystem Power Supplies PSS 21H-2W3 B4
DIN Rail Mounted Fieldbus Module Baseplate PSS 21H-2X2 B4
DIN Rail Mounted Modular Baseplates PSS 21H-2W6 B4
FBM201 – Channel-Isolated, 0 to 20 mA Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z1 B4
FBM202 – Channel-Isolated, Thermocouple/mV Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z2 B4
FBM203 – Channel-Isolated, Platinum and Nickel RTD Input PSS 21H-2Z3 B4
Interface Module
FBM204 – Channel-Isolated, 0 to 20 mA, I/O Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z4 B4
FBM205 – Channel-Isolated, Redundant-Ready 0 to 20 mA I/O Interface PSS 21H-2Z5 B4
Module
FBM206 – Channel-Isolated, Pulse Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z6 B4
FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c – Channel-Isolated, Voltage Monitor/ PSS 21H-2Z7 B4
Contact Sense Input Interface Module
FBM208 – Channel-Isolated, Redundant with Readback, 0 to 20 mA, I/O Inter- PSS 21H-2Z8 B4
face Module
FBM211 – Differential 0 to 20 mA Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z11 B4
FBM212 – Differential Thermocouple/mV Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z12 B4
FBM214 – HART Communication Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z14 B4
FBM215 – HART Communication Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z15 B4
FBM216 – HART Communication Redundant Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z16 B4
FBM217 – Discrete Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z17 B4
FBM218 – HART Communication Redundant Input Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z18 B4
FBM219 – Group Isolated, Discrete I/O Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z19 B4
FBM220/221 – FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 Communication Interface PSS 21H-2Z20 B4
Module
FBM222, Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z22 B4
FBM223 – Profibus-DP Communication Interface Modules PSS 21H-2Z23 B4

xxvii
B0400FA – Rev L Preface

Product Specification Sheet (PSS) Title PSS Number


FBM224 – Modbus Communication Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z24 B4
FBM228 – FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 Redundant Communication Interface PSS 21H-2Z28 B4
Module
FBM230 – Field Device System Integrator (FDSI) Module, Four Serial Ports, PSS 21H-2Z30 B4
Single
FBM231– Field Device System Integrator (FDSI) Module, Four Serial Ports, PSS 21H-2Z31 B4
Redundant
FBM232 –Field Device System Integrator (FDSI) Module, 10/100 Mbps Ether- PSS 21H-2Z32 B4
net, Single
FBM233 – Field Device System Integrator (FDSI) Module, 10/100 Mbps Ether- PSS 21H-2Z33 B4
net, Redundant
FBM237 – Channel Isolated, Redundant-Ready, 0 to 20 mA Output PSS 21H-2Z37 B4
Interface Module
FBM240 – Channel Isolated, Redundant with Readback, Discrete I/O Interface PSS 21H-2Z40 B4
Module
FBM241/FBM241b/FBM241c/FBM241d – Channel Isolated, Discrete I/O PSS 21H-2Z41 B4
Interface Module
FBM242 – Channel Isolated, Externally Sourced, Discrete Output Interface PSS 21H-2Z42 B4
Module
FBM243 – FoxCom™, Dual Baud Rate Intelligent Device Interface Module PSS 21H-2Z43 B4
FBM246 – FoxCom, Redundant, Dual Baud Rate Intelligent Device Interface PSS 21H-2Z46 B4
Module
Fieldbus Communications Module, FCM10E PSS 21H-2Y1 B3
Fieldbus Communications Module, FCM10Ef PSS 21H-2Y2 B3
Fieldbus Communications Module, FCM100Et PSS 21H-2Y10 B4
Fieldbus Communications Module, FCM100E PSS 21H-2Y11 B4
Fieldbus Communications Module, FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 PSS 21H-2Y3 B3
FEM100 Fieldbus Expansion Module PSS 21H-2Y14 B4
FBI100 Fieldbus Isolator/Filter PSS 21H-2Y16 B4

xxviii
1. Overview
This chapter presents an overview of the DIN rail mounted subsystem equipment for the
I/A Series® system.
The DIN rail mounted subsystem provides a reliable, high speed communications interface
between the host control processor (for example an I/A Series workstation) and field I/O sensors
and actuators. It incorporates innovative equipment packaging, and the use of fiber optic and/or
coaxial cabling between modules to allow local or remote distribution of process I/O points.
The I/A Series DIN rail mounted subsystem supports three control processor configurations:
♦ A 100 Mbps MESH Control Network to a Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270)
(Figure 1-1)
♦ A 100 Mbps Ethernet Control Network from a Z-Module Control Processor 270
(ZCP270) to a Field Communications Module (FCM100Et or FCM100E) (see
Figure 1-8 and Figure 1-14)
♦ A 10 Mbps Ethernet Fieldbus from a Z-Module Control Processor 60 (CP60) to a
Fieldbus Communications Module (FCM10E or FCM10Ef ) (Figure 1-14).
All of these configurations offer optional extension of the control network allowing the FBMs to
be located remotely from the I/A Series control station or control workstations.
This chapter is divided into the following major headings:
♦ “Field Control Processor 270 Overview” on page 2
♦ “Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100Et(s) Overview” on page 12
♦ “Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100E(s) Overview” on page 20
♦ “Control Processor 60 with FCM10(s) Overview” on page 26
♦ “I/A Series Baseplates” on page 32
♦ “I/A Series Fieldbus Modules” on page 46
♦ “I/A Series DIN Rail Enclosures” on page 63
♦ “I/A Series Termination Assemblies” on page 63.

1
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Field Control Processor 270 Overview


Field Control Processor 270 Elements
When used with the Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) the DIN rail mounted subsystem
consists of the following major functional elements. (Figure 1-1 and shows how these elements are
interconnected.)
♦ Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) – This control processor, similar in size to the
FBMs and mounts on a baseplate, provides process control and serves as a communi-
cation interface between the FBMs and The MESH Control Network. The FCP270
can be configured as a single or fault-tolerant module. Multiple FCP270s can share
the same redundant switch. The FCP270 can communicate with 200 Series FBMS
(Figure 1-1) via a 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus or 100 Series FBMs and Migration prod-
ucts (Figure 1-2) via a 268 Kbps Fieldbus. With I/A Series software v8.4.1 or later, the
FCP270 can communicate with both 100 Series FBMs and 200 Series FBMs simulta-
neously through the use of the FBI100 module.
♦ Modular Baseplates – The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates are provided in unit
increments of 2, 4 and 8 module positions and can be mounted in a vertical or hori-
zontal position. The Modular Baseplates provide for mounting flexibility, allowing the
DIN rail mounted subsystem to be located in a variety of installation locations.
♦ Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) – FBMs serve as an interface between the field devices and
the I/A Series control processor. They perform necessary data conversion, providing
full support for analog measurement, discrete sensing, and analog or discrete control
and digital communication.
♦ Foreign Data Systems Integrators (FDSI) – These FBMs provide a flexible and exten-
sible platform and interface so that a controller, such as the FCP270, may
communicate to any field device or foreign data system that supports 10/100 Ethernet
or serial RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 communications.
♦ Module Fieldbus – A 2 Mbps HDLC, redundant, serial bus used to interconnect all
baseplate-mounted modules (FBMs, FCMs and FCPs). FCM2F2/4/10 modules pro-
vide for fiber optic extension (baseplate-to-baseplate) of the module Fieldbus. The
FCMs are used in pairs for redundancy.
♦ Fieldbus Expansion Modules (FEMs) – FEMs expand the Module Fieldbus between
an FCP270 and 200 Series FBMs (or equivalent modules), to create four Expanded
Fieldbuses which each support up to thirty-two FBMs or equivalent modules. This
allows an FCP270 with FEMs to support up to 64 FBMs or equivalent modules for
typical control usage, or up to 128 FBMs at a slower BPC for data acquisition
purposes.
The FCP270 requires a software level 8.3 or higher to support the FEMs.
♦ Fieldbus Isolator/Filter (FBI100) – The FBI100s support the FCP270’s dual baud
functionality, which allows the FCP270 to communicate with both 200 Series FBMs
and 100 Series FBMs and Migration products. When installed as specified, the
FBI100s filter and isolate the 2 Mbps communications from the FCP270 to ensure
the 100 Series FBMs and similar Migration modules only receive the 268 Kbps
signals intended for them. This 268 Kbps output signal is identical to the typical
268 Kbps source from the FCP270.

2
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

The FBI100s also extend the 268 Kbps module Fieldbus up to 1830 m (6000 ft) from
an FCP270 to 100 Series FBMs and Migration products over a twinaxial Fieldbus
cable.
♦ The MESH Control Network – A 100 Mbps optionally redundant mesh network
that provides data communications for the I/A Series system. It interconnects base-
plate groupings of FCMs, FBMs, FCPs with 100 Mbps Ethernet switches. It employs
asychronous protocol and conforms to the general requirements of Fast Ethernet
communications.
♦ Termination assemblies (TAs) – TAs are field signal connection modules which pro-
vide optional signal conditioning and circuit protection required by the associated
FBM. Two types of TAs are offered: pass-through TAs, and TAs with signal condi-
tioning. The TAs attach to the connectors on the baseplate by means of dedicated
cables.
The MESH control network offers the optional extension of the control network through the use
of 100 Mbps Ethernet switches, allowing FCP270s and FEM100s and associated FBMs to be
located remotely from the workstations.

3
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Ethernet Switch Ethernet Switch

A
B 100 Mbps Ethernet Control
FCP270 Baseplate Network (redundant)

Module
Fieldbus*
A and B DIN Rail Mounted Module Fieldbus
Fieldbus Modules (To Next
(FBMs) Baseplate)

Splitter/Combiners FCP270

Module
Fieldbus*
A and B
Termination Assembly (TA) Baseplate(s)
(Containing up to 32 Modules)

FBI100

A
To/from field sensors/actuators

B
To other FBIs
1x8 Mounting Structure

268 Kbps HDLC I O I O

Module Fieldbus Fieldbus


Isolators
(FBIs) 100 Series FBMs or
Competitive Migration
modules

To other FBIs

*Note: A Fieldbus Expansion Module (FEM) can add up to four Expanded Fieldbuses to the Module
Fieldbus, supporting up to 128 FBMs per FCP270.
Figure 1-1. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270, 200 Series FBMs and 100 Series FBMs

4
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Termination
Assemblies*
(P0903VY)

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


Baseplate (P0926HW)
with Fault-Tolerant
FCP270 Modules

Fieldbus A Fieldbus B
Twinaxial Cables
1 Km (3200 ft) Maximum
(P0170GF or P0170GG)
To
Fieldbus
Isolator
TCA(s)
268 Kbps Fieldbus
Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

No Terminator
on this Connector

*Note: A 110 ohm resistor E0157CZ (shipped with P0903VY) should be installed across the F+ and F-
terminals at both ends of the Fieldbus.
Figure 1-2. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270 to 268 Kbps Fieldbus

FCP270 Product Sizing


Sizing of the I/A Series DIN rail mounted subsystem with an FCP270 follows:

Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps


♦ Ethernet switch to Splitter Combiner/FCP270: total 2 km (1.24 mi) maximum.

Cable Lengths – 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus


♦ Overall module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair (all segments): 20 m (65.6 ft)
maximum (This distance includes the length necessary to connect the FCP270 to the
FBI100s, if present.)
♦ Module Fieldbus, fiber optic segment (between two baseplates): 10 km (6.2 mi) per
segment maximum, up to 20 km (12.4 mi) total.

5
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

♦ FCP270 Fieldbus without FCM2Fs


The cable length of the Fieldbus cannot exceed 20 m (65.6 ft) (see Figure 1-3).

FCP
FCP FCP Baseplate

First
FBM Baseplate
20 m
(65.6 ft)

Last
in
FBM Baseplate Chain

Figure 1-3. Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions

♦ FCP270 Fieldbus with FCM2Fs


Each FCP/FCM drives a segment of interconnected baseplates of up to 20 m
(65.6 ft). Up to four pairs of FCM2Fxs can be used in a Fieldbus (see Figure 1-4).

FCP
FCP FCP Baseplate
20 m
(65.6 ft)

FCM2Fx FCM2Fx
2/4/10 km
(1.24/2.5/6.2 mi)
FCM2Fx FCM2Fx

First
20 m
FBM Baseplate (65.6 ft)

FCM2Fx FCM2Fx
2/4/10 km
(1.24/2.5/6.2 mi)
FCM2Fx FCM2Fx

Last 20 m
in (65.6 ft)
FBM Baseplate Chain

Figure 1-4. Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions w/FCM2Fs

6
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

♦ FCP270 Fieldbus and Expanded Fieldbuses (1-4) without FCM2Fs


The cable length of the Module Fieldbus (shielded twisted-pair segment) cannot
exceed 20 m (65.6 ft). See Figure 1-5.

FCP/FEM FCP
FCP FCP Baseplate Baseplate FCP FCP
60 m
FEM (198 ft)
FEM FEM Baseplate FEM FEM

First First
FBM FBM FBM FBM
Base Base Base Base
Plate Plate Plate Plate
20 m 20 m
(65.6 ft) (65.6 ft)
Last Last
FBM FBM in FBM FBM in
Base Base Chain Base Base Chain
Plate Plate Plate Plate

Figure 1-5. Expanded Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions

♦ FCP270 Fieldbus and Expanded Fieldbuses (1-4) with FCM2Fs


Each FCP/FCM drives a segment of interconnected baseplates of up to 20 m
(65.6 ft). Up to four pairs of FCM2Fxs can be used in each Expanded Fieldbus.
See Figure 1-6.

FCP/FEM FCP
FCP FCP Baseplate Baseplate FCP FCP
60 m
FEM (198 ft)
FEM FEM Baseplate FEM FEM

FCM FCM FCM FCM


2Fx 2Fx * 20 km distance is 2Fx 2Fx
10 km* allowed through 10 km*
(6.2 mi) the use of four (6.2 mi)
FCM FCM pairs of FCM2F10s. FCM FCM
2Fx 2Fx 2Fx 2Fx

First First

FBM Baseplate FBM Baseplate

20 m 20 m
(65.6 ft) (65.6 ft)
Last Last
in in
FBM Baseplate Chain FBM Baseplate Chain

Figure 1-6. Expanded Fieldbus Cable Length Restrictions w/FCM2Fs

7
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Cable Lengths – 268 Kbps Fieldbus


♦ Without FBI100 – Overall 268 Kbps Fieldbus, Twinaxial (shielded twisted-pair):
915 m (3000 ft) maximum
♦ With FBI100 – 268 Kbps Fieldbus, Twinaxial (shielded twisted-pair)
♦ With FCP270 and 100 Series FBMs Only
♦ Between FCP270 and FBI100 - 60 m (198 ft) maximum

From FBI100s to 100 Series FBMs - 1830 m (6000 ft) maximum
♦ With FCP270, 100 Series and 200 Series FBMs
♦ Total Length of Cabling Between FCP270 and FBI100 Plus the 2 Mbps
Module Fieldbus (for 200 Series FBMs) - 20 m (65.6 ft) maximum
♦ From FBI100s to 100 Series FBMs - 1830 m (6000 ft) maximum

Cable Lengths – Combined


♦ Control station to farthest FBM (using combined coaxial and fiber optic cabling):
20 km (12.4 mi).

Equipment Quantities
♦ Number of 200 Series FBMs hosted by an FCP270: 32 maximum without FEM100s,
or 128 with FEM100s (depending on selected scan periods and FCP270 sizing
guidelines).
♦ Number of 100 Series FBMs hosted by an FCP270: 64 maximum.

FEM100 Fieldbus Expansion Module


The FEM100 (Foxboro part number P0973CA) can provide up to four Expanded Fieldbuses for
an FCP270 to increase the number of DIN rail mounted 200 Series Fieldbus Modules (or equiv-
alent) supported by the FCP270 modules. The FEM100 expands a single fieldbus and optionally
may be used in a pair to provide expansion for systems using redundant fieldbuses.
The FCP270 requires a software level 8.3 or higher to support the FEMs.
Each FEM100 receives/forwards HDLC messages to/from one FCP270 on either Module
Fieldbus A or B. It then transfers this information to up to four different Module Fieldbuses,
referred to as Expanded Fieldbus 1, 2, 3 and 4. Each Expanded Fieldbus can provide connections
for up to thirty two DIN rail mounted FBMs. Redundant FEM100s provide redundant
communications (Fieldbus A and B) to these Expanded Fieldbuses. Four Expanded Fieldbuses
can support up to 128 FBMs. Because these Fieldbuses are not electrically isolated from the
FCP270 Module Fieldbus, they use the same ground potential connections as the FCP270.
These FEM100s are installed in their own special baseplates for high speed communication
between the FBM modules and FCP270s. The FEM100s are transparent to the network moni-
toring equipment and displays.
Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) incorporated into the front of the FEM100s indicate the status of
network activity to/from the associated Expanded Fieldbuses and the FEM100s module’s
operational status.

8
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FEM100 Usage with FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus


Communications Module
The FCM2F Fieldbus Communications modules (Foxboro part numbers P0914YZ/
P0917JA/P0916TQ) provide baseplate-to-baseplate fiber optic extension of the Expanded
Fieldbuses. This allows DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) to be locally, or remotely
distributed in multiple enclosures for strategic placement of input/output points.
The three versions of the FCM2Fs – FCM2F2, FCM2F4, and FCM2F10 – offer three different
maximum baseplate-to-baseplate fiber optic cabling distances: up to 2 km (1.24 mi), up to 4 km
(2.48 mi), and up to 10 km (6.2 mi), respectively. FCM2F2 and FCM2F4 are used with multi-
mode graded-index fiber cable, and FCM2F10 is used with single-mode fiber cable.
The FCM2Fs are mounted on any baseplate which accepts both FCMs and FBMs. For the
Expanded Fieldbuses, FCM2Fs must be installed redundant, one on each end of the “A” and “B”
cables of one of the Expanded Fieldbuses (four FCM2Fs total).
The FCM2Fs can extend any of the Expanded Fieldbuses between the FEM100 baseplate and the
FBM baseplates. The redundant FCM2F pair on the baseplate-side of the fiber optic extension
may be installed on the first FBM baseplate in the chain, or on a separate baseplate, such as an
FCM/FBM 2-position baseplate. Keeping the FCM2F pair on a separate baseplate allows the
baseplate chain to use all 32 possible slots for FBMs, while including the FCM2F pair on the first
baseplate in the chain leaves 30 slots for FBMs. Figure 1-7 illustrates this configuration for the
first Expanded Fieldbus.

9
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

2 Mbps HDLC Module Fieldbus (Shielded Twisted Pair Cables) Includes Fieldbus A and B

FCP270 Control F F FEM100s (Redundant)


Processor C C F F
(Fault-Tolerant) P P E E
2 2 M M
2 Mbps HDLC Expanded Module Fieldbus
7 7 100 100
(Shielded Twisted Pair Cables)
0 0 Includes Fieldbus A and B
(Four Expanded Fieldbuses)
OR
A B
B A
F F F F
FCM2F2/4/10s FCM2F2/4/10s
C C C C
(Redundant) In (Redundant) In
M M M M
FCM/FBM 2-Position FCM/FBM 2-Position
2 2 2 2
Baseplate Baseplate
F F F F

Fiber Optic Cables


(A and B) First FCM/FBM Baseplate
F F In Chain
C C
First FCM/FBM Baseplate M M Redundant Fieldbus
In Chain 2 2
F F F F
F
C C
Redundant Fieldbus B
M M
M
2 2
F F F F F
Shielded Twisted
B B B
Pair Cables
M M M Fiber Optic Cables
(A and B)
(A and B)
To Next Baseplate in Chain To Next Baseplate in Chain
(Chain has up to four Baseplates, (Chain has up to four Baseplates,
32 FBMs total) 30 FBMs total)

EXPANDED FIELDBUS 1 EXPANDED FIELDBUS 1


(Similar for Expanded Fieldbuses 2-4) (Similar for Expanded Fieldbuses 2-4)

Figure 1-7. FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications Modules


on Expanded Fieldbus

FBI100 - Fieldbus Isolator/Filter


The FBI100 (Foxboro part number P0923LN) allows the FCP270 to communicate with both
100 Series and 200 Series FBMs. The FBI100 filters and isolates the 2 Mbps communications
from the FCP270 to the 100 Series Fieldbus Isolator (FBI) which requires 268 Kbps signals for
100 Series FBMs and similar Migration modules. With the FBI100 installed as specified, the
FCP270 can communicate with both 200 Series FBMs (over 2 Mbps signals) and 100 Series
FBMs (over 268 Kbps signals) simultaneously. This 268 Kbps output signal is identical to the
typical 268 Kbps source from the FCP270.
In addition, the FBI100 extends the 268 Kbps HDLC module Fieldbus up to 1830 m (6000 ft)
from an FCP270 to 100 Series FBMs and Migration products. This is the same distance as the
CP30/40 controllers can drive their Fieldbus signals.
For a typical redundant module Fieldbus configuration, two FBI100s are needed; one for the A
fieldbus and another for the B fieldbus. These FBI100s are installed in their own special baseplate
for high speed communication between the FBM modules and FCP270s.

10
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FCP270 Modular Baseplates


The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide for the mounting of the DIN rail mounted
Field Control Processors (FCPs), Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus communications mod-
ules (FCMs). The Modular Baseplates are provided in unit increments of 2, 4 and 8 module posi-
tions in either a vertical or horizontal mounting option. The Modular Baseplates house FCPs,
FCMs, FBMs, a combination of FCPs and FBMs, or a combination of FBMs and FCMs. The
Modular Baseplates also provide the necessary connectors for redundant power, redundant Mod-
ule Fieldbus, time strobe and I/O signal cable connections. For more information, refer to “Mod-
ular Baseplates - P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on page 32.

FCP270/FBM Baseplate Interconnections


All baseplate inter-connections for A/B Module Fieldbus connections are shielded twisted-pair
cables to eliminate the effects of noise.
Primary and Secondary power connectors are direct connections from the FPS400-24 power sup-
ply. For more information, refer to “Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 32.
The FCM2F2/FCM2F4 and FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications modules provide baseplate-
to-baseplate fiber optic extension of the Module Fieldbus. This allows DIN rail mounted Fieldbus
Modules (FBMs) to be locally, or remotely distributed in multiple enclosures for strategic place-
ment of input/output points. For more information, refer to “FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10
Fieldbus Communications Module” on page 30 and Figure 1-31.

FCP270/FBM Module Identification


Baseplate-mounted modules provide identification to the system software of the location of all
mounted modules by means of a unique, 6-character string called a “letterbug”. For FCP270s, the
letterbug identification is a soft letterbug that is entered using the I/A Series Letterbug Configura-
tor. For the FCP270, the letterbug string for a particular FBM is established from three factors;
♦ The number of the baseplate in the connected group, as set by means of the baseplate
I.D. switches on the baseplate
♦ The physical position of the FBM module on the baseplate.
♦ When the FCP270 is used with FEM100's, the Expanded Fieldbus (1-4) on which
the FBM module is located.

11
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100Et(s)


Overview
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100Et(s) Elements
When used with the Z-Module Control Processor 270 (ZCP270) the DIN rail mounted sub-
system consists of the following major functional elements. (Figure 1-8 shows how these elements
are interconnected.)
♦ Fieldbus Communications Module 100Et (FCM100Et) – FCM100Et modules pro-
vide interfacing between The 100 Mbps MESH Control Network and the Module
Fieldbus. The FCM100Et is available as a single module or in pairs for redundancy.
Multiple FCM100Ets can share the same redundant switch. The FCM100Et supports
external time synchronization and SOE/TDR.
♦ Modular Baseplates – The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide unit incre-
ments of 2, 4 and 8 module positions and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal
position. The Modular Baseplates provide for mounting flexibility, allowing the DIN
rail mounted subsystem to be located in a variety of installation locations.
♦ Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) – FBMs serve as an interface between the field devices and
the I/A Series control processor. They perform necessary data conversion, providing
full support for analog measurement, discrete sensing, and analog or discrete control
and digital communication.
♦ Foreign Data Systems Integrators (FDSI) – These FBMs provide a flexible and exten-
sible platform and interface so that a controller such as the ZCP270 may
communicate to any field device or foreign data system that supports 10/100 Ethernet
or serial RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 communications.
♦ Module Fieldbus – A 2 Mbps HDLC optionally redundant serial bus used to inter-
connect all baseplate-mounted modules (FBMs, FCMs and FCPs). FCM2F2/4/10
modules provide for fiber optic extension (baseplate-to-baseplate) of the Module
Fieldbus. The FCMs are used in pairs for redundancy.
♦ The MESH Control Network – A 100 Mbps, optionally redundant, MESH network
that provides data communications for the I/A Series system. It interconnects base-
plate groupings of FCM100Ets and FBMs with the 100 Mbps Ethernet switches. It
employs asychronous protocol and conforms to the general requirements of Fast
Ethernet communications. (Also, see “I/O MESH Network Configurations” on
page 14).
♦ Termination assemblies (TAs) – TAs are field signal connection modules which pro-
vide optional signal conditioning and circuit protection required by the associated
FBM. Two types of TAs are offered: pass-through TAs, and TAs with signal condi-
tioning. The TAs attach to the connectors on the baseplate by means of dedicated
cables.

12
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

The MESH Control Network offers optional extension of the control network through the use of
100 Mbps Ethernet switches, allowing ZCP270s and FCM100Ets, FCM100E, and associated
FBMs to be located remotely from the workstations.

Figure 1-8. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100Et to 200 Series FBMs

13
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

I/O MESH Network Configurations


There are three I/O MESH network configurations supported by Invensys. You can use:
♦ Combined control and I/O MESH network (Figure 1-9)
♦ Separate control and I/O MESH networks (Figure 1-10)
♦ Separate control, but combined I/O MESH networks (Figure 1-11).

Combined Control and I/O MESH Network


You can use a single MESH control network for both the control and fieldbus networks, as
shown below. This configuration minimizes the number of Ethernet switches required, allows
TDR/TDA and SOE support, and allows System Management Displays to monitor Ethernet
switches.

Combined Control and I/O MESH Network

F F F F F F F F
C C C C C C C C
Z Z Z Z
M M M M M M M M
C C C C
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
P P P P
E E E E E E E E
t t t t t t t t

Note: This configuration also applies to FCM100Es.

Figure 1-9. Combined MESH Control and I/O Network

14
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Separate Control and I/O MESH Networks


You can also configure separate networks for both the control and fieldbus networks, as shown
below. This configuration uses more Ethernet switches, does not support TDR/TDA or SOE
software, and does not allow System Management Displays to monitor Ethernet switches.
However, using this type of configuration localizes all network issues.

The MESH Control Network

Z Z Z Z Z Z
C C C C C C
P P P P P P

The MESH I/O The MESH I/O The MESH I/O


Network Network Network

F F F F F F F F F F F F
C C C C C C C C C C C C
M M M M M M M M M M M M
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
E E E E E E E E E E E E
t t t t t t t t t t t t

Note: This configuration also applies to FCM100Es.


Figure 1-10. Separate Control and I/O MESH Networks

15
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Separate Control and Combined I/O MESH Networks


The third configuration comprises a control network and a separate combined I/O MESH net-
work for ZCP270-to-FCM communications, as shown below. This type of configuration uses
more Ethernet switches than the combined MESH network shown in Figure 1-9, but fewer than
separate control and I/O networks shown in Figure 1-10. Additionally, this configuration does
not support TDR/TDA or SOE software, and does not allow System Management Displays to
monitor Ethernet switches. However, using this configuration localizes network issues to either
the control or the fieldbus network.

The MESH Control Network

Z Z Z Z Z Z
C C C C C C
P P P P P P

The MESH I/O Network

F F F F F F F F F F F F
C C C C C C C C C C C C
M M M M M M M M M M M M
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
E E E E E E E E E E E E
t t t t t t t t t t t t

Note: This configuration also applies to FCM100Es.


Figure 1-11. Multiple ZCP270s to FCM100Et/FCM100Es

FCM100Et Fieldbus Communications Module


The FCM100Et is a single module or a pair of 100 Mbps Field Communications Modules (Fox-
boro part number P0926GS) that allow DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) to commu-
nicate with the ZCP270 control station via the high speed, optionally redundant, 100 Mbps
network referred to as The MESH Control Network. The FCM100Et interfaces 100 Mbps
Ethernet signals to 2 Mbps HDLC signals used by DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs),
and vice versa. The FCM100Et supports external time synchronization and SOE/TDR.

16
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

! WARNING
ac signals coming into SOE points cannot be synchronized to 1 millisecond in the
same manner as dc-based points can. The ac SOE points will have a delay of
~8-20 millisecond due to the 50 or 60 Hz ac wave form. If 1 millisecond synchroni-
zation is critical when time synchronization is required, avoid the use of ac inputs.

NOTE
Digital data coming from FBMs with ac driven inputs could be delayed due to the
dynamics of the ac waveform and filtering in the FBM and therefore may not be
recorded until the following 10 millisecond sampling period.

The redundant configuration of the FCM100Et consists of two modules. These modules install
in odd and even slots in a multi-position baseplate or in their stand-alone baseplate for high speed
communication between the FBM modules and workstations.
A pair of modules combine to provide redundancy at the Fieldbus Module (FBM) level. In this
configuration, one FCM100Et is the Master, and the other is the Tracker module. At any one
time the Master module is controlling and the Tracker module is monitoring. Role switching is
automatic if problems are detected, or if you switch the roles at any time via the System Manager
Display Handler (SMDH) running on an I/A Series workstation. The Main module and the
Backup module refers to the position that the module is inserted into the baseplate. The Main
module is located in the odd positions and the Backup module is located in the even positions of
the baseplate. The Main or the Backup module can be the Master or the Tracker Module.
Systems operating with a single FCM100Et produce a system alarm (tracker module failed) since
the tracker module is not present.
Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) incorporated into the front of the FCM100Et indicate the status of
network activity to/from the associated FBMs and The MESH Control Network, the FCM100Et
module’s operational status and the master or tracker status of the modules.
Fiber Optic Splitters/Combiners split the data on one Ethernet cable to both of the redundant
FCM100Et modules. Redundant FCM100Et modules connect to two fiber optic Splitter/Com-
biners that connect to two Ethernet cables and to two 100 Mbps Ethernet switches in the control
network. Single FCM100Et modules do not require Splitter/Combiners to connect to the 100
Mbps Ethernet switches. The Splitter/Combiner modules can be mounted in a shelf, on a DIN
rail, or on a baseplate inside an enclosure.
The FCM100Et uses one Primary Internet Protocol (IP) address and one alternate IP address.
The IP addresses are automatically assigned during system configuration by SysDef and/or IACC.
In addition, one primary Media Access Control (MAC) address and one alternate MAC address is
automatically assigned by SysDef and/or IACC. An ECB210 is configured for each FCM100Et in
the system using ICC or IACC. For more information refer to “FCM100Et and FCM100E Con-
figuration” on page 359.

17
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FCM100Et Product Sizing


Sizing of the I/A Series DIN rail mounted subsystem with an FCM100Et follows:

Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps


♦ Ethernet switch to Splitter Combiner/FCM100Et: total 2 km (1.24 mi) maximum.

Cable Lengths – Module Fieldbus


♦ Module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair segment (between two baseplates): 20 m
(65 ft) maximum
♦ Overall Module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair (all segments): The sum of the longest
Fieldbus cable segments (that is, all of the HDLC cables from the FCP270 to the fur-
thest FBM baseplate) must not exceed 20 m (65 ft).
♦ Module Fieldbus, fiber optic segment (between two baseplates): 10 km (6.2 mi) per
segment maximum, up to 20 km (12.4 mi) total.

Cable Lengths – Combined


♦ FCM100Et to farthest FBM (using combined coaxial and fiber optic cabling): 20 km
(12.4 mi).

Equipment Quantities
♦ Number of FCM100Et pairs per ZCP270 control processor: 32 maximum
♦ Number of FCM100Et pairs per Ethernet switch: Based on the number of ports on
the Ethernet switch
♦ Number of FBMs per FCM100Et: 32 maximum.

FCM100Et Modular Baseplates


The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide for the mounting of the DIN rail mounted
Field Control Processors (FCPs), Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus Communications Mod-
ules (FCMs). The Modular Baseplates are provided in unit increments of 2, 4 and 8 module posi-
tions in a vertical or horizontal mounting option. The Modular Baseplates house FCPs, FCMs,
FBMs, a combination of FCPs and FBMs, or a combination of FBMs and FCMs. The baseplates
also provide the necessary connectors for redundant power, redundant Module Fieldbus, time
strobe and I/O signal cable connections. For more information, refer to “Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 32.

NOTE
Other baseplates which support these FCMs, such as the Westinghouse DCS base-
plate, may lack an interlink between the two FCMs. Refer to the procedures in DCS
Fieldbus Modules for Westinghouse WDPF® Systems User’s Guide (B0400BA) to sup-
port proper primary/backup operations.

18
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FCM100Et/FBM Baseplate Interconnections


All baseplate inter-connections for A/B module Fieldbus connections are shielded twisted-pair
cables to eliminate the effects of noise.
Primary and Secondary power connectors are direct connections from the FPS400-24 power sup-
ply. For more information, refer to “Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 32.
The FCM2F2/FCM2F4 and FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications modules provide baseplate-
to-baseplate fiber optic extension of the Module Fieldbus. This allows DIN rail mounted Fieldbus
Modules (FBMs) to be locally, or remotely distributed in multiple enclosures for strategic place-
ment of input/output points. For more information, refer to “FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10
Fieldbus Communications Module” on page 30 and Figure 1-31.

FCM100Et/FBM Module Identification


Baseplate-mounted modules provide identification, to the system software, of the location of all
mounted modules by means of a unique, 6-character string called a “letterbug”. FCM100Et let-
terbug identification is a soft letterbug that is entered using the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator.
The letterbug string for a particular FBM is established from three factors;
♦ Setting of software letterbug for the FCM100Et (The FCM100Et letterbug always
ends in “00”)
♦ The number of the baseplate in the connected group, as set by means of the baseplate
I.D. switches on the baseplate
♦ The physical position of the FBM module on the baseplate.

! CAUTION
The first four characters of an FCM letterbug cannot match the first four characters
of the letterbug of a Control Processor like the ZCP270.

19
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100E(s)


Overview
Z-Module Control Processor 270 with FCM100E(s) Elements
When used with the Z-Module Control Processor 270 (ZCP270) the DIN rail mounted sub-
system consists of the following major functional elements. (Figure 1-12 shows how these ele-
ments are interconnected.)
♦ Fieldbus Communications Module 100E (FCM100E) – FCM100E modules provide
interfacing between the 100 Mbps MESH Control Network and the 2 Mbps Module
Fieldbus (see Figure 1-12) or the 268 Kbps Fieldbus (see Figure 1-13). The
FCM100E is available as a single module or in pairs for redundancy. Multiple
FCM100Es can share the same redundant switch. The FCM100E does not support
external time synchronization and SOE/TDR.
♦ Modular Baseplates – The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide unit incre-
ments of 2, 4 and 8 module positions and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal
position. The Modular Baseplates provide for mounting flexibility, allowing the DIN
rail mounted subsystem to be located in a variety of installation locations.
♦ Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) – FBMs serve as an interface between the field devices and
the I/A Series control processor. They perform necessary data conversion, providing
full support for analog measurement, discrete sensing, and analog or discrete control
and digital communication.
♦ Foreign Data Systems Integrators (FDSI) – These FBMs provide a flexible and exten-
sible platform and interface so that a controller such as the ZCP270 may
communicate to any field device or foreign data system that supports 10/100 Ethernet
or serial RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 communications.
♦ Module Fieldbus – A 2 Mbps HDLC optionally redundant serial bus used to inter-
connect all baseplate-mounted modules (FBMs, FCMs and FCPs). FCM2F2/4/10
modules provide for fiber optic extension (baseplate-to-baseplate) of the Module
Fieldbus. The FCMs are used in pairs for redundancy.
♦ The MESH Control Network – A 100 Mbps, optionally redundant, mesh network
that provides data communications for the I/A Series system. It interconnects base-
plate groupings of FCM100Es and FBMs with the 100 Mbps Ethernet switches. It
employs asychronous protocol and conforms to the general requirements of Fast
Ethernet communications. (Also, refer to “I/O MESH Network Configurations” on
page 14).
♦ Termination assemblies (TAs) – TAs are field signal connection modules which pro-
vide optional signal conditioning and circuit protection required by the associated
FBM. Two types of TAs are offered: pass-through TAs, and TAs with signal condi-
tioning. The TAs attach to the connectors on the baseplate by means of dedicated
cables.

20
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

NOTE
Digital data coming from FBMs with ac driven inputs could be delayed due to the
dynamics of the ac waveform and filtering in the FBM and therefore may not be
recorded until the following 10 millisecond sampling period.

The MESH Control Network offers optional extension of the control network through the use of
100 Mbps Ethernet switches, allowing ZCP270s and FCM100Ets/FCM100Es, FCP270s, and
associated FBMs to be located remotely from the workstations.

Figure 1-12. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 200 Series FBMs

21
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Termination
Assemblies*
(P0903VY)

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


Baseplate (P0926KH)
with Fault-Tolerant
FCM100E Modules

Fieldbus A Fieldbus B Twinaxial Cables


1830 m (6000 ft) Maximum
(P0170GF or P0170GG)

To
Fieldbus
Isolator
TCA(s)
268 Kbps Fieldbus
Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

No Terminator
on this Connector

*Note: A 110 ohm resistor E0157CZ (shipped with P0903VY) should be installed across the F+ and F-
terminals at both ends of the Fieldbus.
Figure 1-13. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 268 Kbps Fieldbus

! WARNING
When supporting Sequence of Events (SOE), ac signals coming into SOE points
cannot be synchronized to 1 millisecond in the same manner as dc-based points
can. The ac SOE points will have a delay of ~8-20 millisecond due to the 50 or
60 Hz ac wave form. If 1 millisecond synchronization is critical when time synchro-
nization is required, avoid the use of ac inputs.

FCM100E Fieldbus Communications Module


The FCM100E is a single module or a pair of 100 Mbps Field Communications Modules
(Foxboro part number P0972ZA) that allow DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) or
100 Series FBMs to communicate with the ZCP270 control station via the high speed, optionally
redundant, 100 Mbps network referred to as The MESH Control Network. The FCM100E
interfaces 100 Mbps Ethernet signals to 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus signals used by 200 Series DIN
rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs), and vice versa, or interfaces 100 Mbps Ethernet signals
to 268 Kbps Fieldbus signals used by 100 Series Fieldbus Modules (FBMs), and vice versa.
The redundant configuration of the FCM100E consists of two modules. These modules install in
odd and even slots in a multi-position baseplate or in their stand-alone baseplate for high speed
communication between the FBM modules and workstations.

22
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

A pair of modules combine to provide redundancy at the Fieldbus Module (FBM) level. Both
modules are always active. In case of a module’s failure, the other provides backup coverage until
the failed module is returned to service.
Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) incorporated into the front of the FCM100E indicate the status of
network activity to/from the associated FBMs and The MESH Control Network, and the
FCM100E module’s operational status.
FCM100E redundant modules use two Ethernet cables to connect directly to two 100 Mbps
Ethernet switches in the control network. FCM100E single modules use one Ethernet cable to
connect to one 100 Mbps Ethernet switch in the control network.
The FCM100E uses one Primary Internet Protocol (IP) address and one alternate IP address. The
IP addresses are automatically assigned during system configuration by SysDef and/or IACC. In
addition, one primary Media Access Control (MAC) address and one alternate MAC address is
automatically assigned by SysDef and/or IACC. An ECB210 is configured for each FCM100E in
the system using ICC or IACC. For more information refer to “FCM100Et and FCM100E Con-
figuration” on page 359.

FCM100E Product Sizing


Sizing of the I/A Series DIN rail mounted subsystem with an FCM100E follows:

Cable Lengths – The MESH Control Network, 100 Mbps


♦ Ethernet switch to Splitter Combiner/FCM100Et: total 2 km (1.24 mi) maximum.

Cable Lengths – 2 Mbps Module Fieldbus


♦ Module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair segment (between two baseplates): 20 m
(65 ft) maximum
♦ Overall Module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair (all segments): The sum of the longest
Fieldbus cable segments (that is, all of the HDLC cables from the FCP270 to the fur-
thest FBM baseplate) must not exceed 20 m (65 ft).
♦ Module Fieldbus, fiber optic segment (between two baseplates): 10 km (6.2 mi) per
segment maximum, up to 20 km (12.4 mi) total

Cable Lengths – 268 Kbps Fieldbus


♦ Overall 268 Kbps Fieldbus, Twinaxial (shielded twisted-pair): 1830 m (6000 ft)
maximum

Cable Lengths – Combined


♦ FCM100E to farthest FBM (using combined coaxial and fiber optic cabling): 20 km
(12.4 mi).

23
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Equipment Quantities
♦ Number of FCM100E pairs per ZCP270 control processor: 32 maximum
♦ Number of FCM100E pairs per Ethernet switch: Based on the number of ports on
the Ethernet switch
♦ Number of 200 Series FBMs per FCM100E: 32 maximum.
♦ Number of 100 Series FBMs per FCM100E: 64 maximum.

FCM100E Modular Baseplates


The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide for the mounting of the DIN rail mounted
Field Control Processors (FCPs), Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus Communications Mod-
ules (FCMs). The Modular Baseplates are provided in unit increments of 2, 4 and 8 module posi-
tions in a vertical or horizontal mounting option. The Modular Baseplates house FCPs, FCMs,
FBMs, a combination of FCPs and FBMs, or a combination of FBMs and FCMs. The baseplates
also provide the necessary connectors for redundant power, redundant Module Fieldbus, time
strobe and I/O signal cable connections. For more information, refer to “Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 32.

NOTE
Other baseplates which support these FCMs, such as the Westinghouse DCS base-
plate, may lack an interlink between the two FCMs. Refer to the procedures in DCS
Fieldbus Modules for Westinghouse WDPF® Systems User’s Guide (B0400BA) to sup-
port proper primary/backup operations.

FCM100E/FBM Baseplate Interconnections


All baseplate inter-connections for A/B module Fieldbus connections are shielded twisted-pair
cables to eliminate the effects of noise.
Primary and Secondary power connectors are direct connections from the FPS400-24 power sup-
ply. For more information, refer to “Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 32.
The FCM2F2/FCM2F4 and FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications modules provide baseplate-
to-baseplate fiber optic extension of the Module Fieldbus. This allows DIN rail mounted Fieldbus
Modules (FBMs) to be locally, or remotely distributed in multiple enclosures for strategic place-
ment of input/output points. For more information, refer to “FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10
Fieldbus Communications Module” on page 30 and Figure 1-31.

24
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FCM100E/FBM Module Identification


Baseplate-mounted modules provide identification, to the system software, of the location of all
mounted modules by means of a unique, 6-character string called a “letterbug”. FCM100E letter-
bug identification is a soft letterbug that is entered using the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator.
The letterbug string for a particular FBM is established from three factors;
♦ Setting of software letterbug for the FCM100E (The FCM100E letterbug always ends
in “00”)
♦ The number of the baseplate in the connected group, as set by means of the baseplate
I.D. switches on the baseplate
♦ The physical position of the FBM module on the baseplate.

! CAUTION
The first four characters of an FCM letterbug cannot match the first four characters
of the letterbug of a Control Processor like the ZCP270.

25
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Control Processor 60 with FCM10(s) Overview


Control Processor 60 (CP60) with FCM10 Elements
When used with the Control Processor 60, the DIN rail mounted subsystem consists of the fol-
lowing major functional elements. (Figure 1-14 shows how these elements are interconnected.)
♦ Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) – FBMs serve as an interface between the field devices and
the I/A Series control station (via the Module Fieldbus and the Ethernet trunk Field-
bus). They perform necessary data conversion, providing full support for analog
measurement, discrete sensing, and analog or discrete control and digital
communication.
♦ Fieldbus Communications Modules (FCMs) – FCM10E and FCM10Ef modules pro-
vide interfacing between the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus and the Module Fieldbus.
FCM2F2/4/10 modules provide for fiber optic extension (baseplate-to-baseplate) of
the Module Fieldbus. The FCMs are used in pairs for redundancy.
♦ Baseplate – The DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Module baseplate provides a base for
mounting of the FBMs and FCMs. Up to four baseplates can be interconnected (via
the Module Fieldbus) to provide mounting for up to 32 FBMs per FCM or FCM
pair.
♦ Module Fieldbus – A 2 Mbps HDLC optionally redundant serial bus used to inter-
connect all baseplate-mounted modules (FCMs and FBMs). The Module Fieldbus
cabling between baseplates can be shielded twisted-pair, fiber optic, or a combination
of both.
♦ Ethernet trunk Fieldbus – A 10 Mbps optionally redundant data communications bus
which interconnects baseplate groupings of FCMs and FBMs with the I/A Series con-
trol station. It employs asychronous protocol and conforms to the general
requirements of Ethernet communications.
♦ Multiport fiber optic converter (hub) – Converts the Ethernet 10Base2 to fiber optic
media, and provides six ports for fiber optic media distribution to up to six baseplate
groupings.
♦ Media converters (BNC to fiber-ST) – Provide 10Base2-to-fiber (and vice-versa) con-
version for optional fiber optic extension of the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus.
♦ Termination assemblies (TAs) – TAs are field signal connection modules which pro-
vide optional signal conditioning and circuit protection required by the associated
FBM. Two types of TAs are offered: pass-through TAs, and TAs with signal condi-
tioning (in both directions, reduction/increase). The TAs connect to the connectors
on the baseplate by means of dedicated cables.

26
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Figure 1-14. DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with CP60

27
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

As indicated in Figure 1-14, module Fieldbus distribution (baseplate-to-baseplate) can be imple-


mented using shielded twisted-pair cabling, fiber optic cabling, or a combination of both. Base-
plate-to-baseplate fiber optic cabling is implemented using FCM2F modules, (a pair for
redundancy) in each of the connected baseplates. Twisted-pair cabling is implemented by making
cable connections from one baseplate to the next.
Also, as illustrated in Figure 1-14, the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus can be implemented in the follow-
ing basic configurations:
♦ Direct network configuration (Figure 1-15). This configuration is used where group-
ings of FBMs are concentrated in a more localized area, or where groupings of FBMs
are located remote from the control station.
♦ Active star network configuration (Figure 1-16). This configuration uses a multiport
fiber optic converter (hub), which allows distribution of the FBMs over a much wider
area.
Both of these configurations offer optional extension of the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus through the
use of media converters, allowing the FBMs to be located remotely from the I/A Series control
station. For cable connection procedures, refer to “Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Cable Con-
nections” on page 162.

I/A Series
control station
(fault-tolerant)
A B 10Base2 (10 Mbps)
(See Ethernet trunk Fieldbus
Note 1) (Redundant)
10Base2
To Fiber Optional fiber optic
extension of the 10 Mbps (10Base2)
conv.
Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus
Fiber
optic (Redundant)
cabling
Fiber To B To Other Invensys
10Base2 10Base2 Equipment
conv. A (See (See Note 2)
(See
Note 1) Note 1)
To/from To/from
baseplate-mounted baseplate-mounted
FCM10E modules FCM10E modules

1. Foxboro recommends the use of surge protectors (PHOENIX Surge Protectors, P0152KL) at
enclosure exit and entry points of the 10Base2 coax cable, if subject to lightning strikes;
maximum of two per segment. The intent is to protect external exposure of equipment groupings.
2. FCM10E, WFCM10E, DCM10E, FBI10E, hubs P0922KS and P0916JM only. No other equipment
is acceptable.
Figure 1-15. Typical CP60 Direct Network Configuration

28
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Optional fiber optic


I/A Series extensions of the
Ethernet trunk Fieldbus
control station
(fault-tolerant)
(See B To Other Invensys
Note 1) B 10Base2 Fiber To
To Fiber 10Base2 10Base2 Equipment
A A (See Note 2)
conv. conv. (See
Note 1)
10Base2 (10 Mbps) 10Base2 Ethernet
Ethernet trunk Fiber optic Multiport
Fieldbus (redundant) cabling fiber optic
converter
(hub)
Fiber optic cable pairs
[Each dashed line is one
pair (Tx + Rx)]

A B A B

To/from To/from
baseplate-mounted baseplate-mounted
FCM10Ef modules FCM10Ef modules
1. Foxboro recommends the use of surge protectors (PHOENIX Surge Protectors, P0152KL) at
enclosure exit and entry points of the 10Base2 coax cable, if subject to lightning strikes;
maximum of two per segment. The intent is to protect external exposure of equipment groupings.
2. FCM10E, WFCM10E, DCM10E, FBI10E, hubs P0922KS and P0916JM only. No other equipment
is acceptable.
Figure 1-16. Typical CP60 Active Star Network Configuration

FCM10E and FCM2F Fieldbus Communications Modules


FCMs (FCM10E, FCM10Ef and FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10) can be used in an I/A Series
system with a CP60. FCMs (FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10) can be used in an I/A Series system
with FCP270s or FCM100Ets. FCM10E, FCM10Ef and FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 are
described below.

FCM10E Fieldbus Communications Module


The FCM10E Fieldbus Communications Module (Foxboro part number P0914YM) allows DIN
rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) to communicate with the CP60 control station via the
optionally redundant 10 Mbps Ethernet trunk Fieldbus. The FCM10E converts 10 Mbps Ether-
net signals used by the CP60 control station to 2 Mbps HDLC signals used by DIN rail mounted
Fieldbus Modules (FBMs), and vice versa.
The FCM10E also provides galvanic isolation between the 10 Mbps Ethernet trunk Fieldbus and
the 2 Mbps module Fieldbus. The FCM10E modules are used in pairs for redundancy. A
FCM10E (or pair of FCM10E modules) can support up to 32 FBMs.

FCM10Ef Fieldbus Communications Module


The FCM10Ef Fieldbus Communications Modules (Foxboro part number P0916CP) convert
2 Mbps HDLC signals used by DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) to 10 Mbps fiber

29
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

optic Ethernet signals in an Ethernet/fiber optic network. This allows the FBMs to communicate
with the I/A Series control station over extended distances in a fiber optic network configuration.
The FCM10Ef offers a maximum cabling distance (drop from the hub) of up to 2 km (1.24 mi).
Using fiber optic cabling, the FCM10Ef modules link directly to the multiport fiber optic con-
verter (hub), which connects to the I/A Series control station via the optionally redundant 10
Mbps Ethernet trunk Fieldbus.
Up to six groups of baseplate-mounted FCM10Ef modules and associated FBMs can be linked to
the optionally redundant hub, for a maximum of 128 FBMs. To support redundancy, a pair of
FCM10Ef modules must be used for each FBM grouping. In non-redundant configurations, only
a single FCM10Ef is required for each grouping.

FCM2F2/FCM2F4/FCM2F10 Fieldbus Communications Module


The FCM2F Fieldbus Communications modules (Foxboro part numbers P0914YZ/
P0917JA/P0916TQ) provide baseplate-to-baseplate fiber optic extension of the module Fieldbus
(see Figure 1-31). This allows DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) to be locally, or
remotely distributed in multiple enclosures for strategic placement of input/output points.
The three versions of the FCM2Fs – FCM2F2, FCM2F4, and FCM2F10 – offer three different
maximum baseplate-to-baseplate fiber optic cabling distances: up to 2 km (1.24 mi), up to 4 km
(2.48 mi), and up to 10 km (6.2 mi), respectively. FCM2F2 and FCM2F4 are used with multi-
mode graded-index fiber cable, and FCM2F10 is used with single-mode fiber cable.
The FCM2Fs are mounted on the baseplates in pairs for redundancy, one each for the “A” and
“B” cables of the Fieldbus. Non-redundant configurations require only a single FCM2F.

CP60 Product Sizing


Sizing of the I/A Series DIN rail mounted subsystem with an CP60 follows.

Cable Lengths – Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus, 10Base2


♦ Ethernet trunk Fieldbus1, 10Base2 coaxial cabling only: 184 m (607 ft) maximum2
♦ Fiber optic extension (between BNC to fiber-ST converters): 2 km (1.24 mi) maxi-
mum, each extension1
♦ Maximum Ethernet trunk segments: three 10B2, joined by two fiber optic extensions
♦ Hub to FCM10Ef: 2 km (1.24 mi) maximum1.

Cable Lengths – Module Fieldbus


♦ Module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair segment (between two baseplates): 60 m
(198 ft) maximum2
♦ Overall module Fieldbus, shielded twisted-pair (all segments): 60 m (198 ft)
maximum2

1. The Ethernet trunk Fieldbus connects between the Control Processor 60 and the FCM10E modules
in the Direct network configuration (see Figure 1-15), and between the Control Processor 60 and
the hub(s) in the active star network configuration (see Figure 1-16).
2. In any specific application, individual maximum cable lengths may be affected by the overall maxi-
mum cable length (20 km) between the I/A Series control station and the farthest FBM.

30
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

♦ Module Fieldbus, fiber optic segment (between two baseplates): 10 km (6.2 mi)
maximum2
♦ Module Fieldbus segments: 3 maximum.

Cable Lengths – Combined


♦ I/A Series control station to farthest FBM (using combined coaxial and fiber optic
cabling)3: 20 km (12.4 mi).

Equipment Quantities
♦ Number of FBMs hosted by an I/A Series control station: 128 maximum (depending
on selected scan periods)
♦ Number of BNC to fiber-ST converters per Ethernet trunk Fieldbus: 3 converters, 1
hub maximum per bus (2 extensions). No more that 2 media converters cascaded in
series without going though a re-timing device such as hub P0922KS.
♦ Number of FCM10E or FCM10Ef pairs per I/A Series control station: 32 maximum
♦ Number of FCM10E or FCM10Ef pairs per hub: 6 maximum
♦ Number of FBMs per FCM10E or FCM10Ef pair: 32 maximum
♦ Number of baseplates per module Fieldbus: 4 maximum.

FCM10E/FCM10Ef/FBM Baseplates
The DIN rail mounted baseplates provide for the mounting of the DIN rail mounted Fieldbus
Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus Communications Modules (FCM10Es and FCM10Efs). The
baseplates provide 2, 4, or 8 module positions in a vertical or horizontal mounting option. The
baseplates house FCPs, FCMs, FBMs, a combination of FCPs and FBMs, or a combination of
FBMs and FCMs. The baseplates also provide the necessary connectors for redundant power,
redundant module Fieldbus and I/O signal cable connections. Refer to “I/A Series Baseplates” on
page 32.

FCM10E/FCM10Ef/FBM Module Identification


Baseplate-mounted FBMs and FCMs (FCM10E and FCM10Ef ) provide identification to the
system software of the location of all FBMs by means of a unique, 6-character string called a “let-
terbug”. The letterbug string for a particular FBM is established from three factors;
♦ Setting of physical letterbug set(s) for the FCM(s) on the first baseplate (An FCM’s
letterbug always ends in “00”)
♦ The number of the baseplate (0-3) in the group of up to four, as set by means of the
pair of baseplate I.D. switches on the baseplate
♦ The physical position of the module on the baseplate.
For more information refer to “Modular Baseplate Interconnections-
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN” on
page 36 or “Fieldbus Module Baseplates - P0914XA/XB” on page 41.

3. In
the combined coaxial and fiber optic Ethernet trunk Fieldbus configurations, BNC to Fiber-ST
converters are used (see Figure 1-15 and Figure 1-16).

31
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

I/A Series Baseplates


Modular Baseplates -
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN
The DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplates provide for the mounting of the DIN rail mounted
Field Control Processors (FCP270s), Fieldbus Modules (FBMs), Fieldbus communications mod-
ules (FCMs) and Fieldbus Expansion Modules (FEMs). The Modular Baseplates are provided in
unit increments of 2, 4 and 8 module positions. The baseplates house FCPs, FCMs, FBMs,
FBI100s, a combination of FCPs and FEMs, a combination of FCPs and FBMs, or a combina-
tion of FBMs and FCMs. The baseplates also provide the necessary connectors for redundant
power, redundant module Fieldbus, time strobe, and I/O signal cable connections.
The first baseplate that contains an FCP270 or FCM100Et in an I/A Series System that uses the
optional time strobe must use a Modular Baseplate to connect the time strobe to the baseplate.
The Modular Baseplates are compatible with and can replace the existing I/A Series P0914XA
horizontal baseplate and the P0914XB vertical baseplate.
All Modular Baseplates except the FEM100 and FBI100 baseplates are available in two basic
mounting configurations — vertical DIN rail mount (see Figure 1-17) or horizontal DIN rail
mount (see Figure 1-18). Either of these mounting configurations can be employed internal to, or
external to an enclosure. However, in all cases the DIN rail must be amply supported, whether by
means of metal braces, a backplate, or a supporting wall (refer to “DIN Rail Mounting of the
Horizontal Baseplate” on page 97 or “DIN Rail Mounting of the Vertical Baseplate” on
page 100).
Various size baseplates allow you incrementally upgrade existing systems or to create low-cost
small systems. Implementation of these baseplates allow you place the control processor
(FCP270) within the same enclosure as other Fieldbus modules.
In addition, a mounting bracket kit is available for mounting of the horizontal baseplate in a stan-
dard, 483 mm (19-inch) rack. The kit (Foxboro part number P0930AS) provides for a 25.4 mm
(1 in) mounting depth in the rack.
The FCPs, FBMs, FCMs, FEMs and FBI100s plug onto the baseplate by means of their two con-
nectors, and each is fastened in place by two hex screws.
Each of the Modular Baseplates and their functionality are described below.

32
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FCP270 only FCM/FBM


2-position, P0926HW 2-position, P0926KH

1 FCP270 and 3 FBM 2 FCP270 and 2 FBM FBM and/or FCM


4-position, P0926JC 4-position, P0926HZ 4-position, P0926JF

FBM and/or FCM 2 FEM100 2 FCP270 and 2 FEM100


8-position, P0926JM 2-position, P0973CG 4-position, P0973CN

2 FBI100
2-position, P0923LR

Figure 1-17. Vertical DIN Rail Mount Modular Baseplates

33
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FCP270 only FCM/FBM


2-position, P0926HC 2-position, P0926KE

1 FCP270 and 3 FBM 2 FCP270 and 2 FBM FBM and/or FCM


4-position, P0926HJ 4-position, P0926HF 4-position, P0926HM

FBM and/or FCM


8-position, P0926HT

Figure 1-18. Horizontal DIN Rail Mount Modular Baseplates

2-Position Baseplates
Four different 2-position baseplates support:
♦ a non-fault-tolerant (single module) or fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s
♦ a single or redundant pair of FEMs
♦ a single or redundant pair of FCMs, or up to two FBMs
♦ a single or redundant pair of FBI100s.

FCP270 Only 2-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18)
This 2-position baseplate supports only a single module or one fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s.
The two module positions are keyed preventing FBM/FCM modules from plugging into the FCP
mounting position. Two mounting positions are provided for the fiber optic splitter/combiners to
support a single module or a fault-tolerant pair of FCP270's. The baseplate can be added in the
field to existing or new configurations.

34
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

When upgrading existing CP60 systems to use FCP270s, you can recover an additional two FBM
positions after removal of the old FCMs. In this configuration, a maximum of 32 modules can be
accommodated. The Invensys part numbers are: horizontal mount-P0926HC, vertical mount-
P0926HW.

FEM100 Only 2-Position Expansion Baseplate (see Figure 1-17)


This 2-position Expansion Baseplate supports a redundant pair of FEM100s. This Modular Base-
plate does not have a baseplate identification DIP switch. It does not require a hardwired address
as this baseplate is transparent to the Module Fieldbus.
The FEM100 Baseplate can be combined with existing FCP 2-position Modular Baseplates. It is
used to expand the number of 200 Series FBMs supported by a FCP270, by providing the capa-
bility to add up to four Expanded Fieldbuses which each support up to thirty-two 200 Series
FBMs. The Invensys part number is vertical mount-P0973CG.

FCM/FBM 2-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18)


This 2-position baseplate supports FCMs/FBMs. This baseplate does not have a baseplate identi-
fication (ID) because the baseplate ID is hard-coded for “00”. The baseplate can be added in the
field to existing or new baseplate configurations. The Invensys part numbers are: horizontal
mount-P0926KE, vertical mount-P0926KH.

FBI100 Only 2-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17)


This 2-position baseplate supports a redundant pair of FBI100s. This Modular Baseplate does not
have a baseplate identification DIP switch. It does not require a hardwired address as this base-
plate is transparent to the Module Fieldbus. The Invensys part number is vertical mount-
P0923LR.

4-Position Baseplates
Four different 4-position baseplates support:
♦ a fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s in two positions and the remaining two positions
mount FBMs
♦ a fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s in two positions and the remaining two positions
mount FEMs
♦ a single FCP270 in 1-position and the remaining 3-positions mount FBMs
♦ 4 FBMs and/or FCMs.
The 4-position Modular Baseplates have a third baseplate I.D. switch that selects operation as the
1st half or 2nd half of an 8-position Modular Baseplate.

FCP270 and FBM 4-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18)
This baseplate is a 4-position baseplate that supports a fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s in two posi-
tions and the remaining two positions mount FBMs. The two FCP module positions are keyed
preventing FBM/FCM modules from plugging into the FCP mounting position. Mounting posi-
tions are provided for the fiber optic splitter/combiners to support a fault-tolerant pair of
FCP270's. This baseplate has a baseplate identification (ID) switch. The Invensys part numbers
are: horizontal mount-P0926HF, vertical mount-P0926HZ.

35
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FCP270 and FEM100 4-Position Expansion Baseplate (see Figure 1-17)


This Expansion Baseplate is a 4-position baseplate that supports a fault-tolerant pair of FCP270s
in two positions and the remaining two positions mount a redundant pair of FEM100s. Mount-
ing positions are provided for the fiber optic splitter/combiners to support the pair of FCP270's.
This baseplate does not have a baseplate identification DIP switch.
This baseplate can be used on system installations that require increased I/O distribution and
future upgrades. The Invensys part number is vertical mount-P0973CN.

Single FCP270 and FBM 4-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18)
This baseplate supports a single FCP270 in 1-position and the remaining 3-positions mount
FBMs. The FCP module position is keyed preventing FBM/FCM modules from plugging into
the FCP mounting position. This baseplate has a Baseplate identification (ID) switch. The
Invensys part numbers are: horizontal mount-P0926HJ, vertical mount-P0926JC.

FBM and/or FCM 4-Position Baseplate (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18)
This 4-position baseplate supports FBMs and/or FCMs. This baseplate has a baseplate identifica-
tion (ID) switch. The Invensys part numbers are: horizontal mount-P0926HM, vertical mount-
P0926JF.

Eight Position Baseplate


This 8-position baseplate supports FBMs and/or FCMs (see Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18). This
baseplate has a baseplate identification (ID) switch. The Invensys Foxboro part numbers are: hor-
izontal mount-P0926HT, vertical mount-P0926JW.
These baseplates replace the existing P0914XA and P0914XB baseplates. See “Fieldbus Module
Baseplates - P0914XA/XB” on page 41 when replacing P0914XA/B baseplates.

Modular Baseplate Interconnections-


P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/
P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN
All baseplate inter-connections for A/B module Fieldbus connections are shielded twisted-pair
cables to eliminate the effects of noise.
All connectors are labeled to indicate their position and/or function on the baseplate (see
Figure 1-19). All module connectors have module guides to assist in the correct insertion of the
module.
Primary and Secondary power connectors are direct connections from the FPS400-24 power sup-
ply. Each baseplate requires a primary and/or a secondary (for redundancy) +24 V dc input.
When installing existing baseplates consideration should be given to the required number of
power supply connections available in an enclosure.

36
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Primary Power, Module Secondary Power, Module


Fieldbus and Time Strobe Fieldbus and Time Strobe
Splitter/Terminator Splitter/Terminator

Field I/O Connectors Module Connectors


Figure 1-19. Modular Baseplate Connections (Example)

Fieldbus Modules and/or FCM, FBI100 or FCP baseplates are interconnected by means of the
Module Fieldbus.
Figure 1-20, Figure 1-21, Figure 1-22 and Figure 1-23 show some typical basic Modular Base-
plate interconnection configurations. These configurations can be used when the baseplates are
mounted in the same general location (for example, in multiple enclosures in the same area or in
the same enclosure).
Module Fieldbuses can use redundant cables. To implement a redundant Module Fieldbus, an
A/B Module Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator on each baseplate is used to split the Module Fieldbus.
For more information, refer to “Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitters/Terminators” on
page 133.
Shielded twisted-pair cables for Modular Baseplate interconnections are available in lengths of
0.25 m (10 in), 1 m (3.3 ft), 3 m (9.9 ft), 5 m (16.5 ft), 10 m (33 ft), 20 m (66 ft), 30 m (99 ft)
and 60 m (198 ft). For overall cabling distances, refer to “FCP270 Product Sizing” on page 5,
“FCM100Et Product Sizing” on page 18 or “FCM100E Product Sizing” on page 23.

37
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

100 Mbps THE MESH CONTROL NETWORK


B A
FCP270 BASEPLATE

S S
P P
SPLITTERS/ L L FCP270
I I MODULES (2)
COMBINERS (2) T T

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
BASEPLATE B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
8-POSITION M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
(1 OF 4)

2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F


B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM FBM MODULE QUANTITY IS 32.
2. MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE RUN OF ALL 2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS IS 20 m (65.6 ft).

Figure 1-20. FCP270 Modular Baseplate Implementation Example

100 Mbps THE MESH CONTROL NETWORK


B A
FCP270 BASEPLATE

S S
P P
SPLITTERS/ L L FCP270
I I MODULES (2)
COMBINERS (2) T T

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
BASEPLATE B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
8-POSITION M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS F F F F F F F F


B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M
BASEPLATE
4-POSITION

F F F F F F F F
BASEPLATE B B B B B B B B
8-POSITION M M M M M M M M

NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM FBM MODULE QUANTITY IS 32.
2. MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE RUN OF ALL 2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS IS 20 m (65.6 ft).

Figure 1-21. FCP270 Modular Baseplates (Mixed Positions) Implementation Example

38
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

100 Mbps THE MESH CONTROL NETWORK


B A
FCM BASEPLATE

S S
P P
L L
I I
FCM100Et
SPLITTERS/ T T MODULES (2)
COMBINERS (2)

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
BASEPLATE B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
8-POSITION M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F


B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM FBM QUANTITY IS 30, OR 32 WHEN FCM100E IS MOUNTED ON A TWO-SLOT WIDE BASEPLATE.
2. MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE RUN OF ALL 2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS IS 20 m (65.6 ft).

Figure 1-22. FCM100Et Modular Baseplate Implementation Example

100 Mbps THE MESH CONTROL NETWORK


FCM BASEPLATE
B A

FCM100E
MODULES (2)

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
BASEPLATE B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
8-POSITION M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F


B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM FBM QUANTITY IS 30, OR 32 WHEN FCM100E IS MOUNTED ON A TWO-SLOT WIDE BASEPLATE.
2. MAXIMUM TOTAL CABLE RUN OF ALL 2 Mbps MODULE FIELDBUS IS 20 m (65.6 ft).

Figure 1-23. FCM100E Modular Baseplate Implementation Example

Figure 1-24 and Figure 1-25 show how the cabling distance between two or more Modular Base-
plates can be extended using fiber optic cabling. These figures show baseplate interconnection
using a combination of shielded twisted-pair and fiber optic cabling (Figure 1-24), and fiber optic
only cabling (Figure 1-25). These configurations allow one or more of the Modular Baseplates to

39
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

be mounted remote from the others. The FCM2F modules provide for three different fiber optic
cabling distances between Modular Baseplates: 2 km (1.24 mi), 4 km (2.48 mi), or 10 km
(6.2 mi). For overall cabling distances, refer to “FCP270 Product Sizing” on page 5, “FCM100Et
Product Sizing” on page 18 or “FCM100E Product Sizing” on page 23.

Twisted-pair module Fieldbus From 100 Mbps MESH


(Shielded Twisted-Pair cable) Control Network
Fiber optic A B
cable pairs A B F F
C C F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FCP270,
M M B B B B B B B B B B B B C C FCM100Et or
2 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
F F FCM100E
Modules (2)
FCM2F2, FCM2F4,
or FCM2F10
Modules (2 Pairs) F F
(see note 2) C C F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
M M B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
F F

Baseplate
Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus 8-Position
NOTES:
1. Redundant Configuration is shown. Non-redundant configuration uses one FCM2F per baseplate,
connected to either Fieldbus “A” or “B”.
2. Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances between
baseplates: FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 mi); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi)

Figure 1-24. Modular Baseplate Interconnection


Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cable

From 100 Mbps MESH FCP270


Control Network FCM100Et or
A B
FCM100E
A B FCM2F2, FCM2F4,
F F Modules (2)
C C F F F F F F
or FCM2F10 M M B B B B C C
2 2 M M M M M M
Modules (Pair) F F
(See Notes) Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus
(Shielded Twisted-Pair cable)
A

B
F F F F F F
C C F F F F C C C C F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
M M B B B B M M M M B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 2 M M M M 2 2 2 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
F F F F F F

FCM2F2, FCM2F4, or FCM2F10


Baseplate
Module Pair (typical per baseplate)
8-Position
(see notes, below)
NOTES:
1. Redundant configuration is shown. Non-redundant configuration uses one FCM2F per baseplate,
connected to either Fieldbus “A” or “B”. Up to two pairs of FCM2Fs are allowed in series;
two FCM2F10s allow up to 20 km (12.4 mi) total distance for the Fieldbus.
2. Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances:
FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 MI); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi).
Figure 1-25. Modular Baseplate Interconnection Using Fiber Optic Cable Only

40
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM -
Module Identification
Baseplate-mounted FBMs, and FCMs, and FCPs provide identification, to the system software,
of the location of all mounted modules by means of a unique, 6-character string called a “letter-
bug”. The letterbug string for a particular module is established from three factors:
♦ Setting of physical or software letterbug for the FCM(s) and/or FCPs. FCMs always
end in “00”.
♦ The number of the baseplate in the group, as set by the baseplate I.D. switches on
each baseplate (see Figure 1-26).
♦ The physical position (1-8) of the module on the baseplate. FCMs always end in
“00”. FBMs always end in 1 through 8, never in 0.
The letterbug identification for FCP270s, FCM100Ets and FCM100Es is a soft letterbug that is
entered using the Letterbug Configurator. Refer to I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

Figure 1-26. Modular Baseplate I.D. Switches

Fieldbus Module Baseplates - P0914XA/XB


The DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Module baseplates P0914XA/XB (Figure 1-27) provide for the
mounting of the DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus communications
modules (FCMs). Its eight mounting positions can accommodate up to eight FBMs, or a combi-
nation of FBMs and FCMs. The baseplate also provides the necessary connectors for redundant
power, redundant module Fieldbus, and I/O signal cable connections.

41
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

1 2

OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

1 2

OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

Horizontal-Mount Baseplate
(P0914XA)

Vertical-Mount Baseplate
(P0914XB)

Figure 1-27. DIN Rail Mounted Fieldbus Module Baseplate

As shown in Figure 1-27, the baseplate is available in two basic configurations, one for horizontal
DIN rail mounting and the other for vertical DIN rail mounting.
In addition, a mounting bracket kit is available for mounting of the horizontal baseplate in a stan-
dard, 483 mm (19-inch) rack. The kit (Foxboro part number P0930AY) provides for a 25.4 mm
(1 in) mounting depth in the rack.
The FBMs and FCMs plug onto the baseplate by means of their two connectors, and each is fas-
tened in place by two hex screws. In addition to the FBMs and FCMs, an FCM identification
assembly (Figure 1-28) is mounted on the signal connectors adjacent to the FCM(s) in the first
baseplate of the group of up to four. The FCM identification assembly provides for mounting of
letterbug set(s), which provide identification to the system software of all mounted FBMs.

Left Module

FCM
Identification

User Defined

1 2

P0914ZX Right Module


OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Mounted in Mounted in
horizontal baseplate vertical baseplate

Figure 1-28. FCM10E and FCM10Ef Identification Assemblies

42
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

Up to four baseplates are interconnected by means of the module Fieldbus. Also, multiple groups
of baseplates can be connected to the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus, either directly (via Ethernet con-
nectors) or through one or more multiport fiber optic converters (see Figure 1-14).
Figure 1-29 through Figure 1-31 show the three basic baseplate interconnection configurations.
Figure 1-29 shows baseplate interconnection using only shielded twisted-pair cable. This configu-
ration is used when the four (maximum) baseplates are mounted in the same general location (for
example, in multiple enclosures in the same area). Shielded twisted-pair cables are available in
lengths of 0.25 m (10 in), 1 m (3.3 ft), 3 m (9.9 ft), 5 m (16.5 ft), 10 m (33 ft), 20 m (66 ft),
30 m (99 ft) and 60 m (198 ft). For overall cabling distances, refer to “CP60 Product Sizing” on
page 30.

10 Mbps (10Base2) Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus


B
From I/A Series To next FCMs
A
control station (If applicable)

F F FCM10E
F F F F F F F F F F F F F F C C
Baseplate B B B B B B B B B B B B B B M M modules
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 10 10
(1 of 4) E E (2)

Module Fieldbus
F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
(One of up to 3 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
shielded twisted-
pair segments)

Figure 1-29. Module Baseplate Interconnection Using Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable

Figure 1-30 and Figure 1-31 show how the cabling distance between two or more baseplates can
be extended using fiber optic cabling. These figures show baseplate interconnection using a com-
bination of shielded twisted-pair and fiber optic cabling (Figure 1-30), and fiber optic only
cabling (Figure 1-31). These configurations allow one or more of the baseplates to be mounted
remote from the others. The FCM2F modules provide for three different fiber optic cabling dis-
tances between baseplates: 2 km (1.24 mi), 4 km (2.48 mi), or 10 km (6.2 mi). For overall
cabling distances, refer to “CP60 Product Sizing” on page 30.

43
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Twisted-pair module Fieldbus From I/A Series control station


(Shielded Twisted-Pair cable) or MultiPort fiber optic
Fiber optic converter
A B
cable pairs A B F F
C C F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
M M B B B B B B B B B B B B C C FCM10E or
2 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
F F FCM10Ef
Modules
FCM2F2, FCM2F4, (2)
or FCM2F10
Modules (2 Pairs) F F
(see note 2) C C F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
M M B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
2 2 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
F F

Baseplate
Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus (1 of 4)
NOTES:
1. Redundant Configuration is shown. Non-redundant configuration uses one FCM2F per baseplate,
connected to either Fieldbus “A” or “B”.
2. Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances between
baseplates: FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 mi); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi)

Figure 1-30. Module Baseplate Interconnection


Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cable

From I/A Series control station or


multiport fiber optic converter FCM10E or
A B FCM10Ef
Modules (2)
A B F F
FCM2F2, FCM2F4, C C F F F F F F
or FCM2F10 M M B B B B C C
2 2 M M M M M M
Modules (Pair) F F
(See Notes) Module Fieldbus
(fiber optic cable pairs)
A A

B B
F F F F F F F F F F
C C F F F F C C C C F F F F C C C C F F F F F F
M M B B B B M M M M B B B B M M M M B B B B B B
2 2 M M M M 2 2 2 2 M M M M 2 2 2 2 M M M M M M
F F F F F F F F F F

FCM2F2, FCM2F4, or FCM2F10


Baseplate (1 of 4)
Module Pair (typical per baseplate)
(see notes, below)
NOTES:
1. Redundant configuration is shown. Non-redundant configuration uses one FCM2F per baseplate,
connected to either Fieldbus “A” or “B”.
2. Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances:
FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 MI); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi).
Figure 1-31. Module Baseplate Interconnection Using Fiber Optic Cable Only

Vertical mounting baseplate P0914XB Revision E is compatible with FCP270s, ZCP270s,


FCM100Ets and FCM100Es. Earlier versions of the vertical mounting baseplate P0914XB,
Revision A to D, must be upgraded using kit AG100YB. P0914XA can be replaced with the

44
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

vertical mounting Modular Baseplate (P0926JM) and P0926XB can be replaced with the
horizontal mounting Modular Baseplate (P0926HT). Replacing P0914XA/B requires new power
supply cables.

Upgrading from a CP60 System to an FCP270 or ZCP270


NOTE
Refer to the Appendix in Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) User’s Guide
(B0700AR) for a detailed description of the options for upgrading (converting) a
CP60 to an FCP270.

Vertical Baseplates
When converting from a CP60 system to an FCP270 system, existing P0914XB (Rev D or ear-
lier) vertical 8-position baseplates must be replaced using Kit AG100YB. An additional 2-position
FCP270 Modular Baseplate (P0926HW - Vertical or (P0926HC - Horizontal) is required for
mounting the FCP270. Power cables from the P0926KK and P0926KQ series are required as well
as a fieldbus cable for connection between the FCP270 Modular Baseplate and the first FBM
baseplate.

NOTE
P0914XB Revision E or later are compatible with FCP270 systems.

When converting from a CP60 system to an ZCP270 system, existing P0914XB (Rev D or ear-
lier) vertical 8-position baseplates must be replaced using Kit AG100YB. The
FCM100Et/FCM100E can be placed on the baseplate where the existing FCM10E had been
located. No additional baseplates or cables are required.

NOTE
P0914XB Revision E or later are compatible with ZCP270 systems.

Horizontal Baseplates
When converting from a CP60 system to an FCP270 system, an additional 2-position FCP270
Modular Baseplate (P0926HW - Vertical or (P0926HC - Horizontal) is required for mounting
the FCP270. Power cables from the P0926KK and P0926KQ series are required as well as a field-
bus cable for connection between the FCP270 Modular Baseplate and the first FBM baseplate.
When converting from a CP60 system to a ZCP270 system, the FCM100Et/FCM100E can be
placed on the baseplate where the existing FCM10E had been located. No additional baseplates or
cables are required.

45
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

I/A Series Fieldbus Modules


The DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) are compact, high-performance distributed
process I/O modules. They perform the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input
signals to/from the field sensors to control processors. Communication between the FBMs and an
I/A Series workstation(s) is via Fieldbus Communications Module(s) (FCMs), or the Fieldbus
Control Processor(s) (FCP270s), both of which interface the 2 Mbps module Fieldbus used by
the FBMs with The 100 Mbps MESH control network4. The FBMs automatically accept com-
munication from either communication path (A or B) of the redundant control network. There-
fore, if one path fails, communication is not interrupted.
A broad range of FBM types are available to provide support for various analog measurement, dis-
crete sensing, and analog or discrete control requirements. All of the various types of FBMs are
compact and stucturally identical, designed with an extruded aluminum exterior. Light-emitting
diodes (LEDs) incorporated into the front of each module provide visual status indications of the
Fieldbus Module functions.
As listed in Table 1-1 all DIN rail mounted FBMs can be used with the ZCP270 or FCP270
Control Processors. Some FBMs cannot be used with the CP60 Control Processor.

Table 1-1. DIN Rail Mounted FBMs used with Control Processors

FCP270 and
CP60 ZCP270
Uses all FBMs except; FBM201b/c/d1, Uses all FBMs
FBM203c1, FBM2081, FBM228, FBM230,
FBM231, FBM232, FBM233 and
FBM240
1.
Supported on CP60 with software versions 6.5.4 and 7.1.3 and later.

The following subsections describe the functions of the individual types of FBMs.

FBM201/201b/201c/201d – Channel Isolated Analog


(0 to 20 mA, 0 to 100 mV dc, 0 to 5 V dc, 0 to 10 V dc)
Input Interface Module
FBM201 contains eight isolated analog input channels, each channel accepting a two-wire, dc
input from an analog sensor such as a 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 V dc transmitter, or a self-powered
20 mA source. Each input is galvanically isolated from the other channels and ground. The input
analog sensor signals can be:
♦ FBM201 - 0 to 20 mA dc (Foxboro part number P0914SQ)
♦ FBM201b - 0 to 100 mV dc (Foxboro part number P0922YH)
♦ FBM201c - 0 to 5 V dc (Foxboro part number P0922YJ)
♦ FBM201d - 0 to 10 V dc (Foxboro part number P0922YK)

4. The FCM100Et/FCM100E and FCP270 have a redundant 100 Mbit Fiber Ethernet connection to
the control network. The FCM100Et/FCM100E and FCP270 use redundant 2 Mbit HDLC ports
to communicate with Fieldbus Modules on the Module Fieldbus.

46
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, which provides Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits configurable options.

FBM202 – Channel Isolated, Thermocouple/mV


Input Interface Module
FBM202 (Foxboro part number P0914ST) contains eight isolated thermocouple input channels,
and one isolated RTD reference junction compensation channel (for terminal temperature sens-
ing). Each thermocouple/mV channel accepts standard thermocouples for various temperature
ranges, and each provides upscale thermocouple burnout detection and rate-of-change detection.
The inputs are galvanically isolated from the other channels and ground.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, which provides Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits configurable options.

FBM203/FBM203b/FBM203c – Channel Isolated,


Platinum/Nickel/Copper RTD
Input Interface Module
This Fieldbus Module contains eight isolated resistance temperature detector (RTD) input chan-
nels. Each channel accepts a 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTD sensor input:
♦ FBM203 - within a 0 to 320 ohm resistance range (Foxboro part number P0914SV)
♦ FBM203b - within a 0 to 640 ohm resistance range (Foxboro part number P0922UA)
♦ FBM203c - within a 0 to 30 ohm resistance range (Foxboro part number P0922UD)
Each analog input is galvanically isolated from the other channels and ground.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, which provides Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits configurable options.
The FBM203c uses a CHARC block for signal conditioning. See “FBM203c Signal Condition-
ing” on page 360.

FBM204 – Channel Isolated, 0 to 20 mA I/O Interface Module


FBM204 (Foxboro part number P0914SY) contains four isolated 20 mA dc analog input chan-
nels and four 20 mA dc analog output channels. Each input channel accepts an analog sensor
input such as a 4 to 20 mA transmitter, or a self-powered 20 mA source. Each output channel
produces a 0 to 20 mA output to drive an external load, and output is galvanically isolated from
the other channels and ground.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes Analog I/O application pro-
gram, which provides the following configurable options: Integration Time, Fail Safe Configura-
tion (Hold/Fallback), and Analog Output Fail Safe Fallback Data (on a per channel basis).

47
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FBM205 – Channel Isolated, Redundant 0 to 20 mA I/O


Interface Module
FBM205 (Foxboro part number P0914XG) contains four isolated 0 to 20 mA dc analog input
channels and four isolated 20 mA dc analog output channels. The module is used as a redundant
pair (two FBM205s). Each input and output channel is galvanically isolated from the other chan-
nels and ground.
The two modules combine to provide redundancy at the FBM level. To achieve redundancy, a
Redundant Adapter module is placed on the two adjacent baseplate termination cable connectors
to provide a single termination cable connection (see Figure 1-32). A single termination cable
connects from the Redundant Adapter to the associated termination assembly (TA). Each module
independently attempts to hold the outputs at its specified output values, and each independently
reports its observed value of the inputs. A redundant analog input and output block in the control
software validates each input and output in conjunction with information to/from the module.

Fieldbus Modules
(FBM205s)
® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx
Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

FBM205 FBM205 FCM10E FCM10E


Baseplate I. D. Redundant Channel Isolated Redundant Channel Isolated Communication Communication
No. 1 2 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
1 OFF ON
P0914XG P0914XG P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF ® ® ® ®

FBM205 FCM Identification


Redundant Adapter
1 05 2 106 2
Input (P)
2 07 1

Left Module Right Module


Input (P)
2 08 1

Input (-)
® ®
P0914ZM User Defined
P0930BM 05 06 07 08

Redundant Adapter
(P0916NN)
07 08
8
I

05 06
N
P
U
A

04
0m
0-2

03
1,

02
20
M

01
FB

i- i+ iP
i- i+
i- i+ iP

i-
iP
i- i+ iP

C C08
i- i+
iP
i- i+ iP

C C06 07
i- i+
i+ iP
iP

C C04 05
C C02 03
01
B
B 8
B 70
B 06 0
B
B 04 05
B 03
B 02 A
01 A 08
A 07
A 06
A 05
A 04
A 03
A 02
01

Termination To/From Field


Assembly (TA) Sensors/Actuators

Figure 1-32. Termination Assembly Connections to FBM205

In the I/A Series control station, a redundant analog output function block, AOUTR, is used for
each redundant pair of outputs. The AOUTR block handles output writes and initialization logic
for the redundant channels. On each execution cycle of the AOUTR block, identical output
writes are sent to both FBMs in the redundant pair, fully exercising the communication path to
the FBMs and the logic circuitry of each FBM.
A redundant analog input function block, AINR, is used for each redundant pair of inputs. The
AINR block handles input reads and initialization logic for the redundant channels. On each exe-
cution cycle of the AINR block, identical read commands are sent to both FBMs in the redundant
pair, fully exercising the communication path to the FBMs and the logic circuitry of each FBM.
Each input channel accepts an analog sensor input, such as a 4 to 20 mA transmitter or a self-
powered 20 mA source. Each output channel drives an external load and produces a 0 to 20 mA
output. Transmitter power from each module is diode OR’d together in the redundant adapter to
assure redundant power from either module. The microprocessor of each FBM in the pair exe-

48
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

cutes the analog I/O application program, plus security routines that validate the health of the
FBM.
Input channel options include a configurable choice of analog input conversion time on a per
module basis. Input channel security is enhanced by redundantly powering the input current loop
from per-channel power supplies in each FBM of the pair.
Configurable options in the modules for output security include Fail Safe Action
(Hold/Fallback), Analog Output Fail-safe Fallback Data (on a per channel basis), Fieldbus Fail-
safe Enable, and Fieldbus Fail-safe Delay Time. The Analog Output Fail-safe Fallback Data
option must be set for 0 mA output. This removes one of the pair of redundant output channels
from service for detectable problems such as an FBM not properly receiving output writes, not
passing security tests on FBM microprocessor writes to output registers, failure of internal FBM
diagnostics, or FBM module watchdog timer time-out. Setting of the Output Fail-safe Configura-
tion (Hold/Fallback) option for 0 mA output also minimizes the possibility of a “fail high” result.

FBM206 – Channel Isolated Pulse Input Interface Module


FBM206 (Foxboro part number P0916CQ) contains eight isolated configurable pulse input
channels, each accepting a pulse input with a maximum rate of 25 kHz. Input devices include
vortex and turbine meters, solid state or electro-mechanical contacts and other sensors with simi-
lar pulse outputs. Each input channel is galvanically isolated from the other channels and ground.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Pulse Input application
program. The configurable options for this program are Pulse Rate Input Totalization and Resolu-
tion, and Meter Scaling Factor.

FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c – Channel Isolated


Voltage Monitor/Contact Sense Input Interface Module
FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c (Foxboro part numbers P0914TD/P0914WH/P0917GY) func-
tions as a 16-channel dc voltage monitor or 16-channel contact sensor. Each channel accepts a
2-wire input from a dc voltage source (FBM207) or pair of contacts or solid state switches
(FBM207b/ FBM207c). Each discrete input is galvanically isolated from the other channels and
ground.
Associated termination assemblies (TAs) support the various discrete inputs, as follows:

FBM207 15-60 V dc, or 120 V ac/125 V dc, or 120 V ac/125 V dc with


excitation voltage source supplied outside loop (through TA), or
240 V ac, or 240 V ac with excitation voltage source supplied
outside loop (through TA) switch
FBM207b 24 V dc Contact Sense
FBM207c 48 V dc Contact Sense

In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes programs for Discrete Input,
Ladder Logic, Pulse Count, and Sequence of Events, with configurable options of Input Filter
Time.

49
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

Two of these modules combine to provide redundancy at the FBM level. To achieve redundancy,
a Redundant Adapter module is placed on the two adjacent baseplate termination cable connec-
tors to provide a single termination cable connection (see Figure 1-33). A single termination cable
connects from the Redundant Adapter to the associated termination assembly (TA). A redundant
contact input block in the control software validates each input and output in conjunction with
information to/from the module. The input current for redundant modules is doubled.

Figure 1-33. FBM207/217 Redundant Adapter (P0926ZY)

FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c supports multiple channels for “main” inputs. These channels are
listed in Table 1-2 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for these
FBMs, listed in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-2. Main/Expander Channels for FBM207/FBM207b/FBM207c

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Input Channels 1-16

FBM208 – Channel Isolated, Redundant with Readback,


0 to 20 mA, I/O Interface Module
The Channel Isolated, Redundant 0 to 20 mA I/O Interface (FBM208, Foxboro part number
P0914TB) contains four 0 to 20 mA dc analog input channels and four 0 to 20 mA dc analog
output channels. This FBM is used only with the FCP270 or ZCP270. This FBM is supported
with the FCP270, ZCP270, and CP60 software versions 6.5.4 and 7.1.3 or later.
A redundant pair of the modules combine to provide redundancy at the Fieldbus Module (FBM)
level, with field I/O wired to one common termination assembly. Each module independently
attempts to hold the output(s) at its specified output value(s), and each independently reports its
observed value of the inputs.
A redundant analog input and redundant analog output block in the control software validates
each input and output in conjunction with information to/from the module.
The FBM compares the output value with the current readback value. If the readback value differs
from the desired output by more than ± 2%, the output channel is marked BAD. In addition, if
the output value is greater than the desired output by more than +2%, the power to that channel

50
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

is shut off preventing the bad channel from interfering with the control of that channel by the
redundant partner FBM. The power to a failed channel remains off until the FBM is replaced or
rebooted by the user. The FBM also monitors its internal channel loop power (+24 V dc) used to
power the transmitter and will mark the channel BAD if the loop voltage is less than 16 V dc.
When the output channel is marked BAD, the CP presents that information to the system for dis-
play as a System Management warning alarm and as a control block alarm.
A redundant analog output block, AOUTR, is used for each redundant pair of outputs. The
AOUTR block handles output writes and initialization logic for the redundant channels. On each
execution cycle of the AOUTR block, identical output writes are sent to both modules, fully exer-
cising the Fieldbus and the logic circuitry of each module. When a failure is detected in one of the
modules, its output is driven to 0 mA and the corresponding channel in the good module auto-
matically continues supplying the proper current to the output current loop.
A redundant analog input function block, AINR, is used for each redundant pair of inputs. The
AINR block handles input reads and initialization logic for the redundant channels. On each exe-
cution cycle of the AINR block, identical reads are sent to both modules, fully exercising the
Fieldbus and the logic circuitry of each module.
Each input channel accepts an analog sensor input such as a 4 to 20 mA transmitter or a self-pow-
ered 4 to 20 mA source. Each output channel drives an external load and produces a 0 to 20 mA
output. Transmitter power from each module is diode OR’d together in the redundant adapter to
assure redundant power. The microprocessor of each module executes the analog I/O application
program, plus security routines that validate the health of the FBM.
Input channel options include a configurable choice of integration time on a per module basis.
Input channel security is enhanced by redundantly powering the input current loop from per
channel power supplies in each module of the pair.
Configurable options in the modules for output security include Fail-Safe Action (Hold/Fall-
back), Analog Output Fail-Safe Fallback Data (on a per channel basis), Fieldbus Fail-Safe Enable,
and Fieldbus Fail-Safe Delay Time. The Analog Output Fail-Safe Fallback Data option must be
set for 0 mA output. This removes one of the pair of redundant output channels from service for
detectable problems such as a module not properly receiving output writes or not passing security
tests on FBM microprocessor writes to output registers. Setting of the Analog Output Fail-Safe
Fallback Data option for 0 mA output also minimizes the possibility of a “fail high” result.

FBM211 – 0 to 20 mA Input Interface Module


FBM211 (Foxboro part number P0914TN) contains sixteen 20 mA dc analog input channels,
each channel accepting a two-wire analog sensor input such as a 4 to 20 mA transmitter or a self-
powered 20 mA source. The FBM211 channels are group isolated – electrically separate module-
to-module but not separated channel-to-channel on the same module.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, with Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits5 configurable options.

5. ForFBM211 or 212, I/A Series software versions earlier than 8.0b will allow up to 9 inputs to be
configured for rate of change limits. Versions 8.0b and later allow configuration for all of the
available input channels.

51
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FBM212 – Differential Thermocouple/mV Input Interface


Module
FBM212 (Foxboro part number P0914XL) contains fourteen thermocouple input channels, and
one RTD reference junction compensation channel (for terminal temperature sensing). Each
thermocouple/mV channel accepts standard thermocouples for various temperature ranges, and
each provides upscale thermocouple burnout detection. The FBM212 channels are group isolated
– electrically separate module-to-module but not separated channel-to-channel on the same
module.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, with Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits1 configurable options.

FBM213 – Differential Platinum and Nickel RTD Input Interface


Module
FBM213 (Foxboro part number P0914XN), superseded by FBM 203 P0914SV, contains eight
resistance temperature detector (RTD) input channels. Each channel accepts a 3-wire RTD sensor
input, within a 0 to 320 ohm resistance range. The FBM213 channels are group isolated – electri-
cally separate module-to-module but not separated channel-to-channel on the same module.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes the Analog Input application
program, with Integration Time and Rate of Change Limits configurable options.

FBM214 – HART™ Communication Input Interface Module


FBM214 (Foxboro part number P0914XQ and P0922VT) contains eight group isolated input
channels. Each of the eight channels accepts a digital HART Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK) signal
superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA analog input signal. Each channel provides bi-directional digital
communications with a HART compliant field device, and performs analog to digital conversion
on the 4 to 20 mA input control signal from that device. For detailed information, refer to HART
Communication Interface Module (FBM214/215/216/218) User’s Guide (B0400FF).

FBM215 – HART Communication Output Interface Module


FBM215 (Foxboro part number P0917TQ and P0922VU) contains eight channel-isolated out-
put channels. Each of the eight channels accepts a digital HART Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK)
signal superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA analog output signal. Each channel provides bi-directional
digital communications with a HART compliant actuator, and provides an output signal of 4 to
20 mA to the actuator. For detailed information, refer to HART Communication Interface Module
(FBM214/215/216/218) User’s Guide (B0400FF).

FBM216 – HART Communication Redundant Input Interface


Module
FBM216 (Foxboro part number P0917TN and P0922VV) contains eight group isolated input
channels. Each of the eight channels accepts a digital HART Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK) signal
superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA analog input signal. Each channel provides bi-directional digital
communications with a HART compliant field device, and performs analog to digital conversion

52
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

on the 4 to 20 mA input control signal from that device. For detailed information, refer to HART
Communication Interface Module (FBM214/215/216/218) User’s Guide (B0400FF).

FBM217 – Group Isolated Discrete Input Interface Module


FBM217 (Foxboro part number P0914TR) provides 32 input channels, each accepting a two-
wire input from a dc voltage source, up to 30 V dc. Associated Termination Assemblies (TAs) pro-
vide for discrete inputs 30 V dc, 120 V ac/125 V dc, or 240 V ac. The channels are group isolated
– electrically separate module-to-module but not separated channel-to-channel on the same
module.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the Module Fieldbus, the module executes programs for Discrete Input,
Ladder Logic, Pulse Count, and Sequence of Events, with configurable options of Input Filter
Time and Fail-Safe Configuration.
Two of these modules combine to provide redundancy at the FBM level. To achieve redundancy,
a Redundant Adapter module is placed on the two adjacent baseplate termination cable connec-
tors to provide a single termination cable connection (see Figure 1-33 on page 50). A single termi-
nation cable connects from the Redundant Adapter to the associated termination assembly (TA).
A redundant contact input block in the control software validates each input and output in con-
junction with information to/from the module. The input current for redundant modules is dou-
bled.
FBM217 supports multiple channels for “main” and “expander” inputs. These channels are listed
in Table 1-3 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for these FBMs,
listed in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-3. Main/Expander Channels for FBM217

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Input Channels 1-16
Expander Input Channels 17-32

FBM218 – HART Communication Redundant Output Interface


Module
FBM218 (Foxboro part number P0917XK and P0922VW) contains eight channel-isolated out-
put channels. Each of the eight channels accepts a digital HART Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK)
signal superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA analog output signal. Each channel provides bi-directional
digital communications with a HART compliant actuator, and provides an output signal of 4 to
20 mA to the actuator. For detailed information, refer to HART Communication Interface Module
(FBM214/215/216/218) User’s Guide (B0400FF).

FBM219 – Group Isolated Discrete I/O Interface Module


FBM219 (Foxboro part number P0916RH) has 24 discrete input channels and 8 discrete output
channels. Associated termination assemblies (TAs) support discrete input or output signals at volt-
ages of under 60 V dc, 120 V ac/125 V dc, or 240 V ac.
Depending on the type of I/O signal required, the TAs contain current limiting devices, fuses,
relays, or relay outputs with internal or external power source and fusing.

53
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

The module with its associated TA supports the following discrete inputs and outputs:

Inputs Outputs
15 to 60 V dc, 15 to 60 V dc at 2 A or, 30 V dc
125 V dc, at 5 A, or 125 V dc at 0.6 A, or
120 V ac, or 240 V ac 120 V ac at 5 A, or 240 V ac at
Switch (external or 5 A Switch (external or internal)
internal) power source) power source)

The module executes the Discrete I/O or Ladder Logic program, with the following configurable
options: Input Filter Time, Fail Safe Configuration, Fail-safe Fall-back, and Sustained or Momen-
tary Outputs. If the Momentary Outputs configuration is selected, then Pulse Output Interval is
also configurable.
FBM219 supports multiple channels for “main” and “expander” inputs and outputs. These chan-
nels are listed in Table 1-4 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for
this FBM, listed in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-4. Main/Expander Channels for FBM219

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Input Channels 1-16
Main Output Channels n/a
Expander Input Channels 17-24
Expander Output Channels 25-32

FBM220/221 – FOUNDATION™ fieldbus H1 Communications


Interface Module
FBM220/221 (Foxboro part numbers P0917HA/P0917HB) provide an interface between
FOUNDATION fieldbus field devices and the I/A Series system. FBM220 supports one H1 seg-
ment and FBM221 provides integration of four H1 channel isolated fieldbus segments. For
detailed information, refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus H1 Communication Interface Modules
(FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD).

FBM222, Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface


Module
The Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Module (FBM222 - Foxboro part
number P0926TL) provides an interface between the I/A Series system and PROFIBUSDP/PA
slave devices, including motor drives, I/O modules, and field I/O devices. The FBM222, which
can be used in a single or redundant configuration, supports two PROFIBUS links with a maxi-
mum of 125 slave devices per link when repeaters are utilized. The FBM222 connects the slave
devices to the versatile and robust I/A Series control system via Distributed Control Interface
(DCI) blocks. Physical PROFIBUS-DP wiring is in accordance with Electronic Industrial
Association (EIA) standard RS-485.

54
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FBM223 – PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Modules


The FBM223 (Foxboro part number P0917HD) provides an interface between Profibus-DP slave
devices and the I/A Series system. FBM223 supports two Profibus-DP communication buses,
which are galvanically isolated from the I/A Series Ethernet Fieldbus and from each other. For
detailed information, refer to Profibus-DP Communication Interface Module (FBM223) User’s
Guide (B0400FE).

FBM224 – Modbus Communication Interface Module


The Modbus Communication Interface Module (Foxboro part number P0926GG) integrates
third-party devices that have a Modbus interface into an I/A Series system. The FBM224 provides
digital communications to and from Modbus slave devices (input/output devices) on
Modbus networks. Devices with which the FBM224 can successfully communicate are those that
support the appropriate Modbus function codes and operate in the Modbus RTU mode. For
detailed information, refer to Modbus Communication Interface Module (FBM224) User’s Guide
(B0400FK).

FBM228 Redundant 4-Channel Interface to FOUNDATION™


fieldbus
The FBM228 Redundant 4-Channel Interface to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus (Foxboro part
number P0922QS) is an Intelligent Device Interface that input/outputs engineering units, device
tag information and automatic Link Active Scheduling (LAS). It is a single module or optionally
redundant module. For more information, refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the
Redundant FBM228 Interface (B0700BA).

FBM230/231/232/233 – Field Device System Interface Modules


The FBM230/231/232/233 Field Device System Interface (FDSI) modules integrate third-party
field device protocols into an I/A Series system. The FBM230/231 provides 4 channels of digital
communications to/from field devices (input/output devices) using RS-232, RS-422, or RS-485
communication standards and the FBM232/233 provides single channel digital communications
to/from field devices (input/output devices) using standard Ethernet 10/100 Mbps. These FBMs
are used only with the FCP270 or ZCP270.
♦ The FBM230 (Foxboro part number P0926GU) has four serial ports that can be
independently software configured for RS-232, RS-422, or RS-485 communication
standards
♦ The FBM231 (Foxboro part number P0926GV), used in pairs, provides a redundant
version of the FBM230
♦ The FBM232 (Foxboro part number P0926GW) has a single 10/100 Mbps copper
Ethernet connection to field devices
♦ FBM233 (Foxboro part number P0926GX), used in pairs, provides a redundant ver-
sion of the FBM232.
The FBM230/231/232/233 services all field devices and communicates with the devices on a
master/slave basis. As a master, the FBM230/231/232/233 initiates each data communication
exchange; the field devices can only send messages to the master when requested to do so. For
more information, refer to I/A Series Field Device System Integrators (FBM230/231/232/233) User’s
Guide (B0700AH).

55
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FBM237 – Channel Isolated Redundant Ready 0 to 20 mA


Output Interface Module
FBM237 (Foxboro part number P0914XS) contains eight isolated 0 to 20 mA output channels.
The module can be used non-redundant (singularly) or as a redundant pair (two FBM 237s).
Each channel is galvanically isolated from the other channels and ground.
When used as a redundant pair, the modules combine to provide redundancy at the FBM level.
To achieve the redundant output, a Redundant Adapter module is placed on the two adjacent
baseplate termination cable connectors to provide a single termination cable connection (see
Figure 1-34). A single termination cable connects from the Redundant Adapter to the associated
termination assembly (TA). Each module independently attempts to hold the outputs at its speci-
fied output values, and each independently reports its observed value of the inputs. A redundant
analog output block in the control software validates each output in conjunction with informa-
tion to/from the module.

Fieldbus Modules
(FBM237s)
® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx
Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

FBM237 FBM237 FCM10E FCM10E


Baseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication
No. 1 2 Redundant Ready Redundant Ready 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON 8 Output, 0-20mA 8 Output, 0-20mA 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
1 OFF ON
P0914XS P0914XS P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF ® ® ® ®

FBM237 FCM Identification


Redundant Adapter Left Module Right Module

®
® User Defined
P0914ZM
P0930BS

Redundant Adapter
(P0916QD)
8

08
I

07
N
A

P
m

06
U
0

T
2

05
-
0

04
,
1

03
0
2

02
M
B
F

01
-i +i P
-i +
- +i Pi

-
i i i
- + P
i i i
- + P
i i i

i
- + P

C
i i i
- + P

C 08
i i Pi
i i

C 7
C 60
P
i
+

C 50
C 04 0
C
C 02 03
01
B
B 08
B 07
B 06
B 05
B 04
B 03
B 02 A
01 A 08
A 07
A 06
A 05
A 04
A 03
A 02
01

TERMINATION
Termination To/From Field
ASSEMBLY (TA)
Assembly (TA) Sensors/Actuators

Figure 1-34. Termination Assembly Connections to Redundant FBM237

In the I/A Series control station, a redundant analog output function block, AOUTR, is used for
each redundant pair of outputs. The AOUTR block handles output writes and initialization logic
for the redundant channels. On each execution cycle of the AOUTR block, identical output
writes are sent to both FBMs in the pair, fully exercising communication path to the FBMs and
the logic circuitry of each FBM. When a failure is detected in one of the FBMs, its output is
driven to 0 mA and the corresponding channel in the good module automatically continues sup-
plying the proper current to the output current loop.
Each output channel drives an external load and produces a 0 to 20 mA output. Transmitter
power from each module is diode OR’d together in the Redundant Adapter to assure redundant
power from either module. The microprocessor of each module executes the Analog I/O applica-
tion program, plus security routines that validate the health of the module.
Configurable options in the modules for output security include Fail Safe Action
(Hold/Fallback), Analog Output Fail-safe Fallback Data (on a per channel basis), Fieldbus Fail-

56
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

safe Enable, and Fieldbus Fail-safe Delay Time. The Analog Output Fail-safe Fallback Data
option must be set for 0 mA output. This removes one of the pair of redundant output channels
from service for detectable problems such as an FBM not properly receiving output writes, not
passing security tests on FBM microprocessor writes to output registers, failure of internal FBM
diagnostics, or FBM module watchdog timer time-out. Setting of the Output Fail-safe Configura-
tion (Hold/Fallback) option for 0 mA output also minimizes the possibility of a “fail high” result.

FBM240 – Channel Isolated Discrete Output Interface Module


The Channel Isolated, Redundant with Readback Discrete Output Interface Module (FBM240,
Foxboro part number P0917GZ) has eight discrete output channels. Associated termination
assemblies (TAs) support discrete outputs capable of switching 10 A at voltages of 80 to 120 V ac,
or 5 A at voltages of 80 to 125 V dc, or 5 A at voltages of 80 to120 V ac. This FBM is used only
with the FCP270 or ZCP270.
A redundant pair of the modules combine to provide redundancy at the Fieldbus Module (FBM)
level, with field I/O wired to one common termination assembly. Each module independently
attempts to hold the output(s) at its specified output value(s), and each independently reports its
observed value of the readback inputs.
A redundant contact output block in the control software validates each output in conjunction
with information to/from the module.
The FBM240 has 8 internal readback channels to verify that the output has changed to the
requested state. These channels which are used to read the voltage across the relay contacts on the
termination assembly. The states of these channels are displayed on LEDs on the front panel of
the FBM240 as channels 1 to 8. These LEDs are ON when the relay contact is CLOSED, and
OFF when the relay contact is OPEN, providing external power is applied to the relay contact cir-
cuit. If the state of the contact disagrees with the state of the corresponding output channel, the
channel is marked BAD. The FBM also monitors each of it’s eight outputs and sets the output
channel BAD if the output is in the wrong state.
When the output channel is marked BAD, the corresponding channel in the good module auto-
matically continues to drive the discrete pouts and the CP, for the bad channel, presents that
information to the system for display as a System Management warning alarm and as a control
block alarm.
The TA is available with a 5 A or a 10 A relay per channel and supports the following discrete
outputs:

Table 1-5. FBM240 Outputs

FBM Contact Readback Outputs


FBM240 with 80 to 120 V ac, or 120 V ac at 10 A, or
10A relay 80 to 125 V dc 125 V dc at 5 A Switch
(external power source) (external power source)
FBM240 with 80 to 120 V ac 120 V ac at 5 A Switch
5A relay (external power source) (external power source)

The TAs used with the FBM240 provide: output signal connection points, external power con-
nection point, shunt diodes and series resistors for each outpoint point, and a 5 A unsealed relay
or a 10 A unsealed relay for each output.

57
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

The TAs provide a readback capability on each of the relay output channels. A high voltage input
circuit monitors the voltage across the POLE and NO contacts of the output relay. Monitor cir-
cuits are located on daughter card assemblies mounted on the TAs. There are two daughter cards
per TA, each with four monitor circuits. Each discrete output is galvanically isolated from other
channels and ground.
A redundant contact output function block, COUTR, is used for each redundant pair of outputs.
The COUTR block handles output writes and initialization logic for the redundant channels. On
each write of the COUTR block, identical output writes are sent to both modules, fully exercising
the Fieldbus and the logic circuitry of each module. You can select a sustained output that follows
the block input or a pulsed output with a selectable pulse width. When a failure is detected in one
of the modules, its output is driven to the fail-safe state and the corresponding channel in the
good module automatically continues selecting the proper discrete outputs.
Each output channel drives an externally powered load. Power for each FBM240 module is diode
OR’d together in the redundant adapter to assure redundant power. The microprocessor of each
module executes the digital output application program, plus security routines that validate the
health of the FBM.
Configurable options in the modules for output security include Fail-Safe Action.
For redundant modules, the Digital Output Fail-Safe Fallback data option and Mask option must
be set for 0 output. This removes one of the pair of redundant output channels from service for
detectable problems such as a module not properly receiving output writes or not passing security
tests on FBM microprocessor writes to outputs.
For nonredundant modules the, Fail-Safe option is configurable.
FBM240 supports multiple channels for “main” inputs and outputs. These channels are listed in
Table 1-6 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for this FBM, listed
in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-6. Main/Expander Channels for FBM240

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Input Channels 1-8
Main Output Channels 9-16

FBM241/FBM241b/c/d – Channel Isolated Discrete I/O


Interface Module
The Channel Isolated, Discrete I/O Interface Modules FBM241/FBM241b/FBM241c/
FBM241d (Foxboro part numbers P0914TG/P0914WK/P0914WM/P0914WP) have eight dis-
crete input channels and eight discrete output channels. Associated termination assemblies (TAs)
support discrete input or output signals at voltages of under 60 V dc, 120 V ac/125 V dc, or

58
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

240 V ac. Depending on the type of I/O signal required, the TAs contain current limiting devices,
fuses, relays, or relay outputs with internal or external power source and fusing:
Table 1-7. FBM242 Inputs/Outputs

FBM Inputs Outputs


FBM241 15-60 V dc, 125 V dc, 15-60 V dc at 2A or,
120 V ac, or 240 V ac 30 V dc at 5A, or 125 V dc at 0.6A (resistive load),
Switch (external or internal) or 125 V dc at 0.25A (inductive load)
power source 120 V ac at 5A, or 240 V ac at 5A Switch
(external or internal power source)1
FBM241b 15-60 V dc Switch 12 V dc at 12 mA Switch (internal power source)
FBM241c 15-60 V dc Contact 15-60 V dc at 2A or,
(unprotected or protected) 30 V dc at 5A
FBM241d 15-60 V dc Contact 12 V dc at 15 mA Switch (internal power source)
1Refer to “Termination Assembly Relays” on page 344 for detailed information on the relay outputs.

Each type of FBM, without signal conditioning, uses a 15 to 60 V dc input or output signal. Each
discrete input and output is galvanically isolated from other channels and ground. When used
with certain termination assemblies, the inputs and/or outputs are isolated as a group from earth
(ground).
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical input signals
from the field sensors to the optionally redundant module Fieldbus, the module executes the Dis-
crete I/O or Ladder Logic program, with the following configurable options: Input Filter Time,
Fail Safe Configuration, Fail-Safe Fall-back, and Sustained or Momentary Outputs. If the
Momentary Output configuration is selected, then Pulse Output Interval is also configurable.
FBM241/FBM241b/c/d supports multiple channels for “main” inputs and outputs. These chan-
nels are listed in Table 1-8 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for
these FBMs, listed in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-8. Main/Expander Channels for FBM241/FBM241b/c/d

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Input Channels 1-8
Main Output Channels 9-16

FBM242 – Channel Isolated Externally Sourced Discrete Output


Interface Module
FBM242 (Foxboro part number P0916TA) contains 16 discrete output channels, which are
sourced externally, rated up to 2 A at 60 V dc. Associated Termination Assemblies (TAs) provide
for discrete outputs to loads of 2 A at 60 V dc, relay outputs (which provide high voltage/high
current switching, see “Termination Assembly Relays” on page 344), or relay outputs with power
distribution and fusing. Each output is galvanically isolated from other channels and ground.
In addition to performing the signal conversion required to interface the electrical output signals
to field sensors from the control station, the module executes a Discrete I/O application program
with Ladder Logic support, and a Fail-Safe Configuration configurable option for its outputs.

59
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

FBM242 supports multiple channels for “main” and “expander” outputs. These channels are
listed in Table 1-9 below. Refer to these channels when configuring block parameters for these
FBMs, listed in Integrated Control Block Descriptions (B0193AX).

Table 1-9. Main/Expander Channels for FBM242

Channel Type Channel Range


Main Output Channels 1-8
Expander Output Channels 9-16

FBM243 – Channel Isolated FoxCom™ Dual Baud Rate


Intelligent Device Interface Module
FBM243 (Foxboro part number P0914TK) contains eight individual channels that provide iso-
lated power and FoxCom communication capabilities to an Intelligent Transmitter/Positioner
over a single twisted pair of wires. The module also allows the use of an external power supply to
power the IT. The use of an external power supply common to two or more loops requires a Cable
Balun Module to maintain communication signal line balance.
The module provides bidirectional digital communications at 4800 baud rate between the Intelli-
gent Field Device and the system redundant Fieldbus, or provides bidirectional digital communi-
cations at 600 baud rate between the field device and the module while allowing a simultaneous 4
to 20 mA analog signal to an emergency shutdown system. The baud rate is determined by the
configuration of the field device connected to each channel, independently of the other channels.
The module is an IT host, enabling the system to receive digital messages from the transmitter in
engineering units. Each message is received 10 times per second at 4800 baud, and two times per
second at 600 baud and contains:
♦ Up to three measured variables in IEEE 32-bit floating-point format
♦ Security information
♦ Diagnostics
♦ Message checking.
This information is available to all elements of the system.
Since communication is bidirectional, the system can display the output, transmitter temperature
(° C and ° F), and continuous self-diagnostics. In addition, information that can be displayed or
reconfigured from the console or a Hand-Held Terminal (HHT) is as follows:
♦ Output in engineering units
♦ Fail-safe status
♦ Tag number, name, and location
♦ Device name (letterbug)
♦ Last calibration date
♦ Two levels of upload/download capabilities.

60
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

FBM246 – Channel Isolated FoxCom Redundant Dual Baud Rate


Intelligent Device Interface Module
FBM246 (Foxboro part number P0917XN) contains eight individual channels. The pair of
FBM246s is a redundant version of the FBM243 and supports both transmitters and valve posi-
tioners. The eight FoxCom channels can support any combination of these devices. Individual
transmitters or positioners may be in either analog or digital mode.

NOTE
FBM246 is primarily a digital interface and operation of all transmitters in digital
mode provides substantially better performance. Analog mode should be used only
for special applications (For example, when the measurement is required for an
Emergency Shutdown System that requires 4 to 20 mA signals).

The two modules combine to provide redundancy at the FBM level. To achieve redundancy, a
Redundant Adapter module is placed on the two adjacent baseplate termination cable connectors
to provide a single termination cable connection (see Figure 1-35). A single termination cable
connects from the Redundant Adapter to the associated termination assembly (TA).

Fieldbus Modules
(FBM246s)
® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

IR Active 01 IR Active 01 Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx


02 02 Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx
03 03

04 04

05 05

06 06

07 07

08 08
1 2

OFF FBM246 FBM246 FCM10E FCM10E


Baseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication
No. 1 2 8 Communication, 8 Communication, 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON Redundant FoxCom Redundant FoxCom 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
1 OFF ON P0917XN P0917XN P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF ® ® ® ®

FBM246 1 05 2 106 2 FCM Identification


Redundant Adapter Input (P)
2 07 1

Left Module Right Module


Input (P)
2 08 1

Input (-)
® ®
P0914ZM User Defined
P0917VU 05 06 07 08

Redundant Adapter
08
8

07
I
N
P

06
U
A

05
0m

04
0-2

03
1,
20

02
M
B

01
F

i- i+ iP
i- i+
i- i+ iP

i-
i- i+ iP
i- i+ iP

C
i- i+ iP

C 08
i- i+ iP
i+ iP

C
C 06 07
iP

C
C 04 05
C
C 02 03
01
B
B 08
B 07
B 06
B 05
B 04
B 03
B 02 A
01 A 08
A 07
A 06
A 05
A 04
A 03
A 02
01

Termination To/From Intelligent


Assembly (TA) Field Devices

Figure 1-35. Termination Assembly Connections to Redundant FBM246

Each channel provides isolated power and digital communication capabilities to an Intelligent
Transmitter (IT) over a single twisted pair of wires. The module also allows the use of an external
power supply to power the IT. The use of an external power supply common to two or more loops
requires a Cable Balun Module to maintain communication signal line balance.
The physical arrangement is similar to that used for FBM205 pairs. The slot pairs are (1, 2) (3, 4)
(5, 6) (7, 8). The first (odd) member of the pair is referred to as the main and the second is
referred to as the backup. The module that is the primary source of data is considered active and
the other module (if it is working normally) would be in the track state.

61
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

The pair of FBM246s supports transmitters and positioners, using ECB18 for transmitters and
ECB74 for positioners. Control blocks connect to the ECB18 and ECB74 child ECBs in the
same way the equivalent non-redundant strategy would be configured using an FBM243, provid-
ing a redundant digital communications path to single FoxCom devices. The connected device
ECBs normally get their input data from the active member of the pair. They use input data from
the module in track mode, if this was the only good source of data. Output writes to positioners
are sent to both modules.
The ECB used with the pair of FBM246s is ECB38R. The letterbug for the ECB38R is the letter-
bug of the first member of the pair. This is the letterbug that is displayed in the icon on the Sys-
tem Management Display Handler display.
The module provides bidirectional communication at 4800 baud between the IT and the system
redundant Fieldbus, or provides bidirectional communications at 600 baud while allowing a
simultaneous 4 to 20 mA analog signal to an emergency shutdown system. The baud rate is deter-
mined by the configuration of the field device connected to each channel independently of the
other channels.
The module is an IT host, enabling the system to receive digital messages from the transmitter in
engineering units. Each message is received 10 times per second at 4800 baud, and two times per
second at 600 baud and contains:
♦ Up to three measured variables in IEEE 32-bit floating-point format
♦ Security information
♦ Diagnostics
♦ Message checking.
This information is available to all elements of the system.
Since communication is bidirectional, the system can display the output, transmitter temperature
(° C and ° F), and continuous self-diagnostics. In addition, information that can be displayed or
reconfigured from the console or a Hand-Held Terminal (HHT) is as follows:
♦ Output in engineering units
♦ Fail-safe status
♦ Tag number, name, and location
♦ Device name (letterbug)
♦ Last calibration date
♦ Two levels of upload/download capabilities.

62
1. Overview B0400FA – Rev L

I/A Series DIN Rail Enclosures


Refer to the I/A Series Enclosures and Mounting Structures document (B0700AS) for a description
of, site planning, and installation instructions for each enclosure.
As shipped, the enclosures contain baseplates, which provide mounting for the
FBMs/FCMs/FCPs. The enclosures also contain DIN rails for mounting termination assemblies
(for field I/O wiring), power supplies for powering the subsystem equipment, and terminal strips
for connection of plant power, as required.

I/A Series Termination Assemblies


Termination Assemblies (TAs), designed for DIN rail mounting, link the DIN rail mounted
Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) with their associated field device wiring. Multiple types of field I/O
signal terminations are available with each FBM type (FBM201, FBM202, and so forth), to pro-
vide the necessary signal handling and circuit protection required by the particular FBM. Some
FBMs connect to the field devices directly by plugging in the network cable into the front of the
FBM.
Some TAs have built-in signal conditioning, where required, to interface high-voltage inputs. The
signal conditioning also provides isolation and FBM circuit protection. Wire terminations on the
TAs accept compression type wiring or ring lug termination, depending on the specific TA type.
Each TA connects to the baseplate-mounted FBM by means of a termination cable. In non-
redundant FBM configurations, the cable connects directly to a baseplate-mounted connector
directly below (or adjacent to) the associated FBM. In some redundant FBM configurations, an
adapter plugs into the two I/O connectors on the Baseplate and a single TA cable connects the
adapter to the TA. In some redundant FBM configurations, a single I/O connector on the Base-
plate, a single TA cable and a single TA connects to each module of the redundant FBMs.
For detailed descriptive information on the TAs, associated cables, and how the TAs are used,
refer to “Field Signal Connections” on page 185.

63
B0400FA – Rev L 1. Overview

64
2. Enclosure Installation
Information
This chapter provides general installation information for the DIN rail mounted FBM
subsystem enclosures and thermal loading for DIN rail mounted modules.
To install the DIN rail mounted enclosures, refer to the document I/A Series Enclosures and
Mounting Structures (B0700AS) for details.

NOTE
If the baseplates in your DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem are to be mounted in
an enclosure other than those mentioned above, refer to “Equipment Installation”
on page 73.

Installation of the DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem enclosures involves mounting the enclosure
on the floor, or on a wall at the desired location, and making the required main power and earth
connections.

! WARNING
To prevent the hazard of electrical shock and signal interference, high voltage main
power cables (those carrying 30 V rms or greater, or 60 V dc or greater) must be
kept separate from low voltage signal cables (those carrying less than 30 V rms, or
less than 60 V dc). Separate conduit, cable runs, and so forth, must be used, as well
as separate cable entries into the enclosure. The minimum allowable separation
between high and low voltage cables is 50 mm (2 in) at all points in the cable run.

Preinstallation Procedures
The following procedures provide general information regarding unloading and unpacking of all
DIN rail mounted FBM equipment, and performing checks on the power network to be used by
the equipment.

Unloading
The DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem units are designed to withstand vibration and shock nor-
mally encountered during shipping and installation; however, extreme shocks and vibration
should be avoided. If practical, all major movements of the units should be accomplished before
the units are unpacked.

Unpacking
The following unpacking procedure applies, in general, to all DIN rail mounted FBM
subsystem units:

65
B0400FA – Rev L 2. Enclosure Installation Information

1. Inspect the exterior of the shipping carton for obvious damage. (Any noticeable dam-
age should be indicated in the shipper’s bill of lading.)
2. Verify that the equipment received is that described in the bill of lading.
3. Remove shipping straps, shipping shroud, and other packing materials, such as poly-
ethylene bags and styrofoam cushioning materials.

NOTE
If you anticipate that the unit will be stored, or shipped from the present site, save
all packing materials for reuse.

4. If the unit is attached to a skid, remove all shipping hardware and hold-down bolts
used to fasten the unit to the skid. Separate the skid from the unit.
5. Ensure that the appropriate interconnecting cables are present, by comparing the
cable part numbers and quantities with those listed in the bill of lading.

Subsystem Power Checks


Perform the following checks before installing the equipment:
1. Check that the required ac or dc power distribution network lines are installed.
2. Check that the appropriate number of ac power outlets (if required) are installed and
spaced appropriately.
3. Switch on main system power and, using a multimeter, check that the appropriate
operating voltage exists at each enclosure connection point.

Thermal Loading
The enclosures have limitations regarding the amount of heat (power) they can dissipate. These
limitations, in turn, can affect the quantity of modules and termination assemblies that can be
contained in the enclosures. The values for allowable heat dissipation within self-standing enclo-
sures depend on the ambient (external) temperature. Refer to the document I/A Series Enclosures
and Mounting Structures (B0700AS) for details about a particular enclosure.
To determine whether the total equipment selected for mounting in an enclosure exceeds these
values, add the power dissipation values for the power supplies and all modules and termination
assemblies to be mounted in the enclosure.

! CAUTION
While the FBMs have a high operating temperature limit of 70° C, some termina-
tion assemblies have a high operating temperature limit of only 50° C. If in doubt
regarding the application/installation of certain termination assemblies for use with
associated FBMs, refer to the appropriate Product Specification Sheet (PSSs) for the
temperature specifications.

The heat dissipation (and power consumption) values for the DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Mod-
ules (FBMs), Fieldbus Communications modules (FCMs), Field Control Processor (FCPs), ter-
mination assemblies (TAs), and power supplies are listed in Table 2-1, Table 2-2, and Table 2-4.
Per-channel power consumption for the various types of inputs/outputs are listed in Table 2-3.

66
2. Enclosure Installation Information B0400FA – Rev L

Table 2-1. FBM, FCM and FCP Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption

Dissipation Consumption
FBM (Watts, Maximum) (Watts, Maximum)
FBM201/FBM201b/ 3 7
FBM201c/FBM201d
FBM202 3 3
FBM203/FBM203b/ 3 3
FBM203c
FBM204 3.5 7
FBM205 (redundant pair) 3.5 (7) 5 (10)
FBM206 3 7
FBM207 5.5 3
FBM207b 4 4
FBM207c 5 5
FBM208 (redundant pair) 3 (6) 5 (10)
FBM211 3 average 7 (11 internal power)
FBM212 3 3
FBM214 5 7
FBM215 5 7
FBM216 (redundant pair) 4 (8) 7 (14)
FBM217 5 3
FBM218 (redundant pair) 4 (8) 7 (14)
FBM219 5 6
FBM220 3.5 3.5
FBM221 4 4
FBM222 6 6
FBM223 6 6
FBM224 7 7
FBM228 (redundant pair) 5 (10) 5 (10)
FBM230 7 7
FBM231 14 14
FBM232 7 7
FBM233 14 14
FBM237 5 7
FBM237 (redundant pair) 4 (8) 5 (10)
FBM240 (redundant pair) 2.5 (5) 2.5 (5)
FBM241 6 5
FBM241b 6 5
FBM241c 6 5

67
B0400FA – Rev L 2. Enclosure Installation Information

Table 2-1. FBM, FCM and FCP Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption (Continued)

Dissipation Consumption
FBM (Watts, Maximum) (Watts, Maximum)
FBM241d 6 5
FBM242 6.5 3
FBM243 3 7
FBM246 (redundant pair) 3 (6) 5 (10)
FCM2F2/4/10 5 5
FCM10E 7 7
FCM10Ef 7 7
FCM100Et (redundant 7 (14) 7 (14)
pair)
FCM100E (redundant 4.5 (9) 4.5 (9)
pair)
FEM100 2.2 2.2
FCP270 (fault tolerant 8.5 (17) 8.5 (17)
pair)

NOTE
Only TAs with relays and/or signal conditioning are included in Table 2-2, since
only these TAs dissipate or consume power.

Table 2-2. TA Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption (Maximum)

Dissipation Consumption
TA Used with FBM (Watts)1 (Watts)1
P0916AM FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916AP FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916PK FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916PH FBM207 13.4 13.4
P0916PJ FBM207 13.4 13.4
P0916PK FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916PL FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916PM FBM207 13.4 13.4
P0916PN FBM207 13.4 13.4
P0916BT FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916BU FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0917JS FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0917JT FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916XP FBM207 6.7 6.7
P0916PS FBM217 13.4 13.4

68
2. Enclosure Installation Information B0400FA – Rev L

Table 2-2. TA Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption (Maximum) (Continued)

Dissipation Consumption
TA Used with FBM (Watts)1 (Watts)1
P0916PT FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916PU FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916PV FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916PY FBM217 13.4 13.4
P0916PZ FBM217 13.4 13.4
P0916QA FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916QB FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916YA FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0916YB FBM217 26.9 26.9
P0917LL FBM219 14.3 14.3
P0917LP FBM219 14.3 14.3
P0917LS FBM219 24.4 24.4
P0917LV FBM219 24.4 24.4
P0917RF2 FBM220 2.5 11.5
P0917RG2 FBM221/228 2.5 11.5
P0926TH FBM222 0.55 0.7
P0926TJ FBM222 0.55 0.7
P0917HU FBM240 7.6 7.6
P0917YF FBM240 15.2 15.2
P0916AS FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916AT FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916NZ FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916QE FBM241 7 3.5
P0916QF FBM241 7 3.5
P0916QG FBM241 11 11
P0916QH FBM241 11 11
P0916QJ FBM241 11 11
P0916QK FBM241 11 11
P0916QL FBM241 11 11
P0916QM FBM241 11 11
P0916QT FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916QU FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916QV FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916QW FBM241 11 11
P0916QX FBM241 11 11
P0916QY FBM241 11 11
P0916QZ FBM241 11 11

69
B0400FA – Rev L 2. Enclosure Installation Information

Table 2-2. TA Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption (Maximum) (Continued)

Dissipation Consumption
TA Used with FBM (Watts)1 (Watts)1
P0917MX FBM241 7 3.5
P0926DS FBM241 11 11
P0916YH FBM241 7.6 7.6
P0916JW FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0916AW FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0916AX FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0916QQ FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0916QR FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0917KY FBM241c 4.2 4.2
P0916JZ FBM242 8.5 8.5
P0916NG FBM242 8.5 8.5
P0916RK FBM242 8.5 8.5
P0916RL FBM242 8.5 8.5
P0916YY FBM242 8.5 8.5
P0926BE FBM242 7 N/A
P0926DV FBM242 26.9 26.9
1.
For per-channel power consumption/dissipation figures, refer
to Table 2-3.
2.
Not yet released.

Table 2-3. Per-Channel TA Power Consumption

Per-Channel Power Consumption


Input/OutputType (or Dissipation)
120 V input 420 mW dissipation
240 V input 840 mW dissipation
Relay output 600 mW dissipation, 530 mW consumption
P0917RF (for FBM220) 2.5 W dissipation, 11.5 consumption
P0917RG (for FBM221) 2.5 W dissipation, 11.5 consumption
120 V ac /125 V dc solid-state output 420 mW dissipation

70
2. Enclosure Installation Information B0400FA – Rev L

Table 2-4. Power Supply Heat Dissipation

Dissipation
Part Number Power Supply (Nominal)
P0904HX 250 W 43 W
P0904HV (for ordinary locations) 500 W 86 W
P0904HW (approved for Div. 2) 500 W 86 W
P0917LY (FPS400-24) 400W 28 W (32 W for redundant
power supplies)
P0922YU (FPS400-24) 453W 28 W (32 W for redundant
power supplies)
P0922YC (FPS400-24) 468W 28 W (32 W for redundant
power supplies)

Enclosure Power and Earth (Ground) Networks


The power and earth distribution networks for I/A Series systems are described in the Power and
Grounding document (B0700AU). To connect input power to a particular enclosure, refer to the
I/A Series Enclosures and Mounting Structures document (B0700AS).

71
B0400FA – Rev L 2. Enclosure Installation Information

72
3. Equipment Installation
This chapter provides installation information for the FBM equipment such as power supplies,
baseplates, modules (FBMs and FCMs), and Ethernet Fieldbus equipment.

Power Supply Mounting and Installation


NOTE
This subsection pertains only to those instances where you are installing baseplates
into your own custom enclosures.

If the DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem equipment is to be mounted in a facility other than a
DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem enclosure (B03, B04, B05 or G-series system enclosures), you
must install a primary and (if applicable) secondary power supply in your enclosures. The enclo-
sures use either the Foxboro® Power Supply (FPS400-24) or Lambda® Power Supplies.
The Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 is available with the following part numbers:
♦ FPS400-24 (P0922YU) 100-240 V ac, 50-60Hz or 125 V dc input
♦ FPS400-24 (P0922YC) 24 V dc input
♦ FPS400-24 (P0917LY) 120-240 V ac, 50-60Hz or 125 V dc input (superseded by
FPS400-24, P0917YU).
Lambda power supplies, superseded by the Foxboro FPS400-24, are:
♦ 250 W – agency certified, 24 V dc, Div. 2 (P0904HX)
♦ 500 W – ordinary locations (P0904HV)
♦ 500 W – agency certified, 24 V dc, Div. 2 (P0904HW).
For Lambda power supply information, refer to Appendix C “Superseded Lambda Power Sup-
plies”.

Before You Begin - Notes on Power


Be aware of the following information with regards to the use of power supplies in the DIN Rail
Mounted FBM subsystem.

Power Supply Interconnections


The I/A Series system design, when it includes 200 Series FBMs, follows the latest IEC
equipment standards and complies with the latest International and European directives,
including the SELV Low Voltage and ATEX directives for isolation.
It is recommended that the published installation instructions be followed for the system to be in
compliance with the mandatory European directives 89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC.
♦ The I/A Series system follows IEC International Standards for isolated power.
♦ This affects the following:
♦ Minimizes unpredictable circulating currents within the system.

73
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

♦ Provides balance for line transients and common mode effects.


♦ Provides proper common mode filter operation for noise attenuation.
♦ Cancels system voltage imbalances.
♦ Provides a balanced feedback loop for proper power supply voltage regulation.

Auxiliary Field Power Recommendations


It is strongly recommended that separate “auxiliary” supplies and fuses are used to power the field
circuits. This is to minimize the possibility of external plant influences from affecting the Termi-
nation Assembly boards. This could potentially pollute the internal power, and may impact FBM
operation. This would also give you a more reliable system installation, which can help limit a cir-
cuit fault to a single field instrument loop.

Use of Cable Baluns


The Cable Balun Module is used to maintain digital communication line balance for intelligent
digital transmitter (or Positioner) to FBM loops that are powered from a common external dc
power supply. This powering effectively connects one line of each loop together.
Without the baluns, the system could experience noise coupling and crosstalk at the system-end
of the loop wiring cable.
The balun is only a requirement when an external dc power supply is used to power multiple
channels. Loops using an FBM internal loop power source do not require a balun.
When using baluns:
♦ Be sure to use the latest revision of the I/A Series HART™ Communication Interface
Module (FBM214/215/216/218) User’s Guide (B0400FF) document.
♦ Make sure that the balun is only tied to the power supply negative terminal. It is not
to be tied to building ground.
♦ Make sure the shields tie-in to an isolated bus bar located in each cabinet, which is
tied to a quiet ground only at one point.
♦ Baluns should not be necessary with externally connected individually isolated
120 V ac power supplies, i.e. such as the coriolis flow meters. Since each coriolis
design employs a separate isolated power supply, the balun should not be required.

Invensys Power System Design Requirements


The overall Invensys power system design requirements are:
♦ The power source neutral is earthed (grounded) - thus a TN-S power system.
♦ Redundant power sources / distribution panels have the earth bars interconnected.
♦ The protective earth (PE) connection is made via all power cabling (continuous con-
nection between source and load).
♦ Additional PE earth connections are in most cases acceptable for plants with a homog-
enous PE grid.
♦ The equipment shield connections be connected to an isolated bus bar in each cabinet
and separately earthed.
♦ The installation and mitigation guidelines for earthing and cabling are implemented
conform to IEC 61000-5-2.

74
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Foxboro Power Supplies FPS400-24 (P0922YU and P0922YC)


The Foxboro power supply (P0922YU) 100-240 V ac, 50-60Hz or 125 V dc input (See
Figure 3-1) is a DIN rail mounted, agency certified power supply with the following characteris-
tics: 400 W – agency certified, 24 V dc, location Div. 2.
The Foxboro power supply (P0922YC) 24 V dc input (See Figure 3-2) is a DIN rail mounted,
agency certified power supply with the following characteristics: 400 W – agency certified,
24 V dc, location Div. 2.
The label on the front of either power supply has a convenient location where you can mark the
power supply feed type, either Primary or Secondary. The power supply has a relay alarm status
output that indicates failure of the +24 V dc supply output. The relay output can be connected to
an external alarm or to a digital input FBM.

+24 V dc 120/240 V ac
+24 V dc Output Alarm Status Output or 125 V dc
Connectors Relay Output Status Input
Connector Indicators Connector
Figure 3-1. FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Top View

75
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

+24 V dc Output Alarm Status +24 V dc 24 V dc


Connectors Relay Output Output Input
Connector Status Connector
Indicators
Figure 3-2. FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Top View

76
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Mounting Foxboro Power Supplies FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC)


Typically, the power supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) mounts on a DIN rail in the enclosure. The
power supply has a DIN rail mounting bracket for mounting on a horizontal or vertical DIN rail.
The bracket can be rotated for horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting or removed for wall
mounting of the power supply.
Since the power supply is convection cooled, it must be positioned with the cooling fins mounted
vertically with the clearances shown in Figure 3-3.

87 Connector Clearance
3 TOP

87 87
3 3

BOTTOM
87
3
CABINET BOTTOM OR TOP OF ANOTHER DEVICE
Figure 3-3. Foxboro Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) Clearances

! CAUTION
Do not connect unused FPS400-24 outputs to any external device. Noise may be
injected into the system causing erratic operation.

Power supplies (P0922YU or P0922YC) are shipped with the DIN rail mounting bracket (see
Figure 3-5) attached to the power supply and positioned for horizontal DIN rail mounting. The
DIN rail mounting bracket for power supply P0922YU or P0922YC is not compatible with the
DIN rail mounting bracket for power supply P0917LY. Therefore, to replace P0917LY with
P0922YU, you replace both the bracket and the power supply.

Wall Mounting the FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC)


To wall mount the FPS400-24 power supply (P0922YU or P0922YC), proceed as follows:
1. Use a 7mm (9/32) socket or nut driver to remove the four bolts, nuts and washers
attaching the power supply to the DIN rail mounting bracket (see Figure 3-4).

77
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

DIN Rail Mounting DIN Rail Mounting Bracket


Bracket Screws
(4)

Remove Screws Remove Mounting Bracket


Figure 3-4. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) Mounting Bracket Screws

2. Mark and drill four mounting holes for the fasteners that will attach the power supply
to the wall. Ensure that the wall mounting holes line up with the mounting holes in
the power supply. The mounting hole dimensions and locations are shown in
Figure 3-5.

163
6.42

0.30
7.62
1.25 152 0.197
31.75 6.0 5.0
Wall Mounting
Holes 4X
Figure 3-5. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) Wall Mount, Screw Hole Dimensions

3. Align the screw holes in the mounting bracket and attach the bracket to the wall
mounting. If applicable, you can use the washers and bolts from the removed DIN rail
bracket to attach the power supply.

78
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for the secondary power supply (if applicable).
5. If a DIN rail is available, remove the cover from the DIN rail mounted terminal strip
(P0926DZ) and snap the terminal strip to the DIN rail. If a DIN rail is not available,
you must supply a terminal strip for input power distribution.
6. Proceed to “Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS-400-24 Power Supply
(P0922YU)” on page 81 or “Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24
Power Supply (P0922YC)” on page 83 and “Baseplate Cable Connections to FPS400-
24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)” on page 85.

DIN Rail Mounting the FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)


To DIN rail mount the power supply, proceed as follows:

NOTE
The FPS400-24 power supply is normally shipped in standard enclosures mounted
on a DIN rail.

1. Place the FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) in the enclosure using the clearances
shown in Figure 3-3.
2. For vertical DIN rail mounting, use a 7mm (9/32) socket or nut driver to remove the
four bolts, nuts and washers attaching the power supply to the mounting bracket (see
Figure 3-4). Rotate the mounting bracket and, using the removed hardware, reattach
the mounting bracket. Note that the input/output connectors should be orientated on
the top of the supply.
3. Snap the FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) onto the DIN rail (see Figure 3-6).

Mounting Plate

Latch Direction
Mounting Latch
to Remove
Slot for Screwdriver

Figure 3-6. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) DIN Rail Mounting Bracket

4. If the power supply has been mounted on a vertical DIN rail, snap the DIN rail stop
(X0175TQ) onto the DIN rail beneath the power supply (see Figure 3-7) and tighten
the screw on the stop.

79
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

DIN Rail Stop Vertical


X0175TQ BOTTOM
DIN Rail

Figure 3-7. FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) DIN Rail Stop (Vertical DIN Rail)

5. Remove the cover from the DIN rail mounted terminal strip (P0926DZ) and snap
the terminal strip to the DIN rail.
6. Proceed to “Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS-400-24 Power Supply
(P0922YU)” on page 81 or “Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24
Power Supply (P0922YC)” on page 83 and “Baseplate Cable Connections to FPS400-
24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)” on page 85.

Removing the FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)


When the power supply is mounted on a vertical DIN rail, or close to a wall or mounting panel,
the DIN rail mounting bracket may be difficult to access. Using a 7mm (9/32) socket or nut
driver remove the 4 nuts on the mounting plate and remove the power supply from the plate. The
rail bracket will become accessible and the plate can be removed.

Removing a Wall/Panel Mounted FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)


To remove the FPS400-24 power supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) from a wall mount, proceed as
follows:
1. Remove factory power to the power supply.
2. Remove the power wiring from the power supply.
3. While holding the power supply, using a 7mm (9/32) socket or nut driver remove the
4 nuts mounting the power supply to the wall or mounting panel.
Removing a DIN Rail Mounted FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC)
To remove the FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) from a DIN rail:

NOTE
You can remove the power supply from a vertical DIN rail by removing the 4 DIN
rail wall mounting bracket bolts, if access to the clamp is difficult. Then remove the
DIN rail mounting bracket and plate (see Figure 3-4).

80
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

1. Remove factory power to the power supply.


2. Remove the power wiring from the power supply.
3. For a power supply mounted on a vertical DIN rail:
a. Loosen the DIN rail stop screw.
b. Remove the DIN rail stop from the DIN rail.
c. Hold the power supply and using a 7mm (9/32) socket or nut driver remove the
4 power supply mounting bolts from the DIN rail mounting bracket.
d. Remove the power supply.
e. Place a screwdriver blade into a slot on the DIN rail mounting bracket (see
Figure 3-6). While holding the DIN rail mounting bracket, apply pressure
between the mount and the DIN rail to disconnect the mounting bracket from
the DIN rail.
4. For a power supply mounted on a horizontal DIN rail:
a. Place a screwdriver blade into a slot on the DIN rail mounting bracket (see
Figure 3-6).
b. While holding the DIN rail mounting bracket, apply pressure between the mount
and the DIN rail to disconnect the mounting bracket from the DIN rail.

Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS-400-24 Power Supply


(P0922YU)
1. Connect the FPS400-24 (P0922YU) power supply input cable (P0923DA or
P0926CM) to the terminal block (Figure 3-8) using one of the following cable
lengths:
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DA
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0926CM
2. Connect the factory mains input to the power supply (P0922YU) using the connec-
tion points shown in Figure 3-8, Figure 3-9 and Table 3-1.

81
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Primary + Primary
P0926CF or KQ +
_
_
SH
SH

P0926CE or KP
BasePlate #0 BasePlate #2

Secondary +
Secondary +
_
_
SH
SH

Primary + Primary +
_ _

SH SH

BasePlate #1 BasePlate #3

P0926CC or KM
Secondary + Secondary +
_ _
P0926CF or KQ

P0926CE or KP

SH SH

P0926CD or KN

Secondary Power Supply Primary Power Supply


Output 1 + _ SH Refer to Table 3-3 Output 1 + _ SH
BP #0 BP #0
Output 2 + _ SH Output 2 + _ SH
BP #1 BP #1
Output 3
P0926CE or KP
+ _ SH
Output 3 + _ SH
BP #2 BP #2
P0926CD or KN
Output 4 + _ SH Output 4 + _ SH
BP#3 BP#3
Output 5 + _ SH Output 5 + _ SH

Output 6 + _ SH Refer to Table 3-3 Output 6 + _ SH

L/+
L/+
N/- N/-

GND
GND
Shield
Shield

P0923DA or
P0923DA or
L (L1) + P0926CM L (L1) + P0926CM
Secondary L (L1) + Primary L (L1) +
Customer Customer
Power N (L2) - Power N (L2) -
and Optional N (L2) - and Optional N (L2) -
Terminals Terminals
100 - 240 V ac 100 - 240 V ac
50 - 60 Hz 50 - 60 Hz
125 V dc 125 V dc

P0926DZ DIN rail mounted P0926DZ DIN rail mounted


Terminal Strip Terminal Strip
Cabinet/Chassis Cabinet/Chassis
Ground Stud Ground Stud

Figure 3-8. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Wiring

! CAUTION
Due to high leakage currents, it is vital that the grounding circuit be connected
properly. Never operate the system with the grounding conductor disconnected.

82
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Rear

Cable P0923DA
or P0926CM

12 56

Front
Figure 3-9. Factory Mains Input Power Connector to FPS400-24 (P0922YU)

Table 3-1. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Input/Output Connectors

Input Connector Output Connector


Pin Function Pin Function
1 Line (L1) or 125 V dc 1 +24 V dc
2 Neutral (L2) or 125 V dc 2 +24 V dc Return
Return
5 Safety GND 3 Gnd/Shield
6 Shield

Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24 Power Supply


(P0922YC)
1. Connect the FPS400-24 (P0922YC) power supply input cable (P0923DH or DG) to
the terminal block (Figure 3-10) using one of the following cable lengths:
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DH
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0923DG
2. Connect the factory mains input connector to the power supply using the connection
points shown in Figure 3-10, Figure 3-11 and Table 3-2.

83
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Primary + Primary
P0926CF or KQ +
_
_
SH
SH

P0926CE or KP
BasePlate #0 BasePlate #2

Secondary +
Secondary +
_
_
SH
SH

Primary + Primary +
_ _

SH SH

BasePlate #1 BasePlate #3

P0926CC or KM
Secondary + Secondary +
_ _
P0926CF or KQ

P0926CE or KP

SH SH

P0926CD or KN

Secondary Power Supply Primary Power Supply

Output 1 + _ SH Refer to Table 3-3 Output 1 + _ SH


BP #0 BP #0
Output 2 + _ SH Output 2 + _ SH
BP #1 BP #1
Output 3
P0926CE or KP
+ _ SH
Output 3 + _ SH
BP #2 BP #2
P0926CD or KN
Output 4 Output 4 + _ SH
+ _ SH
BP#3 BP#3
Output 5 + _ SH Output 5 + _ SH

Output 6 + _ SH
Refer to Table 3-3 Output 6 + _ SH

24 V+
24 V+
24 V-
24 V-
GND
GND Shield
Shield

P0923DH or DG P0923DH or DG
Secondary 24 V dc+ Primary 24 V dc+
Customer Customer
Power + Power +
and Optional and Optional
Terminals 24 V dc - 24 V dc -
Terminals
For Daisy Chain - For Daisy Chain -
To Additional To Additional
Enclosures Gnd Enclosures Gnd
24 V dc 24V dc

P0926DZ DIN rail mounted P0926DZ DIN rail mounted


Terminal Strip Terminal Strip
Cabinet/Chassis Cabinet/Chassis
Ground Stud Ground Stud

Figure 3-10. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Wiring

84
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Rear

Cable P0923DH
or P0923DG

123

Front

Figure 3-11. Factory Mains Input Power Connector to FPS400-24 (P0922YC)

Table 3-2. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC) Input/Output Connectors

Input Connector Output Connector


Pin Function Pin Function
1 24 V dc + 1 +24 V dc
2 24 V dc Return 2 +24 V dc Return
5 Safety GND 3 Shield

Baseplate Cable Connections to FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or


P0922YC)
If the baseplates are installed, connect the power supply to baseplates (see Figure 3-8 and
Table 3-3). Up to six cables of any length listed in Table 3-3 can be used per power supply. Cables
from the power supply to all baseplates are not compatible.
Either end of a Modular Baseplate 24 V dc cable (P0926KK/KL/KM/KN/KP/KQ) can connect
to the power supply or the Modular Baseplate.
Each end of a 24 V dc cable (P0926CA/CB/CC/CD/CE/CF) used with baseplates P0914XA\XB
connects to only the power supply or the baseplate.

Table 3-3. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) to Baseplate Cables

Used with all Modular Baseplates, Part Numbers: Used with baseplate part
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM numbers: P0914XA\XB
Part
Cable Length Part Number Cable Length Number
0.4 m (16 in) P0926KK 0.4 m (16 in) P0926CA
0.5 m (1.8 ft) P0923NG1 n/a n/a
0.9 m (3 ft) P0926KL 0.9 m (3 ft) P0926CB
1.2 m (4 ft) P0926KM 1.2 m (4 ft) P0926CC
1.5 m (5 ft) P0926KN 1.5 m (5 ft) P0926CD
1.8 m (6 ft) P0926KP 1.8 m (6 ft) P0926CE

85
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Table 3-3. Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU or P0922YC) to Baseplate Cables (Continued)

Used with all Modular Baseplates, Part Numbers: Used with baseplate part
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM numbers: P0914XA\XB
Part
Cable Length Part Number Cable Length Number
2.1 m (7 ft) P0926KQ. 2.1 m (7 ft) P0926CF
1.
The P0923NG Y-cable is available for use on the FPS400 style power supplies to provide additional
physical connections from the supply to multiple baseplates for situations where the six connections
on the supply is the limiting factor.
This new cable provides additional power connections capabilities. Users can connect to existing
Invensys-supplied 3-pin power cables to allow for expansion. The “pin and socket” terminals on
this Y-cable adapt to existing 3-pin power cables. The pin section attaches to the power supply,
while the socket sections branch to the baseplates as shown in Figure 3-12.
Please review your system product application to ensure that the connected equipment is within the
power ratings as listed in PSS 21H-2W3 B4 DIN Rail Mounted Power Supply.

Note 1: This Note 2: This side to


cable side to extension cable
power supply powering baseplates.

Figure 3-12. P0923NG Y-Cable

Alarm Status Connections to FPS400-24 Power Supply (P0922YU or


P0922YC)
FPS400-24 Power Supplies, P0922YU and P0922YC, have an alarm status output with a DIN
rail mounted terminal block to connect a form C relay output (compression connector) to an
external indicator.
Figure 3-10 shows the alarm status output connections and cables.

86
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Terminal Block
3 - Position Customer
Wiring

NO

3 2 1
NC
COM
NO = > 23.5 V dc
NC = < 22 V dc
PWB Under Cover

Cover Terminal Block

DIN Rail Foot

EMC Return Nut


X0166JH
Power Supply
Flat Washer Flat Washer
X0143FC X0143FC
Screw
X0127DD
DIN Rail
Lock Washer
X0143SC

Figure 3-13. Power Supply (P0922YU or P0922YC) Alarm Status Relay Connections

1. Connect the alarm Status relay output cable (P0923DB/DC/DD) to the power sup-
ply status output terminal (Figure 3-13) using one of the following cable lengths:
♦ 1.2 m (4 ft) P0923DB
♦ 1.5 m (5 ft) P0923DC
♦ 1.8 m (6 ft) P0923DD.

NOTE
The alarm status cables are ordered separately. They are not supplied with the power
supply (P0922YU).

2. Remove the cover from the DIN rail mounted terminal block (part of
P0923DB/DC/DD), route the cable and terminal block to the desired DIN rail, and
snap the terminal block to the DIN rail.
3. Connect, using the supplied screw, washers and nut, the EMC Return to a DIN rail.
Ensure that the lock washer makes a metal-to-metal contact with the DIN rail.

87
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

4. Connect an external indicator to the compression screw terminals on the terminal


block. The relay contacts have the following characteristics:

Table 3-4. Power Supply (P0922YU and P0922YC) Alarm Status Relay Characteristics

Characteristic Rating/Type
Type SPDT; NC, NO, COM
Alarm Status Contact Voltage (generalized) Alarm <22 V dc
(energized) Power OK >23.5 V dc
Switching Current 2 A ac and dc maximum
Switching Power 60 W, 125 VA
UL/CSA rating 2A at 30 V dc

5. Use cable ties to dress and support the alarm status cable(s).

Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY)


The FPS400-24 (P0917LY) (See Figure 3-14) is a DIN rail mounted, agency certified power sup-
ply with the following characteristics: 400 W – agency certified, 24 V dc, location Div. 2. The
label on the front of the power supply has a convenient location where you can mark the power
supply feed type, either Primary or Secondary (Figure 3-14).

Power Supply
Designation

Figure 3-14. Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY)

Typically, the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) mounts on a DIN rail in the enclosure. Since the power
supply is convection cooled, it must be positioned (for a single power supply on one DIN rail) in
any enclosure with the clearances shown in Figure 3-15. Figure 3-16 shows the clearances
required for two power supplies (P0917LY) on a single rail.

88
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

mm
(in)
175 Top
6

175 175
6 6

DIN Rail Stop


PN X0175TQ
400
16 Front of Power Supply to
Enclosure Door 175/6
Enclosure Bottom
One Power Supply on One DIN Rail
Figure 3-15. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Clearance Requirements

89
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

mm
175 Top in
6

175 175
6 6

DIN Rail Stop


262
9 PN X0175TQ
Top

175 175
6 6

DIN Rail Stop


PN X0175TQ
400
16 Front of Power Supply to
Enclosure Door 175/6

Enclosure Bottom

Two Power Supplies (P0917LY) on One DIN Rail


Figure 3-16. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Clearance Requirements

! CAUTION
Do not connect unused FPS400-24 outputs to any external device. Noise may be
injected into the system causing erratic operation.

To wall mount the FPS400-24 (P0917LY), proceed as follows:


1. Ensure that the wall mounting or enclosure have holes that line up with the screw
holes in the mounting bracket for the power supply. The mounting bracket screw hole
dimensions are shown in Figure 3-17.

90
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

mm (inch)

150 (5.92)
88 (3.45) 31 (1.24)
20 (0.8)

88 (3.44)

125 (4.92)

REAR VIEW
(WALL MOUNT BRACKET)

Figure 3-17. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Wall Mount Bracket, Screw Hole Dimensions

2. Align the screw holes in the mounting bracket and attach the bracket to the wall
mounting. Use the supplied washers and bolts to mount the bracket. Do not install
the DIN clamp.
3. Slide the power supply onto the mounting bracket.
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for the secondary power supply (if applicable).
5. If a DIN rail is available, remove the cover from the DIN rail mounted terminal strip
and snap the terminal strip to the DIN rail. If a DIN rail is not available, you must
supply a terminal strip for input power distribution.
To DIN rail mount the power supply, proceed as follows:

NOTE
The FPS-24 power supply is normally shipped in standard enclosures mounted on a
DIN rail.

1. Place the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) in the enclosure using the clearances shown in
Figure 3-15.
2. Snap the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) onto the DIN rail.
3. Snap the DIN rail stop onto the DIN rail beneath the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) (see
Figure 3-15) and tighten the screw on the stop.

91
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

To remove the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) from the DIN rail:

NOTE
You can lift the power supply off the DIN rail bracket first, if access to the clamp is
difficult. Then disassemble the DIN rail mount.

1. Remove the power wiring from the power supply.


2. Loosen the DIN rail stop screw.
3. Remove the DIN rail stop from the DIN rail.
4. Place a screwdriver blade into a slot on the DIN rail mount (see Figure 3-17).
5. Apply pressure between the mount and the DIN rail to disconnect the power supply
from the DIN rail.

Factory Mains Power Connections to the FPS400-24 (P0917LY)


1. Connect the power supply input cable (P0926CN or CM) to the terminal block using
one of the following cable lengths:
♦ 0.3 m (11 in) P0926CN (replaced by P0923DA)
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DA
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0926CM
2. Connect the factory mains input connector to the power supply (P0917LY) using the
connection points shown in Figure 3-18, Figure 3-19 and Table 3-6.
3. If the baseplates are installed, connect the power supply (P0917LY) to baseplates (see
Figure 3-18). Up to six cables of any length listed in Table 3-5 can be used per power
supply. Cables from the power supply to all baseplates are not compatible. Either end
of a Modular Baseplate 24 V dc cable (P0926KK/KL/KM/KN/KP/KQ) can connect
to the power supply or the Modular Baseplate. Each end of a 24 V dc cable
(P0926CA/CB/CC/CD/CE/CF) used with baseplates P0914XA\XB connects to only
the power supply or the baseplate.

92
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Table 3-5. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) to Baseplate Cables

Used with all Modular Baseplates, Part Numbers: Used with baseplate part
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM numbers: P0914XA\XB
Part
Cable Length Part Number Cable Length Number
0.4 m (16 in) P0926KK 0.4 m (16 in) P0926CA
0.5 m (1.8 ft) P0923NG1 n/a n/a
0.9 m (3 ft) P0926KL 0.9 m (3 ft) P0926CB
1.2 m (4 ft) P0926KM 1.2 m (4 ft) P0926CC
1.5 m (5 ft) P0926KN 1.5 m (5 ft) P0926CD
1.8 m (6 ft) P0926KP 1.8 m (6 ft) P0926CE
2.1 m (7 ft) P0926KQ. 2.1 m (7 ft) P0926CF
1. The P0923NG Y-cable is available for use on the FPS400 style power supplies to provide additional
physical connections from the supply to multiple baseplates for situations where the six connections
on the supply is the limiting factor.
This new cable provides additional power connections capabilities. Users can connect to existing
Invensys-supplied 3-pin power cables to allow for expansion. The “pin and socket” terminals on the
Y-cable adapt to existing 3-pin power cables. The pin section attaches to the power supply, while
the socket sections branch to the baseplates as shown in Figure 3-12 on page 86.
Please review your system product application to ensure that the connected equipment is within the
power ratings as listed in PSS 21H-2W3 B4 DIN Rail Mounted Power Supply.

93
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Primary + Primary
P0926CF or KQ +
_
_
SH
SH

P0926CE or KP
BasePlate #0 BasePlate #2

Secondary +
Secondary +
_
_
SH
SH

Primary + Primary +
_ _

SH SH

BasePlate #1 BasePlate #3

P0926CC or KM
Secondary + Secondary +
_ _
P0926CF or KQ

P0926CE or KP

SH SH

P0926CD or KN

Secondary Power Supply Primary Power Supply


Output 1
Refer to Table 3-1
+ _ SH Output 1 + _ SH
BP #0 BP #0
Output 2 + _ SH Output 2 + _ SH
BP #1 BP #1
Output 3
P0926CE or KP
+ _ SH
Output 3 + _ SH
BP #2 BP #2
Output 4 P0926CD or KN
+ _ SH
Output 4 + _ SH
BP#3 BP#3
Output 5 + _ SH Output 5 + _ SH

Output 6 + _ SH Output 6 + _ SH
Refer to Table 3-1
INPUT 100-240V ac INPUT 100-240V ac
125V dc 125V dc
L N G SH L N G SH

P0923DA,
P0923DA, P0926CN or CM
P0926CN or CM
L (L1) + L (L1) +

Secondary Primary L (L1) +


L (L1) +
Customer Customer
Power N (L2) - Power N (L2) -
and Optional and Optional
N (L2) - Terminals N (L2) -
Terminals
100 - 240 V ac 100 - 240 V ac
50 - 60 Hz 50 - 60 Hz
125 V dc 125 V dc

P0926DZ DIN rail mounted P0926DZ DIN rail mounted


Terminal Strip Terminal Strip
Cabinet/Chassis Cabinet/Chassis
Ground Stud Ground Stud

Figure 3-18. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Wiring

! CAUTION
Due to high leakage currents, it is vital that the grounding circuit be connected
properly. Never operate the system with the grounding conductor disconnected.

94
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

123

Output
Connectors

12 56
Input
Connector

Front View

Figure 3-19. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Factory Mains Input Power Connector

Table 3-6. FPS400-24 (P0917LY) Input/Output Connectors

Input Connector Output Connector


Pin Function Pin Function
1 Line (L1) or 125 V dc 1 +24 V dc
2 Neutral (L2) or 125 V dc 2 +24 V dc Return
Return
5 Safety GND 3 Shield
6 Shield

95
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Baseplate Installation
NOTE
The B03, B04 and B05 enclosures are shipped with the baseplates in place. G-series
system enclosures, as per customer order, can be shipped with the baseplates in place.
The instructions presented in this paragraph are for custom mounting of the base-
plates in user-supplied enclosures.

The DIN rail mounted Fieldbus module baseplate can be mounted three different ways:
♦ Horizontal mounting of the baseplate on a brace-supported or
backplate-supported horizontal DIN rail.
♦ Vertical mounting of the baseplate on a brace-supported or backplate-supported verti-
cal DIN rail.
♦ Horizontal mounting of the baseplate in a standard, 483 mm (19-inch) rack, without
the use of a DIN rail. A mounting bracket kit, P0930AS, contains the necessary hard-
ware for mounting the Baseplate and provides a 25.4 mm (1 in) mounting depth. The
mounting bracket attaches to the rear of the horizontal baseplate using up to eight
screws provided with the bracket.
Table 3-7 lists the available horizontal and vertical baseplates.
Table 3-7. I/A Series System Baseplate Mounting

Baseplate
Part Number Baseplate Type Mounting Function
P0926HC 2 Position Horizontal 2 FCP
P0926KE1 2 Position Horizontal 2 FCM
P0926HF 4 Position Horizontal 2 FCP and 2 FBM
P0926HJ 4 Position Horizontal 1 FCP and 3 FBM
P0926HM 4 Position Horizontal 4 FBM/FCM
P0926HT 8 Position Horizontal 8 FBM/FCM
P0926HW 2 Position Vertical 2 FCP
P0973CG 2 Position Vertical 2 FEM
P0923LR 2 Position Vertical 2 FBI100
P0926KH 2 Position Vertical 2 FCM
P0926HZ 4 Position Vertical 2 FCP and 2 FBM
P0973CN 4 Position Vertical 2 FCP and 2 FEM
P0926JC 4 Position Vertical 1 FCP and 3 FBM
P0926JF 4 Position Vertical 4 FBM/FCM
P0926JM 8 Position Vertical 8 FBM/FCM
P0914XA 8 Position Horizontal 8 FBM/FCM
P0914XB 8 Position Vertical 8 FBM/FCM
1. Also see “Installing the 2-Position Horizontal Baseplate (P0926KE) in an
IE16/32 Plastic Enclosure” on page 103.

96
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

DIN Rail Mounting of the Horizontal Baseplate


As illustrated in Figure 3-20, mechanical support is required for horizontal DIN rail mounting of
the baseplate. This support, required for all mounting configurations of the baseplates, can be in
the form of metal braces, a backplate, or a wall. The added support prevents unnecessary move-
ment or twisting motion of the DIN rail/baseplate combination.

NOTE
When mounting a Modular Baseplate on a 15 mm high DIN rail, extend the
adjustment feet located in the base of the Modular Baseplate (see Figure 3-21).

NOTE
When mounting baseplate P0914XA on a 15 mm high DIN rail, add the rubber
feet (see Figure 3-21) to each corner of the baseplate.

97
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT Modular Baseplate (Typical)


Supporting Braces Modular
(Part of Equipment Rack) Baseplate
(DIN Rail Attached)

DIN Rail

DIN Rail
Modular
Baseplate
NOTE: For proper support, ends Backplate or wall to
of Modular Baseplate must which DIN rail is attached
overlap braces, as shown.

Brace-Supported DIN Rail Backplate (or Wall) Supported DIN Rail

P0914XA Baseplate (Typical)


Supporting Braces Baseplate
(Part of Equipment Rack) (P0914XA)
(DIN Rail Attached)

DIN Rail

1 2 1 2

OFF OFF

Baseplate I. D. Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2 No. 1 2
0 ON ON 0 ON ON
1 OFF ON 1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF 2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF 3 OFF OFF

DIN Rail
Baseplate
(P0914XA)
NOTE: For proper support, ends Backplate or wall to
of baseplate must overlap which DIN rail is attached
braces, as shown.

Figure 3-20. Required Support for Baseplate with Horizontal DIN Rail Mounting

98
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

To install a horizontally mounted DIN rail baseplate or a vertically mounted baseplate on a struc-
turally supported DIN rail, proceed as follows:
1. Referring to Figure 3-21, using a 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) electrician’s flat-head (common)
screw driver, back off both clamping screws to within 3 to 4 threads of disengaging the
clamp. (An easy check for this is that the end of the screw will be fully inside the body
of the clamp.)
2. Confirm that both clamps are cocked at an angle (as shown in Figure 3-21). If a clamp
is not cocked, press lightly in the center of the clamp and release. The clamp should
spring back into the correct position.
3. If mounting the baseplate on a 15 mm DIN rail, extend the adjustment feet located in
the base of the Modular Baseplate or add rubber feet to the baseplate P0914XA (see
Figure 3-21). The baseplates are set to fit a standard 7.5 mm DIN rail.
4. Mount the baseplate onto the DIN rail by engaging both clamps. The hooks closest to
the field cabling side must engage first. (Throughout the process, firm positive pres-
sure must be applied to the baseplate.) Confirm that the clamps have successfully
engaged by pulling up on the module side of the baseplate. If either corner lifts, one of
the clamps is not fully engaged. If this is the case, remove the baseplate by jiggling it
while gently pulling it away from the DIN rail, and then repeat steps 1 and 2.
5. While pressing the baseplate firmly against the DIN rail, continue the firm, positive
pressure and tighten both clamping screws securely.

4. With firm pressure applied to


baseplate, tighten clamp screws.*

1. Back off clamping screws


almost completely.* 2. Clamps must be cocked
at an angle, as shown.*

3. Mount baseplate onto DIN rail


by engaging both clamps.*
* See text for detailed procedure.

Figure 3-21. Mounting of Baseplate on DIN Rail

To remove a horizontally mounted baseplate from the DIN rail, proceed as follows:
1. Remove all modules (FCPs, FBMs and FCMs) and cabling from the baseplate.
2. Loosen the two clamping screws, turning them ten turns counterclockwise.“Float” the
baseplate on the DIN rail and gently move it top-to-bottom while moving it toward
you, causing the clamps to disengage from the DIN rail.

99
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

DIN Rail Mounting of the Vertical Baseplate


As illustrated in Figure 3-22 mechanical support is required for vertical DIN rail mounting of the
baseplate. This support, required for all mounting configurations of the baseplates, can be in the
form of metal braces, a backplate, or a wall. The added support prevents unnecessary movement
or twisting motion of the DIN rail/baseplate combination.

NOTE
When mounting a Modular Baseplate on a 15 mm high DIN rail, extend the
adjustment feet located in the base of the Modular Baseplate (see Figure 3-21).

NOTE
When mounting baseplate P0914XB on a 15 mm high DIN rail, add the rubber
feet (see Figure 3-21) to each corner of the baseplate.

100
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

P0926HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0973CG/CN/ P0923LR Modular Baseplate (Typical)

Baseplate
Baseplate

NOTE:
For proper support,
ends of baseplate
must overlap braces,
as shown.

DIN Rail
DIN Rail
Supporting Braces Backplate or wall to
(Part of Equipment Rack) which DIN rail is attached
(DIN Rail Attached)
Brace-Supported DIN Rail Backplate (or Wall) Supported DIN Rail

P0914XB Baseplate (Typical)


Baseplate
(P0914XB) Baseplate
(P0914XB)
1 2 1 2

OFF OFF

Baseplate I. D. Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2 No. 1 2
0 ON ON 0 ON ON
1 OFF ON 1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF 2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF 3 OFF OFF

NOTE:
For proper support,
ends of baseplate
must overlap braces,
as shown.

DIN Rail
DIN Rail
Supporting Braces Backplate or wall to
(Part of Equipment Rack) which DIN rail is attached
(DIN Rail Attached)
Brace-Supported DIN Rail Backplate (or Wall) Supported DIN Rail
Figure 3-22. Required Support for Baseplate with Vertical DIN Rail Mounting

To install a vertically mounted DIN rail baseplate on a structurally supported DIN rail, follow the
procedure on page 99.
To remove the baseplate from the vertical DIN rail, proceed as follows:
1. Remove all modules (FCPs, FBMs and FCMs) and cabling from the baseplate.
2. Loosen the lower baseplate set screw, turning it ten turns counterclockwise.

101
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

! CAUTION
If the baseplate set screws are loosened without physically supporting the baseplate,
the baseplate will slide down the DIN rail, causing possible damage to equipment.
Always support the baseplate with one hand while loosening the set screws.

3. With the baseplate supported, loosen the upper baseplate set screw, turning it ten
turns counterclockwise.
4. “Float” the baseplate on the DIN rail and gently move the baseplate side-to-side while
moving it toward you, causing the clamps to disengage from the DIN rail.

Installing the Horizontal Baseplate in a 19-Inch Rack


Before installing a horizontally mounted baseplate in a standard, 483 mm (19-inch) rack, mount-
ing bracket kit P0930AS must be attached to the rear of the baseplate. Table 3-8 lists the contents
of this kit.

Table 3-8. P0930AS Horizontal Baseplate Mounting Kit Contents

Part No. Description Qty.


P0930AY Mounting bracket (1-inch depth) 1
X0127DF Screw, 0.190-32 x 0.5 4
X0143SC Lock washer, 0.190 4
X0173NC Nut clip 4
X0143AX Flat washer, 0.250 4
X0143QY Lock washer, 0.250 4
X0173NB Screw, M6 x 15 mm (for P0972XA/XB baseplates) 4
X0167VC Screw, self threading (for P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT Modu- 8
lar Baseplates)

Attach the mounting bracket and mount the baseplate in the 19-inch rack as shown in
Figure 3-23. The mounting bracket accommodates various sizes of I/A Series baseplates. Base-
plates (P0914XA/XB) use screws (X0173NB) that thread into a threaded retainer on the back of
the baseplate. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT) use self-threading screws
(X0167VC) that thread into the back of the baseplate. To fit any Modular Baseplate into the
mounting bracket, you must remove both end caps from the baseplate.

102
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Kit P0930AS Horizontal Baseplate P0914XA


Screw (0.190-32 x 0.5 mm),
Baseplate Mounting Kit Clip Nut, 4 Places
and Lock Washer (4 Places)
(Shown in Place)
Baseplate
P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT
Screw (M6 x 15 mm), Screw Self-Threading
Washer, and Lock (0.190-32 x 0.5 mm),
Washer (4 Places) (4 Places)

Mounting Bracket
Baseplate (P0930AY)
(P0914XA)

OR

Baseplates End Cap


(P0926HC - 2 position, 2 FCP)
(P0926KE - 2 position, 2 FCM)
(P0926HF - 4 position, 2 FCP + 2 FBM)
(P0926HJ - 4 position, 1 FCP + 3 FBM)
(P0926HM - 4 position, 4 FBM)
(P0926HT - 8 position, 8 FBM)

Figure 3-23. Installation of Horizontal Baseplate into a 19-Inch Rack

Installing the 2-Position Horizontal Baseplate (P0926KE) in an


IE16/32 Plastic Enclosure
Before installing the 2-position horizontally mounted baseplate (P0926KE) in an IE16/32 plastic
enclosure, mounting bracket kit P0931JD must be attached to the side of the baseplate. Table 3-9
lists the contents of this kit.

Table 3-9. P0931JD 2-Position Horizontal Baseplate (P0926KE) Mounting Kit Contents

Part No. Description Qty.


P0931GZ Mounting bracket 1
P0931JC Mounting bracket adapter 1
X0167VA Screw, 0.132 x 0.437, plastite, pan (for P0926KE baseplate) 2
X0169DL Screw, 0.190-32 x 0.312, pan sems (for P0931GZ) 3
X0169DP Screw, 0.190-32 x 0.625, pan sems (for P0931JC) 2

103
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

NOTE
The IE16/32 plastic enclosure must have a deep door attached to the side to provide
ample space for the baseplate and FCMs. Most existing enclosures should have this
door retrofitted already.

Figure 3-24 shows the side panel on a standard IE16/32 plastic enclosure, where the P0931GZ
will be attached. Older models of this side panel may not have the third mounting point indicated
below. The P0931JC mounting bracket adapter is necessary for mounting the kit on these older
models.

Third Mounting Point


may not be available
on older side panels.
Install P0931JC Mounting Points for
Mounting Bracket P0931GZ Mounting
Adapter to these Bracket
mounting points.

Figure 3-24. IE16/32 Mounting Points for Screws in P0931JD

Attach the P0931GZ mounting bracket to the side panel with the X0169DL screws, as shown in
Figure 3-25. If the third mounting point shown in Figure 3-24 is not available, attach the
P0931JC mounting bracket adapter to the side panel with the X0169DP screws, as shown in
Figure 3-25.

104
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

P0931GZ Mounting Bracket

Attach P0926KE baseplate


to the bracket at these
mounting points with
X0167VA screws.

P0931JC Mounting Bracket Adapter for Attach X0169DL screws (0.190-32 x 0.312)
older side panels. to P0931GZ Mounting Bracket

Attach X0169DP screws (0.190-32 x 0.625)


to P0931JC Adapter.
Figure 3-25. P0931JD Mounted in IE16/32 (With Mounting Bracket Adapter)

Next, attach the baseplate (P0926KE) to the P0931GZ mounting bracket with self-threading
screws (X0167VA) that thread into the back of the baseplate.
Figure 3-26 shows the FCM100E mounted in its baseplate and powered from the enclosure
power supplies through a PDU (P0904AU) using a special “Y” cable (P0972ZS). This “Y” cable
has sufficient length to allow mounting outside the enclosure when the IE16/32 enclosure does
not have sufficient space to accommodate the FCM100E and the associated baseplate.

NOTE
Only the FCM100E can be powered from the 39V power supplies within the
IE16/32 enclosure. Do not plug in any other FCM or FBM module into the
IE16/32 powered baseplate. Doing so will cause permanent damage to the module.

105
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

P0972ZS (Y-Cable) -
Connected to
PDU (P0904AU)

Refer to B0400FB,
Appendix A, “PDU
Installation on a 1x8
Mounting Structure”
for instructions on
installing this PDU.

Figure 3-26. FCM100Es and P0926KE Baseplate Mounted on P0931JD in IE16/32

Baseplate Power Supply Cabling


Each baseplate receives primary and (optionally) secondary power from the enclosure power sup-
plies. For the DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem enclosures (B03, B04, B05 and G-series system
enclosures), the enclosures are shipped with the baseplates, power supplies, and baseplate power
cabling in place. If the baseplate is mounted in a facility other than a DIN rail mounted FBM
subsystem enclosure, Foxboro power supplies are offered (“Power Supply Mounting and Installa-
tion” on page 73) for custom installations.
Each baseplate accepts one cable for primary power, and a second cable for secondary power, if
applicable. For ease of cable routing, select cables with a slightly greater length than the distance
between the baseplate and the power supply.
Cables for connecting the Foxboro power supply have a polarized, positive-locking connector on
each of the cable for connection between the baseplate and the power supply.

Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YU)


The following power supply input cables are available for connecting the FPS400-24 (P0922YU)
to the factory mains input terminal block:
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DA
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0926CM.
Connect the FPS400-24 (P0922YU) output connectors as shown in Figure 3-27 and Table 3-1.
Refer to Table 3-3 for the FPS400-24 (P0922YU) baseplate cables.

106
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Figure 3-27. FPS400-24 (P0922YU) Output Power Connector to Baseplate Connector

Proceed to “Baseplate Power Cable Connections” on page 108 to connect the output power cables
to the baseplate.

Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0922YC)


The following power supply input cables are available for connecting the FPS400-24 (P0922YC)
to the factory mains input terminal block:
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DH
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0923DG.
Connect the Foxboro (P0922YC) power supply output connectors as shown in Figure 3-28 and
Table 3-2. Refer to Table 3-3 for the FPS400-24 (P0922YC) power supply to baseplate cables.

Figure 3-28. Output Power Connector from FPS400-24 (P0922YC) to Baseplate Connector

Proceed to “Baseplate Power Cable Connections” on page 108 to connect the output power cables
to the baseplate.

107
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Foxboro Power Supply FPS400-24 (P0917LY)


The following power supply input cables are available for connecting the FPS400-24 (P0917LY)
to the factory mains input terminal block:
♦ 0.3 m (11 in) P0926CN (superseded by P0923DA)
♦ 0.4 m (15 in) P0923DA
♦ 0.9 m (33 in) P0926CM.
Connect the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) output connectors as shown in Figure 3-29 and Table 3-6.
Refer to Table 3-5 for the FPS400-24 (P0917LY) to baseplate cables.

123

Output
Connectors

12 56
Input
Connector

Front View
Figure 3-29. Output Power Connector from FPS400-24 (P0917LY) to Baseplate Connector

Baseplate Power Cable Connections


Each baseplate accepts one cable for primary power, and a second cable for secondary power, if
applicable. For ease of cable routing, select cables with a slightly greater length than the distance
between the baseplate and the power supply. Make the connections for Modular Baseplates
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) at the
baseplate as shown Figure 3-30. Make the connections for baseplates (P0914XA/XB) at the base-
plate as shown Figure 3-31.

108
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Primary Power Secondary Power


(from Primary (from Secondary
Power Supply) Power Supply)

Primary Fieldbus and Secondary Fieldbus and


Power Time Strobe Power Time Strobe

CAUTION CAUTION
Do not Do not
seperate seperate
when when
singedd singedd

Figure 3-30. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM


P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) Power Supply Connections

Primary Power Secondary Power


(from Primary (from Secondary
Power Supply) Power Supply)

1 2

OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

Figure 3-31. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Power Supply Connections

Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) ID Switch Setting)


Each P0914XA/XB baseplate contains a two 2-position DIP switches, which must be set for
proper subsystem operation. The ID of each baseplate must be a number from 0 to 3, which is set
by means of the two switches (see Figure 3-32).
The particular sequence of the baseplate ID numbers does not matter. The baseplates can be
numbered according to their physical placement in the enclosures, or according to their positions
in the cable connection scheme. However, no two baseplates in the grouping (on the same FCM
or FCM pair) may be assigned the same ID number.

109
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

1 2

1 2

OFF OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON

Baseplate I. D.
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

Figure 3-32. P0914XA/XB Baseplate ID Switches

Set the baseplate ID switches as indicated in Table 3-10. Pressing the upper part of the rocker
switch places the switch in the ON (or CLOSED) state; pressing the lower part of the rocker
switch places it in the OFF (or OPEN) state.

Table 3-10. Setting the Baseplate ID Switches

Baseplate
ID Number Switch 1 Switch 2
0 ON (up) ON (up)
1 OFF (down) ON (up)
2 ON (up) OFF (down)
3 OFF (down) OFF (down)
The actual designator printed on the switch may be
OPEN instead of OFF.

Modular Baseplates (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM),


ID Switch Setting
Each 4 or 8-position Modular Baseplate contains a DIP switch, which must be set for proper sub-
system operation. The DIP switch consists of three 2-position switches (see Figure 3-33). Switch
1 and 2 identifies the baseplate numbers as 0 to 3. In the case of 4-position Modular Baseplates,
switch 3 sets the low (1 to 4) or the high (5 to 8) so that the 2 baseplates can share a common log-
ical address.

110
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Baseplate Module
Identification Position
4 position
Baseplates only.

ON OFF
3 3
2 2
1 1
Switch Sw.
1 2 I.D. Position 3
ON ON 0
OFF ON 1
1 TO 4 ON
ON OFF 2
OFF OFF 3 5 TO 8 OFF

Figure 3-33. Modular Baseplate (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM) ID Switches

For four 8-position Modular Baseplates in an enclosure or a group of four interconnected Modu-
lar Baseplates, the switches are set for each of the four baseplates as listed in Table 3-11. Switch 3
is always set to the OFF position.

Table 3-11. Setting ID Switches for Four 8-Position Modular Baseplates, Example

8-Position Baseplates,
ID Number Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3
0 ON ON OFF
1 OFF ON OFF
2 ON OFF OFF
3 OFF OFF OFF

For eight 4-position Modular Baseplates in an enclosure or group of eight 4-position intercon-
nected Modular Baseplates, the switches are set for each of the eight baseplates.
Set the Modular Baseplate ID switches as indicated in Table 3-12. Pressing the upper part of the
rocker switch places the switch in the ON (or CLOSED) state; pressing the lower part of the
rocker switch places it in the OFF (or OPEN) state.

111
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Table 3-12. Setting the Modular Baseplate (P0926HF/HJ/HM/HT/HZ/JC/JF/JM) ID Switches

Modular
Baseplate Module
ID Number Position Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3
0 1-4 ON ON ON
0 5-8 ON ON OFF
1 1-4 OFF ON ON
1 5-8 OFF ON OFF
2 1-4 ON OFF ON
2 5-8 ON OFF OFF
3 1-4 OFF OFF ON
3 5-8 OFF OFF OFF
The actual designator printed on the switch may be OPEN instead of OFF.

Other groupings of baseplates can be used. For example, two 8-position Modular Baseplates and
three 4-position Modular Baseplates could be used in a group of interconnected Modular Base-
plates. The actual switch settings for a Modular Baseplate’s ID depends on the number of Modu-
lar Baseplates used in the group of interconnected baseplates.
The particular sequence of the Modular Baseplate ID numbers does not matter. The Modular
Baseplates can be numbered according to their physical placement in the enclosures, or according
to their positions in the cable connection scheme. However, no two Modular Baseplates in the
grouping may be assigned the same ID number.

Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HW/KH) Identification


Two-position Modular Baseplates do not have a baseplate identification DIP switch. Two position
Modular Baseplates IDs are hard-wired to 00. FCP270s, FCM100Ets and FCM100Es letterbug
identification is a soft letterbug that is entered using the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator. Refer
to Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

112
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Module Installation and Placement


Fieldbus Modules (FBMs), Field Control Processors (FCPs), Fieldbus Expansion Module
(FEMs), Fieldbus Communications Modules (FCM100Et/FCM100E) and the FBI100 for Mod-
ular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/
P0973CG/CN) are installed as shown in Figure 3-34. Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) and Fieldbus
Communications Modules (FCMs) for Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) are installed as shown in
Figure 3-35.
The following subsections present rules regarding placement of the modules on the baseplate.
To install any module:
1. Press the module in place on the baseplate (engaging the two connectors at the rear of
the module with those on the baseplate).
2. Tighten the two self retaining hex screws on the module using a hex driver tool
(Foxboro part number X0179AZ).

! CAUTION
1. When installing the modules on the baseplate, use a 5/32 hex driver tool
(Foxboro P/N X0179AZ) or another type of tool. Make sure that you do not generate
more than 12 inch/pounds of torque, or you might strip the threaded inserts out of
the baseplate.
2. The modules must be screwed in place for secure operation. Do not rely on the sig-
nal connectors to hold the modules in place.
3. For safety reasons, always consider the possible impact on plant operations before
removing a module from the baseplate.

Modules can be removed/replaced while power is applied to the baseplate without damaging the
module or baseplate electronics.

113
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Self-Retaining
Baseplate
Hex Screw
ID Switches
(1 of 2)

Fieldbus Communications
Module
(FCM100Et typical)

IR Port

al Status
Operation

Fieldbus
1
Module (FBM) or FBM20 l Isolat
ed
Channe0-20mA
8 input,

other system module P0914S


Q ®

Figure 3-34. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/


P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN), Module Installation

Fieldbus Communications
Self-Retaining
Modules (FCM10E
Hex Screw
or FCM10Ef)
(1 of 2)
Shown in Place

® ®

Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

1 2

OFF
FCM10E FCM10E
Baseplate I. D. Communication Communication
No. 1 2 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON
2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
P0914YM P0914YM
3 OFF OFF ® ®

FCM
FCM Identification

Left Module Right Module


Identification
P0914ZM User Defined
®
Assembly
al Status
Operation

Baseplate I. D.
Letterbug Set Sockets
No.
0
1
ON
2
ON
Baseplate
1
2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ID Switches
3 OFF OFF
FBM20
1 0 Letterbug Set
l Isolat
ed
0
B CD
Channe0-20mA
8 input,

Fieldbus P0914S
Q ®

A
Module (FBM)

Figure 3-35. Baseplates (P0914/XA/XB), Module and FCM10/10Ef Letterbug Installation

114
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

FBM Installation (Placement)


Non-redundant (single) FBMs may be placed in any available position on the baseplate.
When using a later revision redundant adapter (see Table 3-18 on page 128) in all baseplate posi-
tions:
♦ Redundant FBMs and redundant adapters can be loaded into the baseplates in any
sequence. You do not need to load baseplates from right to left on horizontal base-
plates and from bottom to the top for vertical baseplates. You install redundant FBMs
in adjacent odd/even positions. Refer to “Redundant Adapter Installation” on
page 128.
When using an early revision of the redundant adapter (see Table 3-18 on page 128):
♦ On the horizontal baseplates, you must install redundant FBMs in adjacent odd/even
paired positions working from right to left (positions 7 and 8, 5 and 6, 3 and 4, and 1
and 2) (see Figure 3-36).
♦ On the vertical baseplate, you must install redundant FBMs in adjacent odd/even
paired positions working from bottom to top (positions 7 and 8, 5 and 6, 3 and 4,
and 1 and 2) (see Figure 3-37).

NOTE
When replacing a failed FBM220/221/222/223/228 with a replacement module,
always check to ensure that you are replacing the failed module with the same mod-
ule type and that the replacement module is installed in the same slot as the failed
module. If you do not make these checks, the replacement module may suffer per-
formance issues or damage.
For the FBM222, only a Profibus termination assembly (P0926TH, P0926TJ or
P0917SY) must be connected to the I/O connector associated with a FBM222’s
slot; no other type of assembly is allowed. If the FBM222 is installed in a slot with
an I/O connector attached to an incorrect termination assembly, performance issues
may occur.

115
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Horizontal-Mount Baseplate
Slots for FBMs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
and FCMs

Slots for FBM


A B C D and FCM Pairs

Vertical-Mount Baseplate
1
A
2

3
B
4
Slots for FBM
Slots for FBMs
and FCM Pairs 5 and FCMs
C
6

7
D
8

Figure 3-36. Modular Baseplates (P0926KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM),


Slots for FBMs and FCMs

116
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Horizontal-Mount Baseplate
Slots for FBMs and FCMs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2

OFF

Baseplate I. D.
No. 1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

A B C D

Slots for FBM and FCM Pairs

Vertical-Mount Baseplate

1
A
1

OFF
2

Baseplate I. D.
No.
2
1 2
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF

3
B
4
Slots for FBM
Slots for FBMs
and FCM Pairs 5 and FCMs
C
6

7
D
8

Figure 3-37. Baseplates (P0914XA/XB), Slots for FBMs and FCMs

FCM10E or FCM10Ef Installation (Placement)


These modules are used only in the first baseplate of any single or group of baseplates). On the
horizontal baseplate (P0914XA), the modules are placed in positions 7 and 8; on the vertical base-
plate (P0914XB), the modules are placed in the first two positions (1 and 2). If a single (non-
redundant) FCM10E or FCM10Ef module is to be installed, it must be installed in position 7 on
the horizontal baseplate, or position 1 on the vertical baseplate. The slot next to it (to the right of
it) must remain empty.

117
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

NOTE
Where a redundant Ethernet trunk Fieldbus is used, the FCM10E or FCM10Ef
module pair, at any given time, communicates on one bus only (bus A or B). The
odd slot corresponds to bus A, and the even slot to bus B.

FCM100Et/FCM100E Module Installation (Placement)


This FCM100Ets or FCM100Es are used only on the first Modular Baseplate in a grouping of
baseplates or on a 2- position FCM baseplate (P0926KE/KH).
On a horizontal Modular Baseplate (P0926KE/HM/HQ/HT), or on a vertical Modular Baseplate
(P0926KH/JF/JJ/JM), the FCM100Et/FCM100E modules are placed in the adjacent baseplate
positions.

FEM100 Module Installation (Placement)


The FEM100s are used only on a 2-position Expansion Baseplate (P0973CG) or the bottom two
adjacent positions on a 4-position Expansion Baseplate (P0973CN).

NOTE
Each FEM100 module (A and B) includes a fieldbus terminator on each of its four
Expanded Fieldbus connections. The other end of each Expanded Fieldbus must
also be terminated properly, as discussed in “Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
(P0926KZ) and Terminator (P0916RB)” on page 133.

Also, refer to “Letterbug Assignments for Modules in Expanded Fieldbus” on page 125 when
planning the baseplate IDs and module letterbugs for baseplates and modules in an Expanded
Fieldbus.

FBI100 Module Installation (Placement)


The FBI100s are used only on a 2-position baseplate (P0923LR). The modules are placed in the
adjacent baseplate positions, with the FBI100 for Fieldbus A in the left-hand slot, and the FBI100
for Fieldbus B in the right-hand slot.
The 2-position baseplate (P0923LR) must be installed between the FCP270 baseplate and the
twinaxial termination assemblies (P0903VY).

FCP270 Installation (Placement)


The FCP270 can only be plugged into a Modular Baseplate connector that specifically supports
the FCP270. This rule is enforced since the FCP270 connectors are keyed differently from the
connectors of FBMs or FCMs. This prevents accidental installation of the wrong module in the
wrong Modular Baseplate location.
The FCP270 installs on DIN Rail mounted Modular Baseplates. Table 3-13 lists the DIN rail
mounted Modular Baseplates for mounting FCP270 modules in the designated slots.

118
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Table 3-13. Modular Baseplates and Mounting Positions for FCP270 Modules

DIN Rail Baseplate Fault-Tolerant FCP270 Single FCP270


Baseplate Size Position Part Number Baseplate Positions Baseplate Position
2 Position Vertical P0926HW 1 and 2 1 (2 position
remains empty)
4 Position Vertical P0926JC Not supported 1
4 Position Vertical P0926HZ 1 and 2 1 (2 position
remains empty)
2 Position Horizontal P0926HC 1 and 2 1 (2 position
remains empty)
4 Position Horizontal P0926HL Not supported 1
4 Position Horizontal P0926HF 1 and 2 1 (2 position
remains empty)
4 Position Horizontal P0973CN 1 and 2 1 (2 position
remains empty)

Splitter/Combiner Installation (Placement)


Redundant FCM100Ets and fault-tolerant FCP270s and ZCP270s use optical splitter/combiners
to connect to Ethernet switches in The MESH control network. FCM100Es do not use split-
ter/combiners. The optical splitter/combiners split inbound traffic and combine outbound traffic
to each module of a redundant pair. The splitter/combiner has three 100 Mbps connections:
♦ one to the primary module of a pair of FCP270s or ZCP270s, or one to the main
module of an FCM100Et
♦ one to the shadow module of a pair of FCP270s or ZCP270s, or one to the backup
module of an FCM100Et
♦ and one to the switched Ethernet network.
One splitter/combiner (P0972AH) in the pair is connected to the A path, the other is connected
to the B path.
With all 2, 4, or 8-position baseplates that contain FCM100Ets, the splitter/combiners can be
mounted in a 19-inch rack within the enclosure, or on a DIN rail in the enclosure.
With all 2, or 4-position baseplates that contain FCP270s, the splitter/combiners can be mounted
on the 2 or 4-position baseplate, in a 19-inch chassis within the enclosure, or on a DIN rail in the
enclosure.
The Splitter/Combiners (P0926AH) are mounted in a case assembly (P0926MY) that contains
two Splitter/Combiners.

Splitter/Combiner Baseplate Mounting


The splitter/combiner installation kit (P0926MX) is used to mount the splitter/combiner to the
DIN rail or on a baseplate. It contains the components listed in Table 3-14.

119
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Table 3-14. Splitter/Combiner Installation Components, Kit P0926MX

Component Part Number Quantity Use


Splitter/Combiner Case P0926MY 1 DIN Rail or Baseplate Mount
Splitter/Combiner P0926AH 2
Screw, M4 x 15mm Pan Head X0179LJ 1 DIN Rail Mount
Spring Clip X0175GD 1 DIN Rail Mount
Washer, Lock X0143SB 1 DIN Rail Mount
Screw, 10-32x1/2 Hex Cap X0133YF 2 Baseplate Mount

To install the splitter/combiner on a DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplate:


1. If assembled, remove the two splitter/combiners (P0926AA) from the case assembly
(P0926MY) (see Figure 3-38). Lift up on the top tab at the front of the case assembly
and withdraw each splitter/combiner from the case assembly.

Lift Up to Remove
Splitter/Combiner

Baseplate

Splitter/Combiner Screw, Hex Cap


Case (P0926MY) (X0133YF)

Figure 3-38. Splitter/Combiner Mounting on Modular Baseplate

2. Align the mounting holes at the rear of the case assembly with the threaded inserts
next to position 1 on the baseplate (see Figure 3-38). Insert a hex cap screw
(X0133YF-5/32) through one of the mounting holes at the rear of the case assembly
using a hex head screwdriver (X0179AZ) and gently tighten the screw. Be careful not
to cross thread or overtighten the screw.

! CAUTION
Make sure that you do not generate more than 12 inch/pounds of torque, or you
might strip the threads.

3. Slide each splitter/combiner module (P0926AH) into one of the two mounting posi-
tions in the case assembly. Slide each splitter/combiner toward the rear of the case

120
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

until the module locks into the case with the connector descriptions, on the side of
the splitter/combiner, visible.
4. Connect the cabling to the splitter/combiners (P0926AH) as described in “Split-
ter/Combiner Cabling Connections” on page 146, or refer to the Field Control Proces-
sor 270 (B0700AR).

Splitter/Combiner DIN Rail Mounting


The splitter/combiner installation kit (P0926MX) is used to mount the splitter/combiner to
either a horizontal and vertical DIN rail. Table 3-14 lists the parts contained in the Splitter Com-
biner installation kit P0926MX. Figure 3-39 shows the DIN rail mounting configuration. As
shown in Figure 3-39, there are two mounting options:
1. In enclosures with limited height and require side access to fiber cables.
2. In enclosures with limited rail space but with plenty of height to provide front access
to fiber cables.

1. Limited Height in Enclosure 2. Limited Rail Space in Enclosure

Spring
Clip
(X0175GD)

Screw Washer Screw


Washer
Pan Head Lock Lock Pan Head
(X0173LJ) (X0143SB) (X0143SB) (X0173LJ)

Figure 3-39. Splitter/Combiner Mounting on DIN Rail

To install the Splitter/Combiner on a DIN rail:


1. If assembled, remove the two Splitter/Combiners (P0926AA) from the case assembly
(P0926MY) (refer to Figure 3-38). Lift up on the top tab at the front of the case
assembly and withdraw each splitter combiner from the case assembly.
2. Insert the pan head screw (X0179LJ) into the lock washer (X0143SB) and through
either the side or rear mounting hole of the case assembly (see Figure 3-39). Hold the
pan head screw in the mounting hole using a phillips head screwdriver.
3. Place the spring clip’s (X0175GD) threaded hole against the screw and rotate the
spring clip clockwise to start the threads onto the screw. Be sure to orient the spring
clip as shown in Figure 3-39 with the release tab out. If not, it will be difficult to
release the assembly once fastened to the DIN rail. Hold the spring clip and tighten
the screw.
4. Position the Splitter/Combiner module (P0926AH) so that the text on the front of
the module reads right side up and slide each Splitter/Combiner module (P0926AH)

121
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

into one of the two mounting positions in the case. Slide each Splitter/Combiner
module toward the rear of the case until the module locks into the case with the con-
nector descriptions, on the side of the splitter/combiner, visible.
5. Snap the case assembly spring clip on the DIN rail in the desired mounting position.
6. Connect the cabling to the Splitter/Combiners (P0926AH) as described in “Split-
ter/Combiner Cabling Connections” on page 146, or refer to the Field Control Proces-
sor 270 (B0700AR).

Splitter/Combiner 19-inch Rack Mount


The Splitter/Combiner can be mounted in a chassis assembly that is mounted on a 19-inch rack
in an enclosure.
The Splitter/Combiner chassis installation kit P0926MZ contains the following components:

Table 3-15. Splitter/Combiner Chassis Installation Components, Kit P0926MZ

Component Quantity Part Number


Chassis Assembly 1 P0926MZ
Wire Saddles 20
Screw, 8-32x1/4 pan head 4
Screw, 4-40x1/4 pan head 8
Brackets 4

Figure 3-40 shows the chassis assembly mounting.

Splitter/Combiner Time Strobe


Chassis Mounting
Screws (4) Positions Converters Splitter/Combiners

3.5 in

Wire Saddle S/C


Mounting Holes Release
Fingers
Figure 3-40. Splitter/Combiner 19-inch Rack Mount

To install the Splitter/Combiner in the chassis assembly:


1. If the chassis assembly (P0926MZ) was not previously installed:

122
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

a. Ensure that there is at least 4 inches of vertical height available in the enclosure.
The chassis requires at least 2U (1.75 in).
b. Align the four mounting holes in the chassis assembly to the 19-inch enclosure
rails at the desired mounting location.
c. Install four cage nuts (customer supplied) over the appropriate holes on the 19-
inch enclosure rail.
d. Insert the chassis assembly against the enclosure rail and fasten, with four M6
screws (customer supplied), the chassis assembly to the enclosure rail.
2. Position the Splitter/Combiner module (P0926AH) so that the text on the front of
the module reads right side up and slide each Splitter/Combiner module (P0926MX)
into one of the eight mounting positions in the chassis assembly as shown in
Figure 3-40. Slide the module (each module contains two Splitter/Combiners
(P0926AH)) toward the rear of the chassis assembly until the module locks into the
chassis assembly. The end result is that the connector numbers on the splitter/com-
biner are reading right-side up, the splitter/combiner release fingers are at the bottom
of the chassis and the chassis release finger is at the top of the splitter/combiner.

NOTE
To release an individual splitter/combiner press the lower finger on the assembly. To
release an entire splitter/combiner assembly, press the upper finger on the assembly.

3. Install the plastic wire saddles into each of the mounting holes on the chassis assembly.
4. Connect the cabling to the Splitter/Combiners (P0926AH) as described in “Split-
ter/Combiner Cabling Connections” on page 146, or refer to the Field Control Proces-
sor 270 (B0700AR).

FCM2F2/4/10 Installation (Placement)


Install redundant FCM2F2/4/10 modules in the first two positions (1 and 2) and/or the last two
positions (7 and 8) on the baseplate, or on an FCM/FBM 2-position baseplate. In a
nonredundant configuration, use the odd-numbered positions (1 and/or 7) only. If a single
(nonredundant) FCM2F2/4/10 module is installed, the slot next to it (position 2 and/or
position 8) may be used for FBM installation.

NOTE
Where a redundant module Fieldbus is used, the FCM2F2/4/10 module pair, at any
given time, communicates on one bus only (bus A or B). The odd slot corresponds
to bus A, and the even slot to bus B.

123
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Module Addressing for Non-Expanded Fieldbus


Baseplate-mounted modules (FBMs and FCMs1) are identified to the system software by means
of a unique, 6-character string called a letterbug. The letterbug string for a particular FBM or
FCM is established from three factors:
♦ Setting of physical letterbug sets for the FCM10E or FCM10Ef on the first baseplate
(in a group of baseplates) or the soft letterbug for the FCM100Et/FCM100E (see
“FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E Letterbug Installation” on page 127)
♦ The number of the baseplate (0 - 3) in the group, as set by means of the pair of base-
plate ID switches on each baseplate (see Figure 3-34 and Figure 3-35)
♦ The physical position (1 - 8) of the module on the baseplate.
Figure 3-41 shows examples of how FBMs and FCMs assume unique letterbug addresses in accor-
dance with these three factors. As shown in this figure, physical letterbug sets are user-installed for
the FCM10Es (up to two) on the first baseplate of the grouping. The first four characters in these
letterbug sets are user-assigned, and are unique for each baseplate grouping. (These first four char-
acters apply to all modules in the baseplate grouping.) For FBMs, the fifth character reflects the
setting of the baseplate ID switches (always zero for the first baseplate) and the sixth character is
the physical position (1 - 8) of the module on the baseplate. FCMs always end in 00 and FBMs
always end in 1-8, never end in 0.

NOTE
1. In the letterbug set associated with the FCM10E, FCM10Ef, FCM100Et, or
FCM100E module(s), the last two characters must be “00” (zero, zero).
2. Both letterbug sets for a redundant FCM pair must be identical.

The letterbugs for all the other modules (FBMs) mounted in the baseplate grouping are not phys-
ically installed, but are derived (and reported to system software) from the three factors men-
tioned previously. Accordingly, each FBM in the baseplate grouping has the same unique first four
characters (user-assigned for the FCMs); each has a fifth character derived from the baseplate
number (0 - 3); and each has a sixth character derived from the physical position (1 - 8) of the
module on the baseplate.
Thus, as illustrated on the left side of Figure 3-41, if the FCM letterbug characters set by the user
are NFFA00; the letterbug for the FBM in position 2 on the first baseplate (baseplate ID = 0) is
NFFA02; and letterbug for the FBM in position 3 of the second baseplate (baseplate ID = 1) is
NFFA13.
For the next grouping of baseplates (on the right in Figure 3-41), the letterbug assignments are
similar, but with different user-assigned first four characters.

1.
The one exception is the FCM2F2/4/10, which has no letterbug set associated with it.

124
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Redundant Ethernet Control Network (See Notes) To next equipment


A
grouping (if applicable)
From Control
B
Processor

Baseplate Baseplate
F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F
I.D. B B B B B B C C I.D. B B B B B B C C
Set To “0” M M M M M M M M Set To “0” M M M M M M M M

Example: Example:
Letterbug = FCM Identifier Letterbug = FCM identifier
NFFA02 BMLR02
N F F A 0 0 N F F A 0 0 B M L R 0 0 B M L R 0 0

Physical letterbug sets (2) Physical letterbug sets (2)

Baseplate Baseplate
I.D. F F F F F F F F I.D. F F F F F F F F
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Set To “1” M M M M M M M M Set To “1” M M M M M M M M

Example: Example:
Letterbug = Letterbug =
NFFA13 BMLR13
To next baseplate To next baseplate

Baseplate group 1 Baseplate group 2

Figure 3-41. Examples of Baseplate Letterbug Assignments

NOTE
The FCP270, FCM100Et, and FCM100E do not use hardware letterbugs. They
use soft assigned letterbugs. See Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY). As well, the
FBI100 requires no addressing at all.

Letterbug Assignments for Modules in Expanded Fieldbus


When used in a DIN Rail mounted subsystem, up to four Expanded Fieldbuses can connect up to
128 DIN Rail mounted FBMs to an FCP270 through the FEM100 module. Each Expanded
Fieldbus supports up to 32 FBMs. The last two characters of each module’s letterbug indicates its
position among Expanded Fieldbus 1-4.
The second-to-last digit indicates the baseplate ID for the baseplate in which the module is
installed. The last digit indicates in which position (1-8) the module is installed in the baseplate.
These assignments are provided in Table 3-16.

125
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Table 3-16. Module Letterbug Assignments in Expanded Fieldbus

Expanded Expanded Expanded Expanded


Baseplate Fieldbus 1 Fieldbus 2 Fieldbus 3 Fieldbus 4
Baseplate 1 XXXX01 - XXXX41 - XXXX81 - XXXXC1 -
(0) XXXX08 XXXX48 XXXX88 XXXXC8
Baseplate 2 XXXX11 - XXXX51 - XXXX91 - XXXXD1 -
(1) XXXX18 XXXX58 XXXX98 XXXXD8
Baseplate 3 XXXX21 - XXXX61 - XXXXA1 - XXXXE1 -
(2) XXXX28 XXXX68 XXXXA8 XXXXE8
Baseplate 4 XXXX31 - XXXX71 - XXXXB1 - XXXXF1 -
(3) XXXX38 XXXX78 XXXXB8 XXXXF8

The first 4 characters shown in Table 3-16 above as “XXXX” may be any letter A-Z or digit 0-9,
provided they do not match the first four characters of an associated FCP/ZCP/CP letterbug. The
fifth character must be selected as shown dependent upon the baseplate switches 0-3 and the
Expanded Fieldbus 1-4 to which the FBM is connected. The sixth character must correspond to
the physical slot into which the FBM is installed.
Configure the last two characters of each module ID as shown in Table 3-16. Set the associated
baseplate ID switches to the value shown in parentheses on the “Baseplate” column in this table.
For example, the module positioned in slot 1 of baseplate ID 1 on Expanded Fieldbus 3 must
have the last two characters of the module ID letterbug configured to “91”.

FCM10E and FCM10Ef Letterbug Set Installation


The FCM Identification assembly contains sockets for letterbug sets, which provide system
addressing for the FCM(s) (FCM10E or FCM10Ef ). Letterbugs for the FBMs are derived from
characters in these (FCM) letterbug sets. Two revisions of the FCM Identification assembly
(P0914ZM) are available. The part numbers for both revisions are the same but the revision levels
are different. The label on the side of the redundant adapter identifies the revision level.
Table 3-17 identifies the revision level for the early and later revision of the FCM Identification
assembly.
Table 3-17. Revision Levels for FCM Identification Assemblies

Early Later
Part Revision Revision
Module Description Number Level Level
FCM FCM Identifier P0914ZM A- C D

Figure 3-42 shows the different FCM Identification Assemblies.

126
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

FCM I dentification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Early Revision A to C

Later Revision D
Figure 3-42. FCM Identification Assemblies

Previously two FCM Identification assembly types (similar in function) were available: P0914ZM
for use on the horizontal baseplates and P0914ZX for use on vertical baseplates. P0914ZX for
vertical baseplates can not be used on modular baseplates. P0914ZM revision A-C should not be
used on modular baseplates. P0914ZM, revision D, can be used on all baseplates including mod-
ular baseplates. Installation procedures are identical for all FCM Identification assemblies.
To install the FCM identification assembly and install a letterbug set:
1. Place the FCM identification assembly on the I/O connectors adjacent to the associ-
ated FCM10E or FCM10Ef module(s).
2. Insert the assembly onto the two I/O connectors below the FCM(s), as shown in
Figure 3-35.
3. Secure the assembly in place by tightening the two common retaining screws.
4. Assemble and install the letterbug set for each FCM10E or FCM10Ef module as
shown in Figure 3-35.
To determine the letterbug characters for the FCM10E or FCM10Ef (and the associ-
ated FBMs) refer to “Module Addressing for Non-Expanded Fieldbus” on page 124.

FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E Letterbug Installation


The FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E use soft letterbugs that are assigned using the Letterbug
Configurator. To assign a letterbug for the FCP270/FCM100Et/FCM100E, refer to Letterbug
Configurator (B0700AY).
The FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E obtains its letterbug via an IR port located on the front
of the module using the Letterbug Configurator. The two modules in a redundant pair share the
same letterbug. The FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E letterbug consists of a null-terminated
string of six alphanumeric characters as described in “Module Addressing for Non-Expanded
Fieldbus” on page 124. Once assigned the FCP270, FCM100Et and FCM100E letterbug can be
read via the IR port using the Letterbug Configurator. An FCM100Et and FCM100E module
can also obtain its letterbug from its redundant partner if the partner module has already received
the letterbug.

127
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCP270, FCM100Et or FCM100E,
install the letterbug into the FCP270, FCM100Et, or FCM100E. Refer to the
I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

Redundant Adapter Installation


The redundant adapter provides a redundant I/O connection to a single termination assembly
(TA). Some adapters contain input sense resistors, output diodes and other components required
for operation of redundant FBM modules (FBM205, FBM207, FBM208, FBM216, FBM217,
FBM237, FBM240 and FBM246) with the TA. The redundant adapter is position dependent
(use positions 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6, or 7 and 8), since its connectors must engage the corre-
sponding pairs of connectors on the baseplate, adjacent to the redundant FBM pair.
Two interchangeable revisions of the redundant adapter are available. The part numbers for both
revisions are the same but the revision levels are different. The label on the side of the redundant
adapter identifies the revision level. Table 3-18 identifies the revision level for the early and later
revision of the redundant adapters. Figure 3-43 and Figure 3-44 show the different redundant
adapters.

Table 3-18. Revision Levels for Redundant Adapters

Early Later
Part Revision Revision
Module Description Number Level Level
FBM205/208 4 Input Sense Resistors/4 Output Diodes P0916NN A-E F
FBM207/217 Two (2) 24 V Power “Or”ing Diodes P0926ZY None A
FBM216 8 Input Sense Resistors and 8 Loop Power P0917XQ A-C D
“Or”ing Diodes
FBM218/237 8 Output Diodes P0916QD A-C D
FBM228 Straight through (No components) P0922RK None A
FBM240 Two (2) 24 V Power “Or”ing Diodes and P0917YJ A B
8 Output Diodes
FBM246 8 Sense Resistors and 8 Loop Power P0917VU A-B C
“Or”ing Diodes

Figure 3-43 shows installation of a redundant adapter (early revision) for FBM205/208. The
redundant adapter (early revision) for the FBM216, FBM237, FBM240 and FBM246 is similar
in construction.
When installing redundant adapters (early revision):
♦ on a horizontal baseplate, redundant FBMs and the redundant adapter are placed in
adjacent odd/even paired positions working from right to left on the baseplate.
♦ on a vertical baseplate, redundant FBMs and the redundant adapter are placed in
adjacent odd/even paired positions working from bottom to top on the baseplate.

128
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

When using the later revision redundant adapter in all baseplate positions,
♦ redundant FBMs and redundant adapters can be loaded into the baseplates in any
sequence. You do not need to load baseplates from right to left on horizontal base-
plates and from bottom to the top for vertical baseplates.

® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

1 2

OFF FBM205 FBM205 FCM10E FCM10E


Baseplate I. D. Redundant Channel Isolated Redundant Channel Isolated Communication Communication
No. 1 2 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
1 OFF ON P0914XG P0914XG P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF ® ® ® ®

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

NOTE:
Shown is redundant adapter (P0916NN)
FBM205/208
for redundant FBM205/208. Redundant Adapter
1 05 2 106 2
Input (P)

2 07 1
Redundant

Input (P)
Installation is similar for:

2 08 1
Adapter
(P0926ZY) for redundant FBM207/217, Input (-)
®
Early Revision
(P0917XQ) for redundant FBM218, P0930BM 05 06 07 08

(P0916QD) for redundant FBM237,


(P0917YJ) for redundant FBM240,
(P0917VU) for redundant FBM246.
Figure 3-43. Redundant Adapter (Early Revision) Installation (Typical)

Figure 3-44 shows installation of a later revision (see Table 3-18) or the redundant adapter for
FBM216. The redundant adapter (later revision) for the FBM205/208, FBM207/217, FBM228,
FBM237, FBM240 and FBM246 is similar in construction. This later revision of the redundant
adapter is smaller in width than the early adapter allowing redundant FBMs and redundant
adapters to be loaded into the baseplates in any sequence. Its indicators/test points are located on
the top and bottom.

129
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

NOTE:
Shown is redundant adapter
P0917XQ for FBM216.
Installation is similar for:
P0916NN for redundant FBM205/208, P0917XQ
P0926ZY for redundant FBM207/217, Redundant
P0922RK for redundant FBM228, Adapter
P0916QD for redundant FBM237, Later
Revision
P0917YJ for redundant FBM240,
P0917VU for redundant FBM246

Figure 3-44. Redundant Adapter (Revision B) for Modular Baseplates Installation (Typical)

To install a redundant adapter:


♦ For an FBM205 (single module or redundant pair), attach the redundant adapter,
P0916NN, onto the two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM205s on the baseplate.
♦ For a redundant pair of FBM218s, attach the redundant adapter, P0917QX, onto the
two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM218s on the baseplate. The redundant
adapter is not used with a single (nonredundant) FBM218.
♦ For a redundant pair of FBM207/217s, attach the redundant adapter, P0926ZY, onto
the two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM207/217s on the baseplate. The redun-
dant adapter is not used with a single (nonredundant) FBM207/217.
♦ For a redundant pair of FBM228s, attach the redundant adapter, P0922RK, onto the
two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM228s on the baseplate. The redundant
adapter is not used with a single (nonredundant) FBM228.
♦ For a redundant pair of FBM237s, attach the redundant adapter, P0916QD, onto the
two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM237s on the baseplate. The redundant
adapter is not used with a single (nonredundant) FBM237.
♦ For a redundant pair of FBM240s, attach the redundant adapter, P0917YJ, onto the
two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM240s on the baseplate.

130
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

♦ For a redundant pair of FBM246s, attach the redundant adapter, P0917VU, onto the
two I/O connectors adjacent to the FBM246s on the baseplate.

Termination Assembly Installation


Install the termination assemblies (TAs) by snapping them onto the DIN rail, as shown in
Figure 3-45.
To fix the TAs in place (and prevent them from sliding downward) it is recommended that an end
bracket be installed just below the bottommost TA.
To remove a TA, pry out each plastic DIN connector with a straight-slot screwdriver while lifting
the TA from the DIN rail (see Figure 3-45).
For information on TA loading in the enclosures, refer to “Enclosure Installation Information” on
page 65. For detailed descriptive information on the TAs and how they are used, refer to “Field
Signal Connections” on page 185.
To connect TAs to the field I/O wiring, refer to Chapter 5 “Field Signal Connections”.

Termination Attaching a Termination


DIN Assembly Assembly to a DIN Rail
Rail

DIN Rail DIN


Rail

Termination
Assembly

Removing a Termination
Assembly from a DIN Rail

DIN Termination
Rail Assembly

DIN
Rail
DIN
Termination Termination Rail
Assembly Assembly

Figure 3-45. Installing or Removing Termination Assemblies (TAs)

131
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Time Strobe
The time strobe (optional) signal is applied to the first Modular Baseplate
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/P0973CN) in a group of baseplates.
Time strobe signals are connected to the first Modular Baseplate that contains an FCM100Et or
FCP270. The time strobe signals are not daisy chained to each baseplate.
Figure 3-46 shows two baseplates with an optional time strobe adapter and a time strobe and A/B
fieldbus terminator.
For more information, refer to Time Synchronization User’s Guide (B0700AQ).

Optional TS
Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ)

Module Fieldbus
(Shielded Twisted-pair Cable)

Module Fieldbus
Terminator (P0916RB)

First Baseplate Last Baseplate


NOTES:
1. Maximum number of modules is 32 per group of Modular Baseplates.
2. Maximum total cable run of all Module Fieldus cables is 20 m (65 ft).

Figure 3-46. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/


P0973CN with Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator and Module Fieldbus Terminator

132
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe


Splitters/Terminators
The are three types of Splitter/Terminators used with Modular Baseplates
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/). They are:
♦ Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW). Terminator
P0916RB may also be used to terminate the A/B Module Fieldbus or Expanded Field-
bus (provided by FEM100 modules)
♦ Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ)
♦ 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC).

NOTE
References to the Module Fieldbus in the “Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
(P0926KZ) and Terminator (P0916RB)” and “Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe
Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW)” sections below are applicable to the Expanded
Fieldbus, which is provided by FEM100s. An FEM100 can support up to four
Expanded Fieldbuses. All Expanded Fieldbuses from a single or redundant FEM100
must be terminated.
The Expanded Fieldbus supports 2 Mbps HDLC communications only, and does
not support the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC).

Figure 3-46 shows two Modular Baseplates with an optional time strobe splitter/terminator
(P0926KZ) and a Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus and Time Strobe-A/B Module Fieldbus
terminator (P0926KW). Baseplates must be terminated at the first and last baseplate in the daisy
chain.

Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) and Terminator


(P0916RB)
The Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) is used on Modular Baseplates
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM) to terminate the A/B bus and to
optionally connect the time strobe from the Time Strobe Converter to the Modular Baseplate(s).
The Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (Figure 3-47) provides:
♦ Fixed 75 ohm termination of the “A” and “B” Module Fieldbus.
♦ Bus splitting of the “A” and “B” Time Strobe.
♦ Direct connection of the RJ-45 Cat 5 cables from the Time Strobe Converter (TSC).
Cabling between the TSC module and the first baseplate consists of shielded twisted-pair (STP)
cable with RJ-45 connectors at each end. The time strobe signal is distributed by the baseplate to
all FCP270s or FCM100Ets plugged into the baseplate.

NOTE
The FCPs or FCM100Ets which require the time strobe must be placed on the same
baseplate on which the Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator is mounted. The Fieldbus
cables do not distribute the time strobe from baseplate to baseplate.

133
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Figure 3-48 shows a schematic of the splitter/terminator and Figure 3-49 shows a typical nonre-
dundant network application for the Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator.

Time Strobe Input


Network A
Retaining
Screws
9-Pin Connector
Time Strobe Input (on back side of
Network B adapter)

Figure 3-47. P0926KZ Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator

“B” TS CONNECTOR “A” TS CONNECTOR

200 200

Figure 3-48. Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) Schematic

134
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

100 Mbps MESH CONTROL NETWORK

ENCLOSURE
A
P0926KZ
B A B
FCM BASEPLATE

S S
P P
L
I
L
I
FCM100Et
T T MODULES (2)
SPLITTERS/ POWER
COMBINERS (2) CABLE
2 Mbps MODULE
P0926KW FIELDBUS
OR
P0916RB
F F F F F F F F
B B B B B B B B
M M M M M M M M

P0926KZ
P0972UB (0.5M)
OR
FCP270 BASEPLATE
P0971XK (3M)

FCP270
MODULES (2)
SPLITTER
SPLITTER
2 Mbps MODULE
P0926KW FIELDBUS
OR
P0916RB
FROM F F F F F F F F
MTK B B B B B B B B FPS-400
MODEM M M M M M M M M POWER
RX(STB IN) PWR IN SUPPLY
TIME STROBE CONVERTER
P0972KA
BASEPLATE
TX(STB OUT) PWR OUT P0972RN
8-POSITION
To TSC
in Another
Enclosure
Figure 3-49. Modular Baseplate Splitter/Terminators Implementation Example

To install a Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ):


1. Insert the Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ) (see Figure 3-47) into the
Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe 9-pin connector on the baseplate (see Figure 3-49).
Tighten the two retaining screws.
2. If you are connecting time strobe inputs into the splitter/terminator, refer to Time
Synchronization User’s Guide (B0700AQ) to connect the time strobe inputs.
3. If more than one baseplate is located within the enclosure, daisy chain the A/B Mod-
ule Fieldbus signals between the baseplates using a cable from Table 4-5 on page 172).
4. Refer to “Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW)” on
page 136 or use P0916RB to terminate the last or only baseplate in the enclosure.

135
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator


(P0926KW)
The Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW) is used to split and ter-
minate the Modular Fieldbus and optional time strobe signals. It provides:
♦ Bus splitting of the “A” and “B” Module Fieldbus.
♦ Switchable 75 ohm termination of the “A” and “B” Module Fieldbus.
♦ Bus splitting of the “A” and “B” Time Strobe. (However, this function is reserved for
future use.)
♦ Switchable 110 ohm termination of the “A” and “B” Time Strobe. This function is
reserved for future use.
♦ Capability to add or replace Modular Baseplates without interrupting any bus. This
requires that at least one bus remains connected and terminated. For more informa-
tion, refer to “Adding/Replacing Modular Baseplates (P0972HM/HT/JF/JM)” on
page 389.
To install the Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KW):
1. Insert splitter/terminator (P0926KW) (see Figure 3-50) into the Module Fieldbus and
Time Strobe 9-pin connector on the baseplate. Tighten the two retaining screws.

9-pin connector
for A bus

Retaining
Screws
Baseplate 9-Pin
Connector
(on back side of
adapter)

Time Strobe A/B 2 Mbps


Switches A and B Module Fieldbus
(Not used) Switches A and B

9-pin connector
for B bus
Figure 3-50. Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW)

2. The Time Strobe termination DIP switches can be set to any position without affect-
ing time strobe operation (see Figure 3-51).
3. Set the A/B Module Fieldbus termination DIP switches to the 1 (ON) position (see
Figure 3-51). This terminates the A/B Module Fieldbus. Setting the switches to 0
(OFF) does not terminate the A/B Module Fieldbus.

136
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Note:
When the Module Fieldbus Cable
is installed, the
FBSHIELD and 24VRET are
connected together.

Figure 3-51. Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW), Schematic

Figure 3-52 shows the cabling in a system using the Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Termina-
tor (P0926KW). In this configuration, note that two Module Fieldbus cables are used to connect
two Modular Baseplates. One Module Fieldbus cable is used for bus “A” and one is used for bus
“B”.

137
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

To Other
Baseplates

A B
Clearly Label
Cables A or B

A/B Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
P0926KW

4 or 8 Position
Baseplate Address "n"

A/B Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
P0926KW

2 P0916ND, MZ, NC, NB, NA, UH, UJ, or


2 twisted pair
2 Mbps Module Fieldbus Cables
Redundant

A B Clearly Label
Cables A or B

A/B Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
P0926KW

4 or 8 Position
Baseplate Address "n + 1"

A/B Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
P0926KW

Terminate
A/B Time Strobe and
A/B Module Fieldbus

Figure 3-52. Module Fieldbus Cables


with Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW)

138
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC)


The 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) connects an FCP270 Modular Baseplate
to a 268 Kbps Fieldbus, or an FCM100E Modular Baseplate to a 268 Kbps Fieldbus. Fieldbus
Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC), shown in Figure 3-53, allows the FCP270 module(s) or
FCM100E module(s) to connect to the remote 268 Kbps Fieldbus. The 268 Kbps Fieldbus Split-
ter/Terminator (P0926LC) connects to:
♦ the FCP270 two-position, vertical DIN rail mounted baseplate (P0926HW) or the
two-position, horizontal DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplate (P0926HC) Fieldbus.
♦ the FCM100E two-position, vertical DIN rail mounted baseplate (P0926KH) or the
two-position, horizontal DIN rail mounted Modular Baseplate (P0926KE).

Fieldbus A TCA
Cable (P0903VY)

Modular Baseplate
(268 Kbps Fieldbus
Splitter/Terminator may
be used in P0926HW or
P0926KH. P0926KH is
shown here.)

268 Kbps Fieldbus


Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

Fieldbus B TCA
Cable (P0903VY)
Figure 3-53. 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC)

Cabling Y-module FBMs or Migration products to an FCP270, FCM100E, FEM100 or FBI100


baseplate consists of extending the remote 268 Kbps Fieldbus (see Figure 3-54 and Figure 3-58).
This extension, used between enclosures, involves the use of termination cable assemblies (TCAs)
and Fieldbus Isolators (FBIs) to provide cable connections between primary and extended fieldbus
segments:
♦ For a FCP270 without an FBI100, the maximum Fieldbus length is 915 m (3200 ft).
♦ For a FCP270 with an FBI100, the maximum Fieldbus length is the combination of
following:
♦ Between FCP270 and FBI100, the maximum Fieldbus length is 60 m (198 ft)
maximum.
♦ From FBI100s to 100 Series FBMs, the maximum Fieldbus length is 1830 m
(6000 ft) maximum.
♦ For a FCM100E the maximum Fieldbus length is 1830 m (6000 ft).
If the fieldbus is non-redundant, only one TCA is connected to the Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC).

139
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Cabling the FCP270 or FEM100 to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus (Without


FBI100)

Termination
Assemblies*
(P0903VY)

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


Baseplate (P0926HW)
with Fault-Tolerant
FCP270 Modules
Twinaxial Cables
Fieldbus A Fieldbus B 1 Km (3200 ft) Maximum
(P0170GF or P0170GG)

To
Fieldbus
Isolator
TCA(s)
268 Kbps Fieldbus
Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

No Terminator
on this Connector

*Note: A 110 ohm resistor E0157CZ (shipped with P0903VY) should be installed across the F+ and F-
terminals at both ends of the Fieldbus.
Figure 3-54. Cabling 268 Kbps Fieldbus to FCP270 Modular Baseplate

To make the remote Fieldbus extension cable connections to the Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator
(without the use of FBI100s if installing a FCP270):
1. Connect the Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) to the “Fieldbus and Time
Strobe” 9-pin connector on the FCP270 baseplate (see Figure 3-53). Tighten the two
retaining screws.
2. To install and connect the twinaxial cables to the TCAs, refer to:
♦ Figure 3-54
♦ I/A Series Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) User’s Guide (B0700AR)
♦ “Remote Fieldbus Extension, Cable Connections” in I/A Series System Equipment
Installation (B0193AC)
♦ Migration Products User’s Guide.
3. Make cable connection(s) to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator as shown in
Figure 3-55.
4. Install termination resistor E0157CZ at each end of the extended 268 Kbps Fieldbus.

140
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

Fieldbus A Fieldbus B

F+ SH
F- F-
SH F+
Fieldbus Cable
Connectors

Figure 3-55. 268 Kbps Fieldbus Terminator/Splitter (P0926LC), Fieldbus Connections

141
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Cabling the FCP270 to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Via the FBI100

Termination
Assemblies*
(P0903VY)

Fieldbus A

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted Fieldbus B


Baseplate (P0923LR)
with Redundant
Twinaxial Cables
FBI100 Modules
1830 m (6000 ft) Max
(P0170GF or
P0170GG)

CP Fieldbus to
Attach in
CP Fieldbus Cable
order:
See Table 4-5
F (Black)
F- (Blue) To
S (White) Fieldbus
Isolator
TCA(s)

Terminated with
Terminator
P0916RB

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


Baseplate (P0926HW)
with Fault-Tolerant *Note: A 110 ohm resistor E0157CZ (shipped with P0903VY) should be
FCP270 Modules installed across the F and F- terminals at both ends of the Fieldbus.
Figure 3-56. Cabling 268 Kbps Fieldbus (via FBI100) to FCP270 Modular Baseplate

To make the remote Fieldbus extension cable connections in a configuration using FBI100s with
FCP270s:
1. Connect a cable from Table 4-5 on page 172 between the first “CP Fieldbus” connec-
tors of the FCP270 baseplate and the FBI100 2-position baseplate (P0923LR), as
shown in Figure 3-56.
2. On both baseplates, terminate the second “CP Fieldbus” connector with terminator
P0916RB.

142
3. Equipment Installation B0400FA – Rev L

3. To install and connect the twinaxial cables to the TCAs, refer to:
♦ Figure 3-56 above
♦ I/A Series Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270) User’s Guide (B0700AR)
♦ “Remote Fieldbus Extension, Cable Connections” in I/A Series System Equipment
Installation (B0193AC)
♦ Migration Products User’s Guide.
4. Make cable connection(s) from the TCAs to the “FBM Fieldbus A” and “FBM
Fieldbus B” connectors on the left side of the FBI100 baseplate (P0923LR) as shown
in Figure 3-56. These connections are detailed in Figure 3-57.

Fieldbus A Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


FBM Connections Baseplate (P0923LR)
Left Side Shown
F (Black)
F- (Blue)
S (White)

Fieldbus B
FBM Connections
F (Black)
F- (Blue)
S (White)

Figure 3-57. Fieldbus Connections from FBI100 2-Position Vertical Baseplate (P0923LR)

5. Install termination resistor E0157CZ at each end of the extended 268 Kbps Fieldbus
on both A and B Fieldbuses.

143
B0400FA – Rev L 3. Equipment Installation

Cabling the FCM100E to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus

Termination
Assemblies*
(P0903VY)

Vertical DIN Rail Mounted


Baseplate (P0926KH)
with Fault-Tolerant
FCM100E Modules
Twinaxial Cables
Fieldbus A Fieldbus B 1830 m (6000 ft)
Maximum
(P0170GF or P0170GG)
To
Fieldbus
268 Kbps Fieldbus Isolator
Splitter/Terminator TCA(s)
(P0926LC)

No terminator on
this connector

*Note: A 110 ohm resistor E0157CZ (shipped with P0903VY) should be installed across the F+ and F-
terminals at both ends of the Fieldbus.
Figure 3-58. Cabling 268Kbps Fieldbus to FCM100E Modular Baseplate

To make the remote Fieldbus extension cable connections to the Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator:
1. Connect the Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) to the “Fieldbus and Time
Strobe” 9-pin connector on the FCM100E baseplate (see Figure 3-53 on page 139).
Tighten the two retaining screws.
2. To install and connect the cables to the TCAs, refer to:
♦ Figure 3-58 above
♦ “Remote Fieldbus Extension, Cable Connections” in I/A Series System Equipment
Installation (B0193AC)
♦ Migration Products User’s Guide.
3. Make cable connection(s) to the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator as shown in
Figure 3-55.
4. Install termination resistor E0157CZ at each end of the extended 268 Kbps Fieldbus.

144
4. Equipment Signal Cabling
This chapter describes the subsystem signal cable connections to the Ethernet Control Network
and at the Module Fieldbus (baseplate) level. It also describes terminating the Module
Fieldbus.

FCM100Et and FCP270 Signal Cabling


The MESH Control Network Cable Connections
The MESH Control Network communicates with DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Communications
Module 100Et (FCM100Et) and/or Field Control Processor 270 (FCP270). Ethernet Control
Network cabling configurations are shown in the following figures:
♦ Figure 1-1. “DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270, 200 Series FBMs and 100
Series FBMs” on page 4.
♦ Figure 1-8. “DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCP270 to 268 Kbps Fieldbus” on
page 5.
Both of these configurations involve the use of fiber optic cabling.
The fiber optic cables listed in Table 4-1 is offered for use in making The MESH Control Net-
work Ethernet switch fiber optic cable connections. Whether these items are shipped to your loca-
tion depends on The MESH Control Network cabling configuration specified at the time of
system purchase.
Fiber optic connecting cable has a MTRJ connector on the Ethernet 100 Mbps switch and an LC
connector on the splitter/combiner FCP270/FCM100Et end. The maximum optical insertion
loss though each connector must be equal to or less than 0.5 db. For the Ethernet equipment used
in The MESH Control Network, refer to The MESH Control Network Architecture Guide
(B0700AZ).

Table 4-1. Fiber Optic Cable Lengths


Between Ethernet 100 Mbps Switches, FCM100Et and FCP270

Part Number Length Cable Material


P0972TR (LC to MT-RJ connectors) 3 m (9.9 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
P0972TS (LC to MT-RJ connectors) 15 m (49.5 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
P0972TT(LC to MT-RJ connectors) 50 m (165 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
Customer Supplied (LC to MT-RJ con- 50 m (165 ft) up to MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
nectors) 2 km (6600 ft)

Fiber optic cabling is normally accomplished by cable specialists. Therefore, associated cable fabri-
cation and termination are beyond the scope of this document. However, the following subsec-
tions provide specific cable connection information.

145
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Splitter/Combiner Cabling Connections

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCM100Et, install the letterbug into
the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

The splitter/combiner merges to two lengths of fiber optic cabling (for redundancy); one for the
primary “A” cable, and one for the secondary “B” cable of the 100 Mbps Ethernet Control Net-
work. For general information on how the connections are made, refer to Figure 4-1.
For specific information on making Ethernet 100 Mbps Control Network connections to the
splitter/combiners and between the splitter/combiners and the FCM100Et, refer to Figure 4-2.
Table 4-2 lists the available cables and their various lengths for making connections between the
splitter/combiners and the FCM100Et.

Table 4-2. Cables for Connections between the Splitter/Combiners


and the FCM100Et/FCP270 or FCM100E/ZCP270

Part
Number Length Material Use
P0972UN 0.5 m (1.65 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron, gray Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
riser. LC connectors on each end. on baseplate to FCP270, or
Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et or ZCP270.
Recommended for use on the
“B” network.
P0972VG 0.5 m (1.65 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron. LC con- Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
nectors on each end. on baseplate to FCP270, or
Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et or ZCP270.
Recommended for use on the
“A” network.
P0972UJ 1.0 m (3.3ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron. LC con- Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
nectors on each end. on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et, FCP270 or
ZCP270.
P0972TN 3.0 m (9.9 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron. LC con- Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
nectors on each end. on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et, FCP270 or
ZCP270.
P0972TP 15 m (49.5 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron. LC con- Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
nectors on each end. on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et, FCM100E,
FCP270 or ZCP270.

146
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Table 4-2. Cables for Connections between the Splitter/Combiners


and the FCM100Et/FCP270 or FCM100E/ZCP270 (Continued)

Part
Number Length Material Use
P0972TQ 50 m (164 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron. LC con- Fiber Optic Splitter mounted
nectors on each end. on DIN rail or shelf mounted
to FCM100Et, FCM100E,
FCP270 or ZCP270.

For specific information on making connections from The MESH control network to the
FCP270, refer to the installation document for the control station [for example, Field Control Pro-
cessor 270 Installation and Maintenance (B0700AR)].

1 Gb
ETHERNET FIBER OPTIC CABLE
FIBER
SWITCH

ETHERNET
FIBER
SWITCH

100 Mbps ETHERNET


FIBER OPTIC CABLE
(REDUNDANT)
SPLITTER

SPLITTER

F F F
C C C
M M
1 FCM100Et M
1
(REDUNDANT PAIR) 1 FCM100Et
0 0 (NON-REDUNDANT)
0
0 0 0
E E E
t t t

2 Mbps HDLC 2 Mbps HDLC


F F F MODULE F F F MODULE FIELDBUS
B B B FIELDBUS B B B (SHIELDED TWISTED
M M M (SHIELDED M M M PAIR)
TWISTED PAIR)

BASEPLATE-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT BASEPLATE-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

DIN RAIL MOUNTED SERIES 200 FBMs DIN RAIL MOUNTED SERIES 200 FBMs
UP TO 32 PER FCM100Et OR FCM100Et PAIR UP TO 32 PER FCM100Et

Figure 4-1. Typical FCM100Et Network Configuration (Simplified)

147
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

FCM100Et Cable Connections


Redundant FCM100Et Cable Connections

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCM100Et, install the letterbug into
the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

For network redundancy, connect the splitter/combiners to Ethernet 100 Mbps switches in con-
trol network A and B using fiber optic cables (see Table 4-1). Then, connect the splitter/combin-
ers to the redundant FCM100Et modules using fiber optic cables (see Table 4-2). Figure 4-2 and
Figure 4-3 show the cabling scheme.

To/From Control Network To/From Control Network FCM100Et Redundant


Fiber Switch A Fiber Switch B Module Pair

100 Mbps Orange


MMF Fiber Cables DIN Rail
Splitter/
Combiner
Pair

Switch 1 + 2

Processor 1

Processor 2

100 Mbps Orange Duplex


Fiber Cable (P0972VG)
for Ethernet Switch A
100 Mbps Grey Duplex
Fiber Cable (P0972UN)
for Ethernet Switch B FCM/FBM Baseplate
Vertical Mounted

Figure 4-2. Cabling the Splitter/Combiner and the Redundant FCM100Et

148
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

To/From The MESH


Ethernet Fiber Switch B

Ethernet Fiber Switch A


MMF Fiber Cables
See Table 4-2

Orange Duplex Splitter/


Fiber Cable Combiners
1+2 1+2
(P0972VG) A B
A 1 1
Ethernet
Fieldbus
B 2 2

A Gray Duplex
Ethernet
Fiber Cable
Fieldbus
(P0972UN)
B

Figure 4-3. Diagram for Cabling the Fault-Tolerant FCM100Et


to The MESH Control Network

To connect the splitter/combiners to the Ethernet 100 Mbps switches and redundant FCM100Et
modules, see Figure 4-3 and proceed as follows:

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCM100Et, install the letterbug into
the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

1. Connect port 1 + 2 on one splitter/combiner to the Control Network A switch using


fiber cable with LC to MT-RJ connectors.
2. Connect port 1 + 2 on the other splitter/combiner to Control Network B switch
using fiber cable with LC to MT-RJ connectors.
3. Connect port 1 on the network A splitter/combiner to the Control Network A
connector on the FCM100Et in baseplate position 1 using orange color duplex fiber
cable with LC to LC connectors.

149
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

4. Connect port 2 on the network A splitter/combiner to the Control Network A


connector on the FCM100Et in baseplate position 2 using orange duplex fiber cable
with LC to LC connectors.
5. Connect port 2 on the network B splitter/combiner to the Control Network B
connector on the FCM100Et in baseplate position 1 using gray duplex fiber cable
with LC to LC connectors.
6. Connect port 1 on the network B splitter/combiner to the Control Network B
connector on the FCM100Et in baseplate position 2 using gray duplex fiber cable
with LC to LC connectors.

Nonredundant FCM100Et Cable Connections

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCM100Et, install the letterbug into
the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

Nonredundant FCM100Et modules do not require splitter/combiners connected to the


100 Mbps Ethernet switches in the Control Network A and B. Nonredundant FCM100Et mod-
ules connect directly from the FCM100Et to the Ethernet 100 Mbps switches.
To connect nonredundant FCM100Et modules, refer to Figure 4-4 and connect the Ethernet
100 Mbps switch(es) directly to the FCM100Et using the cables listed in Table 4-1.

Control
Network B
Control Control
Network A Network B

Figure 4-4. Cabling the Nonredundant FCM100Et

150
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

FCM100Et Direct Connect to ZCP270

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the network cables to the FCM100Et, install the letterbug into
the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

Nonredundant or redundant FCM100Ets can be connected directly to a ZCP270. Redundant


connections to the ZCP270 require splitter/combiners. A nonredundant FCM100Et does not
require splitter/combiners to connect directly to the ZCP270.
Use the cables listed in Table 4-1 to make the connections.
After you have installed and cabled the FCM100Et module, you need to assign their letterbugs
through the controller’s port using the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator. For information on
using this device and procedures for assigning letterbugs, see the Letterbug Configurator User’s
Guide (B0700AY).

FCM100E Signal Cabling


The MESH Control Network Cable Connections
The MESH Control Network communicates with DIN rail mounted Fieldbus Communications
Module 100E (FCM100E). Ethernet Control Network cabling configurations are shown in the
following figures:
♦ Figure 1-12 “DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 200 Series FBMs” on
page 21
♦ Figure 1-13. “DIN Rail Mounted Subsystem with FCM100E to 268 Kbps Fieldbus”
on page 22.
Both of these configurations involve the use of fiber optic cabling.
The fiber optic cables listed in Table 4-3 are offered for use in making The MESH Control Net-
work Ethernet switch fiber optic cable connections. Whether these items are shipped to your loca-
tion depends on The MESH Control Network cabling configuration specified at the time of
system purchase.
The fiber optic connecting cable has a MTRJ connector on the Ethernet 100 Mbps switch end
and an LC connector FCM100E end. The maximum optical insertion loss though each connec-
tor must be equal to or less than 0.5 db. For the Ethernet equipment used in The MESH Control
Network refer to The MESH Control Network Architecture Guide (B0700AZ).

Table 4-3. Fiber Optic Cable Lengths


Between Ethernet 100 Mbps Switches to FCM100E

Part Number Length Cable Material


P0972TR (LC to MT-RJ connectors) 3 m (9.9 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
P0972TS (LC to MT-RJ connectors) 15 m (49.5 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
P0972TT(LC to MT-RJ connectors) 50 m (165 ft) MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
Customer Supplied (LC to MT-RJ 50 m (165 ft) up to MMF 62.5/125 micron plenum
connectors) 2 km (6600 ft)

151
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Fiber optic cabling is normally accomplished by cable specialists. Therefore, associated cable fabri-
cation and termination are beyond the scope of this document. However, the following subsec-
tions provide specific cable connection information.

1 Gb
ETHERNET FIBER OPTIC CABLE
FIBER
SWITCH

ETHERNET
FIBER
SWITCH

100 Mbps ETHERNET


FIBER OPTIC CABLE
(REDUNDANT)

F F F
C C C 100 Mbps ETHERNET
M M
FCM100E M FIBER OPTIC CABLE
1 1 FCM100E
(REDUNDANT PAIR) 1 (SINGLE)
0 0 (NON-REDUNDANT)
0
0 0 0
E E E

2 Mbps HDLC 2 Mbps HDLC


F F F MODULE F F F MODULE FIELDBUS
B B B FIELDBUS B B B (SHIELDED TWISTED
M M M (SHIELDED M M M PAIR)
TWISTED PAIR)

BASEPLATE-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT BASEPLATE-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

DIN RAIL MOUNTED SERIES 200 FBMs DIN RAIL MOUNTED SERIES 200 FBMs
UP TO 32 PER FCM100E OR FCM100EPAIR UP TO 32 PER FCM100E

Figure 4-5. Typical FCM100E Network Configuration (Simplified)

FCM100E Cable Connections to The MESH Control Network


Nonredundant and redundant FCM100E modules connect directly from the FCM100E to the
Ethernet 100 Mbps switches. For network redundancy, connect the FCM100E to Ethernet 100
Mbps switches in control network A and B using fiber optic cables (see Table 4-3). Figure 4-6
shows the cabling scheme.

152
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

To/From The MESH


Ethernet Ethernet Fiber Switch B
Fieldbus

Ethernet Ethernet Fiber Switch A


Fieldbus
MMF Fiber Cables
See Table 4-3

Figure 4-6. Diagram for Cabling the FCM100E to The MESH Control Network

FCM100E Direct Connect to ZCP270

! WARNING
Prior to connecting the direct connect cables to the FCM100E, install the letterbug
into the ZCP270. Refer to the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator (B0700AY).

Nonredundant or redundant FCM100Es can be connected directly to a ZCP270 through two


splitter/combiners (on each for Bus A and Bus B).
Figure 4-7 shows a redundant FCM100E connection to a redundant ZCP270. Figure 4-8 shows
how the connections are made. Use the cables listed in Table 4-3 to make the connections.

153
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

FCM100E Pair

Bus A

Bus B

100 Mbps Orange Duplex


Fiber Cable for FCM100E
Bus A - See Table 4-3
Splitter/
Combiners

Ethernet Fieldbus A Port 1 + 2*


Ethernet Fieldbus B
Port 1*

Port 2*

100 Mbps Gray Duplex


Fiber Cable for FCM100E
Bus B - See Table 4-3

* Each splitter/combiner has one set of three


ports on the front labeled 1 + 2, 1, and 2.
Note: The cable color scheme helps you to
properly connect the fiber cables to the
splitter/combiners and modules so that the
ZCP270 Pair
ZCP270 can operate in the fault-tolerant
mode. However, you can use fiber cables
of any color to make these connections.

Figure 4-7. FCM100E to Splitter/Combiner to ZCP270 Cabling -


Direct Connection - Overview

154
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

FCM100Es
To/From Time Strobe Orange Duplex

B
Ethernet Fieldbus Time Strobe
Converter (Optional) Fiber Cable
Cat 5 Cable with See Table 4-3
RJ-45 Connectors

A
Ethernet Fieldbus Time Strobe

A
Splitter/
B

1+2 1+2
A

Combiners
1 1
B

2 2

Orange Duplex
Fiber Cable
See Table 4-3

Gray Duplex
Fiber Cable
See Table 4-3

Figure 4-8. FCM100E to Splitter/Combiner to ZCP270 Cabling - Direct Connection - Wiring

After you have installed and cabled the FCM100E module, you need to assign their letterbugs
through the infrared port using the I/A Series Letterbug Configurator. For information on using
this device and procedures for assigning letterbugs, see the Letterbug Configurator User’s Guide
(B0700AY).

Cabling Y-Module FBMs to an FCM100E Baseplate


Cabling Y-module FBMs to an FCM100E Modular Baseplate consists of extending the remote
268 Kbps fieldbus from the FBM mounting structure (see Figure 4-9). This extension, used
between enclosures, involves the use of termination cable assemblies (TCAs) and Fieldbus Isola-
tors (FBIs) to provide cable connections between primary and extended fieldbus segments, for a
maximum fieldbus length of 1830 m (6000 ft). If the fieldbus is non-redundant, only one TCA is
connected to the fieldbus splitter/terminator (P0926LC) which is shown in Figure 4-9. TCA part

155
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

number P0903VY includes a strain relief bracket, labels for bus A and B, and a 110 ohm termi-
nating resistor (E0157CZ) which should be installed across the F+ and F- terminals at the end of
the Fieldbus. You must install one of the labels on the TCA (see Figure 4-9 for label orientation).
You can mount the FCM100E module(s) on either the two-position, vertical DIN rail mounted
baseplate (P0926KE) or the two-position, horizontal DIN rail mounted baseplate (P0926KH).

Remote Fieldbus Extension, Cable Connections


Remote fieldbus extension cable connections are implemented as shown in Figure 4-9 and
Figure 4-14. For cable connections to the Fieldbus Isolator TCA, refer to “Remote Fieldbus
Extension, Cable Connections” in I/A Series System Equipment Installation (B0193AC).
To make the remote fieldbus extension cable connections:
1. Referring to Figure 4-10, assemble the termination blocks associated with the termi-
nation cable assemblies (P0903VY) for the FCM100E Modular Baseplate, snap them
onto the mounting rails (DIN rails) in the enclosure, and connect the ground wires.
(For future reference, Figure 4-11 illustrates how to remove the TCA termination
blocks.)
2. Make the fieldbus cable connections between termination cable assemblies (see
Figure 4-12).
3. Add the terminating resistors (supplied with the termination cable assemblies) accord-
ing to the following rules:
♦ Terminating resistors are used only at the ends of the bus.
♦ The Fieldbus can be extended in two directions from the FCM100E. (Refer to
Figure 4-14.)
4. Connect an insulated 14 AWG green wire between connection point 3 (shield) on the
last Fieldbus Isolator termination cable assembly (or assemblies) and the earth bus in
the enclosure. For I/A Series system earthing requirements, refer to Power, Earthing
(Grounding), EMC and CE Compliance (B0700AU).

156
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Customer Installed Label Termination Cable


Assemblies (P0903VY)
and 110 ohm resistor
Fieldbus A (E0157CZ) across the
F+ and F- terminals.
at the end of the
Fieldbus.
Vertical DIN Rail Mounted
Baseplate (P0926KE)
with Fault-Tolerant
FCM100E Modules
Fieldbus B

268 Kbps Fieldbus


Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

No Terminator on
this connector

14 Gauge Twinaxial Cables


1830 m (6000 ft) Maximum
(P0170GF or P0170GG)
~~

Wire Connection to
Enclosure Earth (Ground) Bus
Fieldbus Isolator
Termination Cable
Assemblies (P0800DC)

1X8 FBM Mounting Structure


with Fieldbus Isolators

Mounting Slots for


Y-Module FBMs
Figure 4-9. Cabling Y-Module FBMs to an FCM100E Modular Baseplate

157
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Fieldbus A TCA
Cable Connector

Baseplate (P0926KE)

268 Kbps Fieldbus


Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

Fieldbus B TCA
Cable Connector

Figure 4-10. TCA Cable Connection to 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator

Slide strain relief bracket onto TCA Connect ground wire to DIN rail using
1 3
termination block. screw, lock washer and nut (customer
supplied).
Snap assembled termination block
2
onto DIN rail.

TCA Termination Block

Earth (Ground) Wire

Screw

Lock Washer
Strain Relief Bracket
DIN Rail
Ring Lug

Figure 4-11. TCA Termination Block Assembly Mounting

158
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

1 Disconnect the earth wire from 3 Move the screw drive handle in the
from the DIN rail. direction shown, while lifting the TCA
termination block from the DIN rail.

2 Insert a medium-size flat-head


screw driver as shown.

Lift

Earth (Ground) Wire

Screw
Washer
Move
TCA Termination Block

Figure 4-12. TCA Termination Block Removal

159
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Termination Cable Assemblies (2)


(P0903VY)
100 Ohm Twinaxial
Cable P0170GF,
P0170GG, or
Note 1
Equivalent

Note 2
Note 3 Note 3
BK BK
Fieldbus A
W W To Fieldbus
Fieldbus B Isolator TCA
SH SH (See B0193AC)
F F- S F F- S
F F- S Note 5 F F- S

Fieldbus Fieldbus
Note 4 Note 4
B A

B B
BR G/Y BR G/Y
F+ F- SH F+ F- SH

To Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

Notes:
1. For cable strain relief, it is recommended that the Fieldbus cable(s) be routed over the strain
relief bracket and secured using nylon cables ties.
2. TCAs can be daisy chained as indicated by the dashed cable lines, but terminating resistors
(110 ohms) must be installed at the ends of the fieldbus.
3. Wire colors shown (BK and W) are for reference purposes only.
4. Earth (ground) the surge protection network contained within the TCAs by attaching the green
earth wire to a screw on the DIN rail connected to system earth. For more information on earth-
ing, refer to Power, Earthing (Grounding), EMC and CE Compliance (B0700AU).
5. The shield of the twinaxial cable (terminal 3) should be earthed at the farthest end from the
FCM100E Modular Baseplate. The fieldbus shield must be earthed at one end only. (See text for
earthing instructions.)

Figure 4-13. Remote Redundant Fieldbus Cabling (FCM100E End)

160
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Termination Cable Assembly


(P0903VY)

SH
To Next Fieldbus
Isolator Termination W BK To Next Fieldbus
Cable Assembly Isolator Termination
(See Notes 1, 2 and 4) BK W Cable Assembly
SH (See Notes 1, 2, 3 and 4)

F F- S
F F- S

Fieldbus
A

B
BR G/Y
F+ F- SH
To Splitter/Terminator
(P0926LC)

Notes:
1. Earth the shield (terminal 3) at the termination cable assembly farthest from the
FCM100E Modular Baseplate.
2. Install terminating resistors at both ends of the extended fieldbus cable. For the last TCA
in the fieldbus, install the termination resistor between terminals 1(F) and 2(F-), and the
earth (ground) wire (14 Gauge) must connect to terminal 3(S) as shown in Figure 4-9.
3. If this TCA is the last TCA in the fieldbus, the cable on this side of the TCA will not be
added.
4. Earth (ground) the surge protection network contained within the TCAs by attaching the
green earth wire to a screw on the DIN rail connected to system earth. For more informa-
tion on earthing, refer to Power, Earthing (Grounding), EMC and CE Compliance
(B0700AU).

Figure 4-14. Example of Extending Fieldbus in Two Directions from FCM100E

161
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

CP60 Signal Cabling


Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Cable Connections
Ethernet trunk Fieldbus cabling configurations are shown in the following figures:
♦ Figure 1-15. Typical Direct Network Configuration on page 28
♦ Figure 1-16. Typical Active Star Network Configuration on page 29.
Both of these configurations involve the use of two types of customer-supplied cabling:
Ethernet (10Base2) and fiber optic. For the 10Base2 cabling, RG-58 (ThinNet) cable, C/U or
A/U grade, is used.
The equipment listed in Table 4-4 is offered for use in making the Ethernet and fiber optic cable
connections. Whether these items are shipped to your location depends on the Ethernet trunk
Fieldbus cabling configuration specified at the time of system purchase.

NOTE
The DIN rail mounted FBM subsystem was designed and tested for operation with
the Ethernet/fiber optic equipment listed Table 4-4. For reference purposes, specifi-
cations for the Ethernet/fiber optic equipment listed here are presented in
Appendix A “I/A Series Ethernet/Fiber Optic Equipment Specifications”.

Table 4-4. Ethernet 10 Mbps and Fiber Optic Connection Equipment

Part Number Part Description


P0922KS Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) – Provides six fiber ports using ST
bayonet type connectors (used in active star network only). The front panel has
a slot for installation of the P0916JN 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module (see
next entry) to add a ThinNet 10Base2 port. The converter (hub) includes an
expansion connector to stack multiple converters. Uses 110 or 220-240 V ac.
P0916JP BNC to Fiber-ST Media Converter – 10 Mbps Ethernet transceiver for
conversion from a ThinNet Ethernet segment to a fiber optic segment. Includes
a universal 100 to 240 V ac, 50/60 Hz power supply.
P0178KS 50 ohm terminator for Media Converters
P0912SY 50 ohm terminator – For FCM10E modules (if applicable) and for 10Base2
Coaxial Transceiver Module.
P0912ZV T-connector – For use with 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module.
P0916JM Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) – Provides six fiber ports using ST
(Superseded bayonet type connectors (used in active star network only). The front panel has
by P0922KS) a slot for installation of the P0916JN 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module (see
next entry) to add a ThinNet 10Base2 port. The converter (hub) includes an
expansion connector to stack multiple converters. Uses 110 or 220-240 V ac.
P0916TZ External 220-240 V ac power supply for use with BNC to Fiber-ST Media
(Superseded Converter (P0916JP).
by P0922KS)

162
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

FCM10E modules are shipped equipped with T-connectors for making the BNC cable
connections.
The ThinNet (RG-58) cabling and associated BNC connectors used in making the Ethernet cable
connections are not Foxboro part numbered, but are readily attainable from your local cable sup-
plier.
For the fiber optic cabling specifications, refer to “Fiber Optic Cable Specifications” on page 181.
Point-to-point connections require four fiber optic cables for redundancy, two for transmitting
and two for receiving connectors. For this reason it is recommended that you purchase duplex
cabling, which consists of two fibers intertwined in a single cable. The cables must be terminated
with ST-type connectors, and the maximum allowable cable length for any fiber optic point-to-
point connection is 2 km.
Other fiber optic cable requirements, such as flexibility, durability, or weather proof depend on
the particular application. Check with your cable vendor/installer for a listing of application-spe-
cific cable characteristics.

NOTE
For maximum allowable lengths for cables running between Ethernet trunk Field-
bus equipment, refer to “CP60 Product Sizing” on page 30.

Both types of cabling (RG-58 coaxial and fiber optic) are normally provided by cable specialists.
Therefore, associated cable fabrication and termination are beyond the scope of this document.
However, the following subsections provide specific cable connection information.

Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the I/A Series


Control Station
NOTE
The use of surge protectors (Citel CXD Station Protector or equivalent) is recom-
mended at the I/A Series control station if the Ethernet Trunk Fieldbus cable run is
subject to lightning strikes.

The control station connects to two lengths of RG-58 (10Base2) cabling (for redundancy), one
for bus “A” cable, and one for bus “B” cable of the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus. For general informa-
tion on how the connections are made, refer to Figure 1-15 on page 28, and Figure 1-16 on
page 29. For specific information about making Ethernet trunk Fieldbus connections at the
I/A Series control station, refer to the installation document for the control station in question
[for example, Control Processor 60 Installation and Maintenance (B0400FB)].

Fiber Optic Extension of Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus


The length of the Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus can be extended by adding a segment of fiber
optic cabling to bus “A” and bus “B” of the Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus. The conversion
(RG-58 to fiber optic and vice versa) for each redundant channel is performed by two BNC to
Fiber-ST Media Converters, P0916JP (see Table 4-4).
Proceed as follows to connect a fiber optic extension to each redundant length of RG-58
coaxial (10Base2) cabling from the control station:

163
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

1. Assemble the media converter mounting bracket (P0917PB) for each BNC to
Fiber-ST Media Converter to be used (see Figure 4-15).

M4 Pan Head
Machine Screw
(X0173LJ)
Flat Washer

Lock Washer
(X0143SB)
Bracket
(P0902JR)

Lock Washer
(X0143SB)
Spring Clip
(X0175GD)
(1 of 2)

Figure 4-15. Assembling the Media Converter Mounting Bracket

2. Attach a mounting bracket assembly to each BNC to Fiber-ST Media Converter by


inserting the BNC connector into one of the holes in the bracket and securing it in
place with the associated BNC connector nut.
3. Attach two BNC to Fiber-ST Media Converters (with bracket assemblies) to a stan-
dard DIN rail (see Figure 4-16) at either end of the planned fiber optic extension
(four converters total for a redundant configuration).
4. Attach the power supply cable to each media converter as shown in Figure 4-16, and
plug the power supply into a nearby electrical outlet.
5. Attach the RG-58 coaxial cabling (for bus “A” and bus “B”) from the control station
to the BNC connectors on the two closest media converters, as shown in Figure 4-16.
The 50 ohm terminator is required only if this is last device in the Fieldbus chain. If
required, on the remote coax segment connected to the Fieldbus modules connect the
earth (ground) from the 50 ohm terminator to the DIN rail using a star-type lock-
washer, bolt and nut.
Take note of (and mark on the cables) which cables are designated bus “A” and bus
“B”.
6. Connect the fiber optic cables between the media converters, as shown in Figure 4-16.

NOTE
For fiber optic cabling specifications, refer to “Fiber Optic Cable Specifications” on
page 181.

164
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

! CAUTION
Each fiber optic cable must be connected such that one end connects to the Tx con-
nector on one media converter, and the other end to the Rx connector on the other
media converter. Data cannot be transferred if both ends of the fiber optic cables are
connected to the same types of connectors (both Rx or both Tx).

Attach RG-58 cabling


Attach RG-58 cabling (to
(to Fieldbus devices) here.
Control Processor 60) here.
From Power Supply
DIN Rail
Fiber Optic
Cabling

1AMP 12 VDC
RX

BNC to Fiber-ST
Media Converter

TX
TX

BNC to Fiber-ST

RX
Media Converter
12 VDC 1AMP

From Power Supply


DIN Rail

50 Ohm Terminator (P0912SY) 50 Ohm Terminator (P0178KS)


T-Connector (P0912ZV) T-Connector (P0912ZV)

50 Ohm Terminator (P0178KS)


Figure 4-16. RG-58 (Coaxial) to Fiber Optic Cabling Connections via Media Converters

7. Connect the RG-58 Ethernet trunk Fieldbus cabling from the second pair of BNC to
Fiber-ST Media Converters to either of the following:
♦ Direct Network Configuration – Connect the media converters to the FCM10E
on the first baseplate (in a group of up to four), as described under “Ethernet
Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10E” on page 166.
♦ Active Star Network Configuration – Connect the media converters to the multi-
port fiber optic converter (hub), as described under “Active Star Network Connec-
tions” on page 166.

165
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10E


NOTE
This section is relevant only to the direct network configuration (shown in
Figure 1-15 on page 28). Skip this section if you are employing the active star net-
work configuration (shown in Figure 1-16 on page 29).

Connect the coaxial Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus (bus “A” and bus “B”) to the FCM10E
modules of the first baseplate (in a group of up to four), as shown in Figure 4-17.

Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus (Redundant)


(RG-58)
B
From A
To Other Invensys
Control 10 Base2 Equipment
Station A ® ® B (See Note 3)
Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx
(See (See
Note 1) Note
1)

FCM10E FCM10E
Communication Communication

FCM10E 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to


2 Mbps Fieldbus
P0914YM
10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
2 Mbps Fieldbus
P0914YM

(Redundant Pair) ® ®

(See (See
Note 2) Note 2)
1. Foxboro recommends the use of surge protectors (PHOENIX Surge Protector, P0152KL)
at enclosure exit and entry points of the 10Base2 coax cable, if subject to lightning strikes;
maximum of two per segment. The intent is to protect external exposure of equipment groupings.
2. If the FCM10Es are the last devices on the Fieldbus, use 50 ohm terminators (P0912SY)
in place of indicated cables A and B.
3. FCM10E, WFCM10E, DCM10E, FBI10E, hubs P0922KS and P0916JM only. No other equipment
is acceptable.
Figure 4-17. Coaxial Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10E

The Ethernet connections are now complete from the control station to the baseplate for the
direct network configuration. Proceed to “Baseplates (P0914XA/XB)” on page 176 to make con-
nections between the baseplates.

Active Star Network Connections


NOTE
1. This section is relevant only to the active star network configuration (shown in
Figure 1-16 on page 29); it does not pertain to the direct network configuration.
2. For fiber optic cabling specifications, refer to “Fiber Optic Cable Specifications” on
page 181.

166
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Proceed as follows to finish making connections from the control station to the redundant multi-
port fiber optic converter(s) [hub(s)], and then to the baseplates via the FCM10Ef modules.

Connections from the Media Converters to the Multiport Fiber Optic


Converters
The redundant active star network configuration requires redundant multiport fiber optic con-
verters (hubs) to link the Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus to multiple baseplates (multiple
FCM10Ef modules). This differs from the method used in the direct network configuration, in
which the baseplates (with FCM10E modules) connect directly to the Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps
Fieldbus via cable drops. Fiber optic cabling from the hubs to the FCM10Ef modules can be up to
2 kilometers in length.
In the redundant active star network configuration, the two multiport fiber optic converters must
be designated and labeled as “Hub A” and “Hub B”, in concert with the channels they support
(bus “A” and bus “B” of the Ethernet trunk Fieldbus).

Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0922KS)


Each Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (P0922KS) has six fiber optic ports and a 10Base2 port
(see Figure 4-18).

167
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P09122KS)

Receive (Rx) and Transmit (TX) Ports


Front View (Attach fiber optic cables here.)

50 Ohm Terminator T-Connector


(P0912SY) (See Note 1) (P0912ZV)

Rear View Power


Connector
Attach RG-58 Ethernet trunk
Fieldbus cabling here.
(See Note 2)
1. The 50 ohm terminator is required only if this is last device in the Fieldbus chain.
2. Invensys recommends the use of surge protectors (PHOENIX Surge Protectors, P0152KL)
at enclosure exit and entry points of the 10Base2 coax cable, if subject to lightning strikes;
maximum of two per segment. The intent is to protect external exposure of equipment groupings.
Figure 4-18. Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0922KS)

The following procedure describes how to install the Multiport Fiber Optic Converter
(P0922KS).
1. Attach the power cable from the power connector on each hub to a plug provided by
the power distribution unit in the enclosure.
2. Attach the BNC T-connector and terminator to the transceiver module’s 10Base2
(BNC) port, as shown in Figure 4-18. The 50 ohm terminator is required only if this
is last device in the Fieldbus chain.
3. For each baseplate which must connect to a hub, attach two fiber optic cables to the
receive (RX) and transmit (TX) ports on the front of both hub “A” and hub “B”, as
shown in Figure 4-18.
Cabling connections to each hub must be at identical channels (that is, if you attached
fiber optic cables to channel 3 on hub “A”, you must attach fiber optic cables for the
same baseplate to channel 3 on hub “B”).
4. Run the cables to their associated baseplates.

168
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

You have completed the cable connections to the redundant multiport fiber optic converters
(hubs). Proceed to “Connections from the Hub to the FCM10Ef Modules” on page 170 to con-
nect the fiber optic cables to the FCM10Ef modules.

Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (P0916JM), Superseded by P0922KS


Each multiport fiber optic converter (P0916JM) is shipped with an AUI transceiver module,
which you must replace with the 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module (P0916JN).
The following procedure describes how to replace the AUI transceiver module with a 10Base2
Coaxial Transceiver Module, and how to make the RG-58 Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus cable
connections from the redundant BNC to Fiber-ST Media Converters to the redundant multiport
fiber optic converters.
1. Unscrew the AUI transceiver module from the hub.
2. Detach the module casing from the AUI connector.
3. Plug the rear of the 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module to the AUI connector, as
shown in Figure 4-19.
4. Secure the AUI connector to the 10Base2 Coaxial Transceiver Module with the 4-40
pan-head screws (included), as shown in Figure 4-19.

Transceiver Module Port in Hub Attach AUI


connector to
AUI Connector transceiver module
using pan-head
screws here.

Secure transceiver
module to port
in the hub using
these captive screws.
10Base2 Transceiver Module
Figure 4-19. Replacing Transceiver Module in Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub)

5. Slide the 10Base2 Transceiver Module into the transceiver module port on the hub,
and secure it by tightening its captive screws, as shown in Figure 4-19.
6. Attach the BNC T-connector and terminator to the transceiver module’s 10Base2
(BNC) port, as shown in Figure 4-20.
7. Attach the RG-58 Ethernet trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus cabling from bus “A” to the T-
connector on hub “A”, as shown in Figure 4-20.
Repeat this step, attaching the bus “B” cabling to hub “B”.

169
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

50 Ohm Terminator
T-Connector
Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0916JM) (P0912SY) (See Note 1)
(P0912ZV)

Power RS-232 Status Power


Port
1 2 3 4 5 6
TXRX TXRX TXRX TXRX TXRX TXRX 10Base2
Transceiver Module Port

Power
10Base2
Transmit (TX) and Receive (RX) Ports Connector
Transceiver
(Attach fiber optic cables here.) Module Attach RG-58 Ethernet trunk
Fieldbus cabling here.(See Note 2)
1. The 50 ohm terminator is required only if this is last device in the Fieldbus chain.
2. Invensys recommends the use of surge protectors (PHOENIX Surge Protectors, P0152KL)
at enclosure exit and entry points of the 10Base2 coax cable, if subject to lightning strikes;
maximum of two per segment. The intent is to protect external exposure of equipment groupings.

Figure 4-20. Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Cabling


to Multiport Fiber Optic Converter (Hub) (P0916JM)

8. Attach the power cable from the power connector on each hub to a plug provided by
the power distribution unit in the enclosure.
9. For each baseplate which must connect to a hub, attach two fiber optic cables to the
receive (RX) and transmit (TX) ports on the front of both hub “A” and hub “B”, as
shown in Figure 4-20.
Cabling connections to each hub must be at identical channels (that is, if you attached
fiber optic cables to channel 3 on hub “A”, you must attach fiber optic cables for the
same baseplate to channel 3 on hub “B”).
10. Run the cables to their associated baseplates.
You have completed the cable connections to the redundant multiport fiber optic converters
(hubs). Proceed to the following subsection to connect the fiber optic cables to the FCM10Ef
modules.

Connections from the Hub to the FCM10Ef Modules


Connect each pair of fiber optic cables receive and transmit from the ports on each hub in the
redundant pair to the FCM10Ef modules, as shown in Figure 4-21. Fiber optic cabling from the
hubs to the FCM10Ef modules must not exceed 2 kilometers in length.

! CAUTION
For each cable, one end must attach to the Tx connector on the hub, and the other
end to the Rx connector on its corresponding FCM10Ef. Data cannot be trans-
ferred if both ends of the fiber optic cables are connected to Rx or Tx connectors.

Connections from the control station to the FCM10Ef modules (for the active star network
configuration) are complete. Proceed to the next section to make cable connections between the
baseplates.

170
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

From RX From TX From RX From TX


(Hub A) (Hub A) (Hub B) (Hub B)
Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Fiber Tx Rx Fiber Tx Rx

Rx Rx

Tx Tx

FCM10Ef FCM10Ef
Communication (up to 2km) Communication (up to 2km)
10 Mbps fiber optic Ethernet to 10 Mbps fiber optic Ethernet to
2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
P0916CP P0916CP

FCM10Ef
(Redundant Pair)

Figure 4-21. Fiber Optic Ethernet Trunk 10 Mbps Fieldbus Connections at the FCM10Ef

Baseplate Signal Cable Connections


NOTE
When FBM220, FBM221 or FBM228 modules are used in a multiple baseplate
configuration, clamp-on ferrite cores (EMI filters) must be used on the twisted-pair
cables. For EMI filters for the FBM220/221, refer to FOUNDATION fieldbus H1
Communication Interface Modules (FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD). For
EMI filters for the FBM228, refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the
Redundant FBM228 Interface (B0700BA).

Modular Baseplates
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/
P0973CG/CN)
This subsection provides information on the module Fieldbus connections between Modular
Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/
P0973CG/CN). Module Fieldbus connections between Modular Baseplates are made using pre-
configured shielded twisted-pair cable and connectors.
Figure 4-22 shows a Modular Baseplate implementation using shielded twisted-pair cable connec-
tions. In this configuration, the Modular Baseplates can be interconnected using shielded twisted-
pair cable - for a CP60, up to 60 m (198 ft) total and for a ZCP270 or FCP270, up to 20 m
(65.6 ft) total. Shielded twisted-pair cables are available in the lengths shown in Table 4-5. These
cables are identical to the 2-pair twisted pair cables used with baseplates P0914XA/XB and do not
pass the time strobe signal between baseplates.

171
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Table 4-5. Module Fieldbus Cables

Part Number Length


P0916ND 0.25 m (10 in)
P0916MZ 1 m (3.3 ft)
P0916NC 3 m (9.9 ft)
P0916NB 5 m (16.5 ft)
P0916NA 10 m (33 ft)
P0916UH 20 m (66 ft)
P0916UJ 30 m (99 ft)
P0916UK 60 m (198 ft)

Make the cable connections as shown in Figure 4-22. Because the two module Fieldbus cable con-
nectors on the Modular Baseplate are parallel-wired internal to the Modular Baseplate, either con-
nector may be used for the baseplate-to-baseplate cable connections. Also, as shown in
Figure 4-22, terminators (refer to “Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitters/Terminators” on
page 133) must be used at all Module Fieldbus connectors that are not used for actual connection
of the Module Fieldbus cables.
Figure 4-23 shows a basic system with Modular Baseplates
(P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) and
Figure 4-24 shows the Modular Baseplates with the optional time strobe. The difference between
the two Modular Baseplate configurations are the Module Fieldbus Bus and Time Strobe Split-
ters/Terminators.
Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW) may be used to connect redundant
Module Fieldbus cables between the baseplates.

172
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Module Fieldbus Nonredundant


Terminator (Shielded Twisted-pair Cable)
P0926KW, P0926KZ,
or P0916RB

First Baseplate
Terminator
(P0926KW or P0916RB)

NOTES: Last Baseplate


1. Baseplate quantity depends on the combination of 2-, 4- or 8-position used.
2. Maximum total cable run of all Module Fieldus cables is 60 m (198 ft) for CP60s
and is 20 m (65.6 ft) for ZCP270s and FCP270s.

Figure 4-22. Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0973CG/CN,


Interconnecting (Example) Cabling

173
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

2 Position FCP or FCM


Baseplate, No Address Required

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
To/From P0926KW
Control
Network
Termination Switches

Twisted pair
2 Mbps Module
Fieldbus Cable
Nonredundant or
Redundant
See below

2,4, or 8 Position
Baseplate Address "0"

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW

Twisted pair Twisted pair


Or
2 Mbps Module 2 Mbps Module
Fieldbus Cable Fieldbus Cable
Nonredundant Redundant

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW

2, 4, or 8 Position
Baseplate Address "n"

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW or P0916RB

Termination Switches

Figure 4-23. Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/ P0923LR/


P0973CG/CN), Basic Configuration

174
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

2 Position FCP or FCM Time Strobe Converters


Baseplate, No Address Required A
B

To/From
Time Strobe
Control
Splitter/Terminator
Network
P0926KZ

Twisted pair
2 Mbps Module
Fieldbus Cable
Nonredundant or
Redundant
See below

2,4, or 8 Position
New Baseplate Address "0"
Baseplate

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
2 Mbps Module
2 Mbps Module Or
Fieldbus Cable
Fieldbus Cable
Redundant
Nonredundant
Module Fieldbus and
Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW

2, 4, or 8 Position
Existing Baseplate Address "n"
Baseplate

Module Fieldbus and


Time Strobe Terminator
P0926KW or P0916RB

Termination Switches

Figure 4-24. Modular Baseplates (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JM/


P0923LR/ P0973CG/CN) With Time Strobe Option

175
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Baseplates (P0914XA/XB)
This subsection provides information on the Module Fieldbus connections between baseplates
(P0914XA/XB). Depending on the specific configuration in question, these connections can be
made using shielded twisted-pair cable, fiber optic cable, or a combination of both.

Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable Connections


Figure 4-25 shows baseplate (P0914XA/XB) implementation using shielded twisted-pair Module
Fieldbus cable connections. This cabling configuration corresponds to the baseplates
(P0914XA/XB) baseplate implementation configuration in Figure 1-29. In a nonredundant or
redundant cable configuration, the baseplates can be interconnected using shielded-twisted pair
cable with up to 60 m (198 ft) total for CP60s, or 20 m (65.6 ft) total for ZCP270s and
FCP270s.
Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminator (P0926KW) is used to connect redundant Module
Fieldbus cables between the baseplates.
Shielded twisted-pair Module Fieldbus cables are available in the lengths shown below.

Table 4-6. Baseplates (P0914XA/XB) Shielded Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus Cables

Part Number Length


P0916ND 0.25 m (10 in)
P0916MZ 1 m (3.3 ft)
P0916NC 3 m (9.9 ft)
P0916NB 5 m (16.5 ft)
P0916NA 10 m (33 ft)
P0916UH 20 m (66 ft)
P0916UJ 30 m (99 ft)
P0916UK 60 m (198 ft)

Make the cable connections as shown in Figure 4-25. Because the two Module Fieldbus cable
connectors on the baseplate are parallel-wired internal to the baseplate, either connector may be
used for the baseplate-to-baseplate cable connections. Also, as shown in Figure 4-25, terminators
(P0916RB or P0926KW) must be used at all Module Fieldbus connectors that are not used for
actual connection of the Module Fieldbus cables.

176
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

FCM10E(s) or FCM10Ef(s) (Pair)


Baseplate (1 of 4) Module Fieldbus
Terminator (Shielded Twisted-pair Cable)
(P0916RB or
P0926KW)
® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®
® ® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FCM10E FCM10E FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203
Channel Isolated Communication Communication Channel Isolated Baseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
8 input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu)
8 input, 0-20mANo. 1 2 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA No. 1 2
0 ON ON 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus 0 ON ON
1 OFF ON P0914SQ P0914SV 1 OFF ON P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV
P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF 2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF
® ® ® ® ® ® 3 OFF OFF® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Terminator
(P0916RB or
P0926KW)
® ® ® ® ® ®
® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status
Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FBM204 FBM204 FBM204 FBM204
Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
8 Input, Thermocouple/mV
No. 1 2 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV
4 Input, 0-20mANo. 1 2 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA
0 ON ON
4 Output, 0-20mA
0 ON ON 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA
P0914ST 1 OFF ON P0914ST P0914ST P0914ST P0914ST P0914ST
2 ON OFF
P0914SY 1 OFF ON P0914SY P0914SY P0914SY
® ® ® ® ® ® 2 ON OFF
3 OFF OFF
3 ®
OFF OFF ® ® ®

NOTES:
1. Maximum Baseplate quantity is four, per cable drop.
2. Maximum total cable run of all Module Fieldus cables is 20 m (65 ft).

Figure 4-25. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example)


Using Shielded Twisted-Pair Module Fieldbus Cabling

Combined Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cabling Connections


NOTE
1. For fiber optic cabling specifications, refer to “Fiber Optic Cable Specifications”
on page 181.
2. The FCM2F2 and FCM2F4 requires multimode fiber cable.
2. The FCM2F10 requires single-mode fiber cable.
3. When FBM220, FBM221 or FBM228 modules are used in a multiple baseplate
configuration, clamp-on ferrite cores (EMI filters) must be used on the twisted-pair
cables. For the FBM220/221, refer to FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 Communication
Interface Modules (FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD). For the FBM228,
refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the Redundant FBM228 Interface
(B0700BA).

Figure 4-26 shows baseplate implementation using combined shielded twisted-pair and fiber
optic cabling. This cabling configuration corresponds to the baseplate implementation configura-
tion in Figure 1-30. With this configuration, any two baseplates can be separated up to 10 km
(6.2 mi) using fiber optic cable. Note, however, that overall maximum cable length constraints for
the subsystem must be observed, as described under “CP60 Product Sizing” on page 30.
Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances:
FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 mi); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi). These
modules, FCM2F2, FCM2F4, and FCM2F10 are used to extend the Module Fieldbus only.

177
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Make the cable connections as shown in Figure 4-26. The shielded twisted-pair Module Fieldbus
cables are available in lengths from 0.25 m to 60 m. Refer to “Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable Con-
nections” on page 176 for specific lengths. Because the two module Fieldbus cable connectors on
the baseplate are parallel-wired internal to the baseplate, either connector may be used for the
baseplate-to-baseplate cable connections. Also, as shown in Figure 4-26, terminators (P0916RB
or P0922KW) must be used at all Module Fieldbus connectors that are not used for actual con-
nection of the Module Fieldbus cables.
For the fiber optic cabling, required cable characteristics are described on page 163.

FCM10E(s)
Baseplate (1 of 4) or FCM10Ef(s)
Terminator (Pair) Module Fieldbus
(1 of 4) (Shielded Twisted-pair Cable)
(P0916RB or
P0926KW)
® ® ® ® ® ®
® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status
Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx
Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx
Fiber Tx Rx Fiber Tx Rx
Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

Rx Rx

Tx Tx

FBM201 FCM10E FCM2F2 FCM2F2 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203


FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FCM10E Communication (up to 2km)
Baseplate I. D.
Communication (up to 2km) Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu)
10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to No. 1 2
8 input, 0-20mANo. 1 2 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender
2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus 0 ON ON
0 ON ON P0914YZ P0914YZ P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV
1 OFF ON P0914SQ P0914YM P0914YM 1 OFF ON
P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ 2 ON OFF
2 ON OFF ® ® ® ® ® ®
3 OFF OFF
3 OFF OFF
® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Module Fieldbus FCM2F(s) (Pair)


(Fiber Optic Cable Pair)

® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx
Fiber Tx Rx Fiber Tx Rx

Rx Rx

Tx Tx

FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FBM202 FCM2F2 FCM2F2 FBM204 FBM204 FBM204 FBM204
Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication (up to 2km) Communication (up to 2km) Baseplate I. D.
Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA
No. 1 2 No. 1 2
Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA
0 0 ON ON
P0914ST ON ON
P0914ST P0914ST P0914ST P0914YZ P0914YZ P0914SY P0914SY P0914SY P0914SY
1 OFF ON 1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF 2 ON OFF
® ® ® ® ® ®
3 OFF OFF® ® ® ® 3 OFF OFF

NOTES: FCM2F(s) (Pair)


1. Maximum baseplate quantity is four.
2. The fiber optic extension can be between any two baseplates,
with up to three extensions per baseplate grouping.

Figure 4-26. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example)


Using Shielded Twisted-Pair and Fiber Optic Cabling

Fiber Optic Cabling (Only) Connections


NOTE
1. For fiber optic cabling specifications, refer to “Fiber Optic Cable Specifications”
on page 181.
2. The FCM2F10 requires single-mode fiber cable.

Figure 4-27 shows baseplate implementation using fiber optic cabling only. (This cabling configu-
ration corresponds to the baseplate implementation configuration in Figure 1-31.) With this con-
figuration, the baseplates can be dispersed over a wider area. With this configuration, any two
baseplates can be separated up to 10 km (6.2 mi). Note, however, that overall maximum cable

178
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

length constraints for the subsystem must be observed, as described under “CP60 Product Sizing”
on page 30.
Three versions of the FCM2F provide three different fiber optic cabling distances:
FCM2F2 = 2 km (1.24 mi); FCM2F4 = 4 km (2.48 mi); FCM2F10 = 10 km (6.2 mi).
Make the cable connections as shown in Figure 4-27. Required fiber optic cable characteristics are
described on page 163. Also, as shown in Figure 4-26, terminators (P0916RB or P0922KW)
must be used at the module Fieldbus connectors on all of the baseplates.

Baseplate (1 of 4) Module Fieldbus


FCM2Fs FCM10E(s) (Fiber Optic Cabling)
Terminator (1 of 8)
(Pair) or FCM10Ef(s)
(P0916RB or
(Pair) FCM2Fs (Pair)
P0926KW)

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status
Operational Status Operational Status
Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status
Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber FieldbusA B FieldbusA B
Check Fiber Check Fiber EthernetA B EthernetA B Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber

Check Fiber Check Fiber

FCM2F FCM2F FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FCM10E FCM10E


CommunicationBaseplate I. D.
2 Mbps FiberNo.Optic
1 2
Communication
2 Mbps Fiber Optic
Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FBM203 FCM2F FCM2F
8 Input, 0-20mA 8 Input, 0-20mA 8 Input, 0-20mA 8 Input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Ethernet to 10 Mbps Ethernet to
Fieldbus Extender
0 ON ON Fieldbus Extender Channel Isolated
Baseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication
2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
P0914YZ 1 OFF ON P0914YZ 8 Input, RTD
No. (Pt/Ni/Cu)
1 2 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 8 Input, RTD (Pt/Ni/Cu) 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic
P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF 0 ON ON Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender
® ®
I/A Series
3 OFF OFF I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series P0914SV 1 OFF ON P0914SV P0914SV P0914SV P0914YZ P0914YZ
2 ® ON OFF ® ® ® ® ®
I/A Series
3 OFF OFF I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber Fieldbus Fiber

Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber Check Fiber

FCM2F FCM2F FBM202 FBM202 FCM2F FCM2F FCM2F FCM2F FBM204 FBM204 FCM2F FCM2F
CommunicationBaseplate I. D. Communication Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication CommunicationBaseplate I. D. Communication Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication
2 Mbps FiberNo.Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 8 Input, Thermocouple/mV 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps FiberNo.
Optic
1 2 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 4 Input, 0-20mA 4 Input, 0-20mA 2 Mbps Fiber Optic 2 Mbps Fiber Optic
1 2
Fieldbus Extender
0 ON ON Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender 0
Fieldbus Extender ON ON Fieldbus Extender 4 Output, 0-20mA 4 Output, 0-20mA Fieldbus Extender Fieldbus Extender
P0914YZ 1 OFF ON P0914YZ P0914ST P0914ST P0914YZ P0914YZ P0914YZ 1 OFF ON
P0914YZ P0914SY P0914SY P0914YZ P0914YZ
2 ON OFF 2 ON OFF ® ® ® ®
®
I/A Series
3 OFF OFF
®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series ®
I/A Series
3 OFF OFF
®
I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series I/A Series

FCM2Fs FCM2Fs (Pairs)


(Pair)
NOTE: Maximum baseplate quantity is four.

Figure 4-27. Baseplate (P0914XA/XB) Interconnections (Example) Using Fiber Optic Cabling

Terminators/Splitters for the Module Fieldbus and


Expanded Fieldbus
The following types of Module Fieldbus Terminators/Splitters are available to terminate/split the
Module Fieldbus and the Expanded Fieldbus (provided by FEM100s). The terminator/splitters
plug into the 9-pin connector on the baseplates. The terminator/splitters are:
♦ Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus and Time Strobe Splitter/ Terminator
(P0926KW)
♦ Terminator (P0916RB)
♦ Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator (P0926KZ)
♦ 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator for Module Fieldbus only (P0926LC).
Figure 4-28 shows each of the splitter/terminators.

179
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus and Time


Terminator P0916RB
Strobe Splitter/Terminator P0926KW
9-pin connector
for A bus

Baseplate 9-Pin
Connector
(on back side of
adapter)

Time Strobe A/B 2 Mbps


Switches A and B Module Fieldbus
Baseplate 9-Pin (Not used) Switches A and B
Connector (shown in “ON”
(on bottom of 9-pin connector
position)
terminator) for B bus

Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator P0926KZ

Time Strobe Input


Network A
Baseplate 9-Pin
Connector
(on back side of
Time Strobe Input terminator)
Network B

268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator P0926LC


Fieldbus A Fieldbus B

F+
F- SH
SH F-
F+

Figure 4-28. Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus and Time Strobe Terminators

On a single baseplate or a baseplate chain (2 to 4 baseplates connected by Module Fieldbus


cables), a terminator is required on each end of the baseplate chain to terminate the 2 Mbps Mod-
ule Fieldbus. When the system is configured to provide an Expanded Fieldbus, only the Expanded
Baseplate groups which mount FBMs require a termination at the bus end. The FEM100
modules are designated with internal terminations.

180
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

Either terminator P0916RB or P0926KW can be used to terminate the Module Fieldbus or
Expanded Fieldbus.
When a time strobe is used, a Fieldbus Terminator and Time Strobe Splitter P0926KZ is required
where the time strobe enters the baseplate or baseplate chain and a P0916RB or P0926KW termi-
nator is placed on the last baseplate in the chain. The time strobe can be used only with Modular
baseplates and connected only to the module Fieldbus.
Baseplates that require splitting the Module Fieldbus/Expanded Fieldbus (redundant Fieldbus)
cabling must use the Module Fieldbus Terminator and Time Strobe Splitter P0926KW between
connecting baseplates and can use either terminator, P0916RB or P0926KW, on bus ends that
require termination.

NOTE
When the P0926KW is used as a bus terminator, the A/B 2 Mbps (FB ‘A’ and FB
‘B’) switches (see figure above) must be set to the “ON” position.
When the P0926KW is used to provide bus splitting between baseplates, the A/B
2 Mbps (FB ‘A’ and FB ‘B’) switches must be in the “OFF” position.

The 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator (P0926LC) connects a remote 268 Kbps Fieldbus
from an FCP270 Modular Baseplate or FCM100E Modular Baseplate to Y-module FBMs and
Migration products. When a 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Terminator is used, a P0916RB or
P0926KW terminator is not placed on the 2 Mbps Fieldbus and Time Strobe output of the
FCP270 Modular Baseplate or FCM100E Modular Baseplate.
The application of the terminator/splitters are illustrated in the following figures:
♦ Figure 3-52 on page 138 illustrates the usage of the Module Fieldbus and Time Strobe
Splitter/ Terminator (P0926KW)
♦ Figure 4-25, Figure 4-26 and Figure 4-27 illustrate the usage of Terminator
(P0916RB)
♦ Figure 3-49 on page 135 illustrates the usage of the Time Strobe Splitter/Terminator
(P0926KZ)
♦ Figure 3-54 on page 140 illustrates the usage of the 268 Kbps Fieldbus Splitter/Termi-
nator (P0926LC).

Fiber Optic Cable Specifications


Fiber optic cabling can be purchased from a qualified fiber optics cabling vendor/installer.

NOTE
1. The FCM2F10 requires single-mode fiber cable.
2. You are strongly urged to subcontract the installation of the fiber optic cables to
an experienced fiber optic cable system vendor/installer. However, if you have the
required skills, a kit manufactured by Optical Fiber Technologies, Inc., Billerica,
Massachusetts, can be used for preparing the fiber optic cable for termination and
installing connectors on the cables.

181
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

There is a wide variety of fiber optic cables available to meet most of your needs. Two general cat-
egories of cable types are indoor and outdoor cables. Figure 4-29 depicts the construction of a sin-
gle-fiber indoor cable. Figure 4-30 illustrates an outdoor type cable, having multiple fiber bundles
and strength members that allow the cable to extend over greater distances.
It is recommended that the selected fiber optic cabling have the following characteristics:
♦ Multimode (MMF)
♦ Graded-index fiber
♦ 62.5 micron core/125 micron cladding
♦ Maximum allowable signal loss = 1 dB/km at a wavelength of 1310 nm
♦ Maximum allowable signal loss = 3.5 dB/km at a wavelength of 850 nm.
♦ Single mode (SMF)
♦ Graded-index fiber
♦ 10 micron core/125 micron cladding
♦ Maximum allowable signal loss = 0.4 dB/km at a wavelength of 1300 nm
♦ Maximum allowable signal loss = 0.25 dB/km at a wavelength of 1550 nm.
Cables with different characteristics can be used, but cabling distance capabilities will be
impacted.

Sheath

Cladding

Core

Figure 4-29. Fiber Optic Cable – Indoor Type

182
4. Equipment Signal Cabling B0400FA – Rev L

HDPE Jacket
Glass Routing
Strength Member

Glass Rod
Strength Member

HDPE
Core Tube

Kevlar Ripcord
Fiber
Bundle
Water Blocking Tape
Flooding Compound

Figure 4-30. Fiber Optic Cable – Outdoor Type

Cable requirements such as flexibility and durability depend on the particular application. Check
with your cable installer/vendor for a listing of application-specific cable characteristics.
Table 4-7 lists physical data for two cables manufactured by Belden Wire & Cable that meet
Foxboro application specifications. It provides an example of the type of information commonly
available on fiber optic cables.

Table 4-7. Fiber Optic Cable – Physical Specifications

Outdoor Cable
Variable Indoor Cable (Interbuilding Trunk Cable)
Part Number Belden PTZ60021 Belden MLD6002
NEC OFNR
Number of Fibers 2 2
Outer Diameter 3.0 x 6.1 mm 10.3 mm (0.405 in)
(0. 118 x 0.242 in)
Center Core 62.5 microns 62.5 microns
Diameter Over Cladding 125 microns 125 microns
Buffer 900 microns –
Coating – 250 microns
Minimum Bend Radius Installation: Installation:2
5 cm (2 in) 20 x diameter
Long Term Application: Long Term Application:
2.54 cm (1 in) 10 x diameter
Maximum Recommended Installation: Installation:
Load 113 kg (250 lb) 181 kg (400 lb)
Long Term Application Long Term Application:
32 kg (70 lb) 36 kg (80 lb)

183
B0400FA – Rev L 4. Equipment Signal Cabling

Table 4-7. Fiber Optic Cable – Physical Specifications (Continued)

Outdoor Cable
Variable Indoor Cable (Interbuilding Trunk Cable)
Mass 18 kg/km 90 kg/km
(12 lb/1000 ft) (60 lb/1000 ft)
Strength Member Kevlar Fiberglass epoxy rod/ Kevlar
Outer Jacket Polyvinyl Chloride Polyethylene
Inner Jacket – Polyvinyl Chloride
1.
Not recommended for pulling through conduit.
2. Calculation for outdoor cable (only) provides bend radius in inches.

184
5. Field Signal Connections
This chapter provides information on how to connect the I/O wiring between the DIN rail
mounted FBM subsystem and the field devices.

Field Wiring to Termination Assembly Connections


! WARNING
To prevent explosion, install and remove cables, wiring, modules and other replace-
able components only when area is known to be nonhazardous.

Field wiring connects to the FBMs by means of termination assemblies (TAs), as illustrated in
Figure 5-1:
♦ Field wiring attaches to the screw terminals on a TA and,
♦ A termination cable connects the TA to the FBM (via a field connector on the
baseplate).
Baseplate (P0914XA/XB)

® ® ® ® ® ®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status

Fieldbus Tx Rx Fieldbus Tx Rx

Ethernet Tx Rx Ethernet Tx Rx

1 2

FBM201 OFF FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FCM10E FCM10E


Channel IsolatedBaseplate I. D. Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Communication Communication
8 input, 0-20mANo. 1 2 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to 10 Mbps Coaxial Ethernet to
0 ON ON 2 Mbps Fieldbus 2 Mbps Fieldbus
P0914SQ 1 OFF ON P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ
P0914YM P0914YM
2 ON OFF
3 ®
OFF OFF ® ® ® ® ®

FCM Identification
Left Module Right Module

®
P0914ZM User Defined

Field Connector

Compression Modular Baseplate (P0926HC/KE/HF/HJ/HM/HQ/HT/HW/KH/HZ/JC/JF/JJ/JM)


Screw Terminals Termination Assembly
® ®
®
®

Operational Status Operational Status Operational Status


Operational Status

FBM201 FBM201 FBM201 FBM201


Channel Isolated Channel Isolated Channel Isolated
8 input, 0-20mA Channel Isolated 8 input, 0-20mA
8 input, 0-20mA 8 input, 0-20mA

P0914SQ P0914SQ P0914SQ


P0914SQ
® ®
®
®

Field Connector

Termination Cable
Field Wiring
Figure 5-1. Field Wiring to FBM Connections

185
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Depending on the type of FBM (FBM201, FBM202, and so forth), one or more TAs are available
for each FBM to handle specific signals and/or voltage levels. Depending on the application and
type of termination assembly used, termination assemblies are available in either passive or active
forms. Passive termination assemblies allow direct field signal feed through to the associated FBM.
Active termination assemblies allow signal conditioning and other functionality to be separated
from the FBM. This separation allows the FBM to reside in hazardous locations not suitable for
the field wiring.
Termination assembly functionality includes optical isolation, temperature compensation for
thermocouples, external power connections and distribution, current limiting, voltage attenua-
tion, fusing, output relays and wiring terminal blocks for interconnection between the FBM, and
field devices as required by the application. Signal conditioning allows the discrete I/O signals to
be actively conditioned at the termination assembly. This permits a single FBM to be used in dif-
ferent applications with different field signal interfaces. Through the use of signal conditioning, a
single FBM type:
♦ can be used to handle different voltage ranges or current ranges,
♦ can be used to sense voltage or contacts, regardless of voltage range, or
♦ can handle <60 V dc outputs, as well as relay outputs for higher voltage ranges.

Termination Assembly Wiring Connections


Types of Termination Assembly Connections
To provide wiring interconnection flexibility and readily meet specific application requirements,
termination assemblies support connection to stranded wire, stranded wire with ferrules, solid
wire, and ring lug type connectors. The types of Termination Assembly terminal blocks are shown
in Figure 5-2.

Compression Screw Knife Disconnect Ring Lug

Figure 5-2. Types of Termination Assembly Terminal Blocks

The knife disconnect connector allows you to disconnect each FBM’s channel output to the field
and each channel has a test point that allows you to measure each FBM’s channel output (see
Figure 5-3.

186
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Knife Closed

Knife Terminal
Open
Label
I/O Wire
Compression
S
Screw and
Test Point

Field Wire
I/O

Figure 5-3. Knife Disconnect Connector

Termination Assembly I/O Wire Sizes


Compression Screw Terminal Block Specifications
The I/O wire sizes for a compression screw terminal block are listed in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1. Compression Screw Terminal Block Specifications

Function Specification
Recommended Screwdriver Blade Width 0.6 x 3.5 mm (0.024 x 0.138 in)
Wire Sizes 0.2 mm2 (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded wire,
solid wire, or stranded wire with ferrules (with or without
plastic collar)
Wire Stripping Length 8 mm (0.315 in)
Torque 0.5 – 0.6 N.m

Knife Disconnect Terminal Block Specifications


The I/O wire sizes for a knife disconnect terminal block are listed in Table 5-1.

Table 5-2. Knife Disconnect Terminal Block Specifications

Function Specification
Recommended Screwdriver Blade Width 0.6 x 3.5 mm (0.024 x 0.138 in)
Wire Sizes 0.2 mm2 (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded wire,
solid wire, or stranded wire with ferrules (with or without
plastic collar)
Wire Stripping Length 8 mm (0.315 in)
Torque 0.5 – 0.6 N.m

Ring Lug Terminal Block Specifications


The I/O wire sizes for a ring lug terminal block are listed in Table 5-3.

187
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-3. Ring Lug Terminal Block Specifications

Function Specification
Screw Size #6-32 steel
Spade or Ring Style Connector Size Accepts #6 size spade or ring style connectors 9.5 mm
(0.375 in)
Torque 0.5 – 0.6 N.m

Wire and Termination Assembly Marking Systems


Five levels of marking are provided on the Termination Assemblies (see Figure 5-4).
First level marking is provided by the termination cables as they connect to the subminiature D-
type connectors on the termination assemblies. All cables are supplied with two wraparound labels
that are marked with the cable number and FBM identification.
Second level marking is provided on the silk-screen of the termination assembly printed wire
board. Silk-screened markings provide information such as termination cable type required, field
connection row (A, B, or C) and channel (01-32). On some termination assemblies the relay
number, wetting voltage marking and other termination assembly relevant information are pro-
vided. A writable area is provided directly below the Foxboro logo across from the termination
cable connector. The termination assembly should be marked with indelible ink to identify the
FBM to which the termination assembly connects.

188
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

COMPONENT BOX LABEL IDENTIFIES FBM TYPE,


SIGNALS, CHANNELS AND TERMINAL ABBREVIATION.
UNIQUE COLOR IDENTIFIES FUNCTION.

USE PRINTABLE PAPER LABEL COMPONENT BOXES PROTECT AGAINST


(P0916RA) SHOCK AND ARE TOOL REMOVABLE FOR
ACCESS TO USER SERVICEABLE
COMPONENTS LIKE FUSES AND RELAYS.

TERMINATION CABLE

EXTERNAL GROUP FUSE


(WHEN REQUIRED)

TERMINALS ACCOMMODATE
REMOVABLE 25
A WIDE RANGE OF
OR 37 SOCKETS
WIRE SIZES.
D-SUBMINIATURE
CONNECTOR
EXTERNAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION
25 OR 37 PINS TERMINALS
D-SUBMINIATURE
CONNECTOR
2 OR 2 TIER
OUTPUT TERMINALS

UNIQUE 3-DIGIT TERMINAL


MOUNTING FEET ACCOMMODATE MARKER (COMPRESSION AND
MULTIPLE DIN RAILS. KNIFE DISCONNECT ONLY)
2 OR 3 TIER INPUT TERMINALS

EXTERNAL EXCITATION VOLTAGE TERMINALS


SILK-SCREEN PROVIDES INFORMATION (WHEN REQUIRED)
ON CABLE TYPES, LOGO, FBM IDENTIFICATION
ROW/COLUMN, AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION.

Cable Type 1 This defines the type of termination cable required for this termination
assembly. For length and actual part number of the cable, refer to the
“FBM[xxx] Field Connections” section of this chapter (where [xxx] is
the number of the FBM associated with this termination assembly).
FBM Identification
This writable area allows you to write the identification
of the FBM to which this termination assembly connects.

*NOT ALL ITEMS SHOWN ARE AVAILABLE ON EVERY TERMINATION ASSEMBLY.


**Termination assemblies with ring lug screw terminals are also available.
Figure 5-4. Typical Compression Style Termination Assembly*

The third level of marking is provided on the field connection terminals (see Figure 5-5). Every
terminal is identified by a 3-digit alphanumeric marker (for example, B06, row B, channel 06).
This ensures that if a wiring table or database is used, every terminal on the termination assembly
has a unique marker.

189
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Termination Assembly
(typical)
Row C
Row B

Row A

Screw Terminals
for connection to
Three-Tier external power
Row B Terminal Block source
Row A
Two-Tier
Terminal Block

C C C C C C C C
Row C 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Extermal
Power
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B L L
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Row B 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 + + Row L+

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A N N
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Row A 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 - - Row N-

The screw terminals on each terminal block are labelled clearly, as shown above.
Note: Compression-type screw terminals are shown. Ring lug screw terminals and knife
disconnect have similar layout and orientation.
Figure 5-5. Field Wiring Connections to Termination Assemblies

The fourth level of marking is a poly carbonate label on top of the component box. This label
identifies the FBM type, associated channel numbers, and signal interconnect types with unique
terminal descriptions that are associated with the specific termination assembly. The poly carbon-
ate label also creates a pocket, which allows for insertion of a user-created paper label. Foxboro
provides these labels on a blank 8 1/2 x11 inch perforated sheet (Foxboro P/N P0916RA), which
can be loaded into a laser printer for printing from a customer database. These blank labels allow
you to revise tags at any time by simply replacing the label.
The fifth level of marking is provided by the color of the component box poly carbonate label.
The color of the label is used to identify the functional type of termination assembly.

190
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-4. Termination Assembly Type and Associated Colors

Termination Assembly Type Color


Analog Raspberry Red
Discrete Dark Blue
Field Communication Green

The termination assemblies and their associated FBMs are listed in Table 5-8 “Termination
Assemblies Basic Properties” on page 201.
The termination assemblies should already be installed in your enclosure, as described in “Termi-
nation Assembly Installation” on page 131.

Making Field I/O Connection to the TA

! CAUTION
Before making the field I/O connections, review the different types field wiring and
safety regulations in “Field (Signal) Wires” on page 192, and the types of signals
which each FBM can safely handle in “Fieldbus Modules with Nonincendive Field
Circuits” on page 195.

To make the field I/O connections to the appropriate TA (and the associated FBM), proceed as
follows:
1. Determine which termination assembly must be used with the selected FBM and its
associated field wiring. Refer to “Termination Assemblies and Cables” on page 199 for
information to help you determine this. Match the type of input and/or output signal
to the termination assembly which can handle it.
2. Write the identification (letterbug) of the selected FBM on the “FBM Identification”
portion of the termination assembly, as shown in Figure 5-4.
3. Determine which termination cable must connect this termination assembly to the
baseplate (and associated FBM). Refer to the specific “FBMxxx Field Connections”
section in this chapter for information on determining this (where xxx is the number
of the FBM to which you are connecting field wiring).
4. Determine the channels on the termination assembly that each field wire must
connect to.
5. Locate the set of blank labels (Foxboro part number P0930RA) packaged with the
subsystem and, using the information obtained in Step 4, print the labels and insert
them into the space provided on each termination assembly component box.
6. Route the field wires from the associated I/O devices into the enclosure containing the
FBMs, and then to the appropriate termination assembly.
7. Slip the exposed end of each field wire into its appropriate screw terminal, and secure
by turning the associated screw clockwise until the terminal makes firm contact with
the wire. Do not torque to more than 0.5 to 0.6 N.m.
The screw terminals and their respective designators are shown on a typical
termination assembly in Figure 5-4.

191
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

8. For termination assemblies associated with FBM201, FBM204, FBM205, or


FBM211, attach the in-line resistor assembly, if required, to the termination assembly,
as described in Figure 5-14.
9. For termination assemblies associated with FBM207, FBM208, FBM217, FBM219,
FBM240, FBM241, FBM241c, or FBM242, attach the necessary external fuses,
relays, or external excitation voltage to the appropriate screw terminals on the termi-
nation assembly.
The screw terminals for connection to an external power source are separate from the
screw terminals for field wiring on the termination assembly, usually on a 2 tier block
with two terminals per block (see Figure 5-4).
The screw terminals for daisy chaining of an external power source are separate from
the screw terminals for field wiring on the termination assembly, usually on a 2 tier
block with two terminals per block (see Figure 5-4).
Refer to the “FBMxxx Field Connections” sections in this chapter (starting on
page 216) for information on determining the appropriate terminals (where xxx is the
number of the FBM to which you are connecting field wiring).
10. Plug one end of the appropriate termination cable into its connector on the termina-
tion assembly, as shown in Figure 5-4. Secure the termination cable by turning both of
its screw connectors clockwise until the cable is fastened.
Refer to the “FBMxxx Field Connections” section in this chapter for information to
help you determine which end of the cable to connect to the TA (where xxx is the
number of the FBM to which you are connecting field wiring).
11. Attach the other end of the termination cable to the appropriate input/output con-
nector on the baseplate. Secure the termination cable by turning both of its screw con-
nectors clockwise until the cable is fastened.
For a redundant pair of FBM205s, FBM207s, FBM208s, FBM216s, FBM217s,
FBM218s, FBM228s, FBM237s, FBM240s, or FBMs246 you must attach the termi-
nation cable to the redundant adapter, which installs over the FBM’s field connectors.
(This adapter was installed during “Redundant Adapter Installation” on page 128.)
You have completed connecting field wiring to the FBM.

Field (Signal) Wires


The following paragraphs discuss field wire classification, allowable quantity, size, and
shield terminations.

Signal Wire Classification


Field (signal) wiring is divided into three classifications which, for safety reasons, must be physi-
cally isolated from one another by mutually exclusive conduits, pipes, troughs, raceways and/or
runs, and by using separate cable entries into enclosures. These classifications are shown in
Table 5-5.

192
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

! WARNING
To reduce risk of fire or electric shock, do not interconnect the outputs of different
Class 2 circuits.

Table 5-5. Signal Wire Classification


High-Voltage (HV) Wires carrying voltages above 30 V rms (42.4 V peak) or 60 V dc.
Low-Voltage (LV) Wires carrying voltages at or below 30 V rms (42.4 V peak) or 60 V dc.These are
termed “Class 2” circuits in the U.S. and Canada. See Note.
Nonincendive (NI) Wires that enter or leave the equipment enclosure and, under normal operating
conditions, when shorted, opened, or grounded are not capable, due to arcing or
thermal effects, of igniting the specified flammable gas/vapor-in-air mixture or
combustible dust.
Note: The power sources in the FBM are voltage and power limited to Class 2 levels as defined in the National
Electrical Code (NFPA-70), Article 725 and the Canadian Electrical Code, Section 16 (CSA C22.1). Field cir-
cuits that are connected only to the FBM power sources are, by definition, Class 2 circuits. Field circuits that
connect to an external, non-FBM power source are Class 2 only if the external power source is listed/certified
as Class 2. This is important to understand because the U.S. National and the Canadian electrical codes have
specific requirements that apply to wiring methods used for Class 2 circuits.

The minimum allowable distance between wires or groups of wires in different classifications is
50 mm (2 in) at all points along the wire run.

! WARNING
Failure to separate these classifications of field wiring, as described herein, may
result in injury to personnel and/or property damage.

NOTE
1. Signal cables should not be routed in troughs, wireways, pipes, or conduits con-
taining power cables, nor routed close to electric motors, welding machines, or
other equipment capable of generating significant amounts of electromagnetic
interference (EMI). Failure to comply may result in improper system operation.
2. All signal wiring must be twisted-pair to minimize cross-talk between channels.

Figure 5-6 shows separation schemes for incendive/nonincendive wiring.

NOTE
The separation barriers shown in Figure 5-6 are an integral part of the enclosures.
Steps should be taken to bypass field outputs in case of an FBM signal termination
connector failure. The bypass capability can be placed in marshalling cabinets or
junction blocks on the field side of the signal termination connector. This lets you
replace failed signal termination connectors while maintaining output signals.

193
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Non-Hazardous Area
Input
Power Any
Enclosure Incendive Signal Wiring Sensors and/or
Actuators

Any Incendive Signal Wiring Sensors and/or


Enclosure Actuators
Input
Power

SB Nonincendive Signal Wiring Sensors and/or


Actuators

Division 2 (Zone 2) Hazardous (Potentially Explosive) Area


B05
Enclosure
Input Nonincendive Signal Wiring Sensors and/or
Power Actuators

XX SB Incendive Signal Wiring Sensors and/or


Actuators
XX XX
SB = Separation barrier consisting of panduit, partition, 50 mm (2 in) spacing, or other
separation between wires.
XX = Conduit or other wiring method accepted by local inspection authority.
Figure 5-6. Wiring Separation, Example

Number of Wires
The maximum number of field input/output wires allowed inside each enclosure is a function of
the sizes of the wires in conjunction with: 1) the available cross-sectional area of the I/O wire
channel(s), 2) the allowable number of termination blocks in the enclosure, and 3) where applica-
ble, the requirement to separate the different classifications of field wires (as described under “Sig-
nal Wire Classification” on page 192).
These factors must be considered to avoid having too many I/O wires within a particular enclo-
sure. You are responsible for determining the quantity of, and selecting sizes for, the field wires
scheduled for connection within any enclosure.

Wire Size
For field I/O wiring, recommended wire size is between 0.47 mm diameter (24 AWG) and
2.05 mm diameter (12 AWG).

Shield Terminations
Where applicable, field wiring shields must be terminated using one of the following methods
(the preferred method is listed first):
♦ At the transmitter (but not at both ends of the shield)
♦ At the earth (ground) plate or bus bar within a user-supplied marshalling cabinet

194
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

♦ At a bus bar within the enclosure. The bar must be connected to plant utility earth
using an 8 AWG (10 mm2) insulated green wire, or green wire with one or more yel-
low stripes.

Enclosure Termination Assembly Complement


For information on how many termination assemblies (TAs) can be accommodated in the various
types of enclosures, refer to the Chapter 2 “Enclosure Installation Information”.

Fieldbus Modules with Nonincendive Field Circuits


Some Fieldbus Modules (FBMs) have field circuits that are nonincendive when installed accord-
ing to the electrical codes (requirements) described in the following paragraphs. This allows the
use of ordinary location wiring methods (for example, the field wiring not being enclosed in a
conduit) in Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations. There are two sets of requirements that apply:
Underwriters Laboratories (UL), which apply to North American (U.S. and Canadian) installa-
tions, and CENELEC, which apply to European installations. The requirements are similar in
concept, but terminology is somewhat different for each.

! WARNING
To prevent explosion, do not install or remove cables, wiring, modules, or other
replaceable system components in hazardous locations. Remove power to the equip-
ment at the source or ensure that the atmosphere is non-explosive before installing
or removing any electrical component.

North American vs. CENELEC Terminology


In the following listing, the North American (UL) is the first given, and CENELEC is the second,
as in:
♦ Voc (UL) = Um (CENELEC) = The maximum open circuit voltage available at the
FBM field terminals
♦ Voc = Um = The maximum open-circuit voltage available at the FBM field terminals
♦ Vmax = Ui = The maximum voltage that can be connected to the FBM field terminals
from an external source
♦ Isc = Io = The maximum short-circuit current that can be supplied by the FBM field
terminals
♦ Imax = Ii = The maximum current that can be delivered to the FBM field terminals by
an external source
♦ Ca = Co = The maximum total capacitance that can be connected to the FBM field
terminals
♦ Ci = Ci = The effective capacitance of the internal FBM circuitry, as seen at the FBM
field terminals
♦ La = Lo = The maximum total inductance that can be connected to the FBM filed
terminals
♦ Li = Li = The effective inductance of the internal FBM circuitry, as seen at the FBM
field terminals.

195
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

The CENELEC terminology is used in the entity parameters table on page 197.

Requirements
The National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) allows the use of nonincendive circuits in Class I,
Division 2 Groups A through D; Class II, Division 2, Group G (and Groups E and F dusts with
resistivities greater than 100,000 ohms/centimeters); and Class III Division 2 hazardous loca-
tions. It allows the use of entity parameters in determining the suitability of connected field cir-
cuits/devices to individual FBM I/O terminals. The following information applies to the use of
FBMs with nonincendive field circuits.
The two basic types of nonincendive FBM field circuits are:
♦ S – those deriving their energy from the FBMs
♦ R – those suppling energy to the FBMs.

Type S
Type S field circuits are restricted by the maximum allowable connected capacitance (Co) and
maximum allowable connected inductance (Lo). These are determined from the maximum open
circuit voltage (Um) and the maximum short circuit current (Io) available at the FBM terminals.
Examples include:
♦ Internally powered 0 to 20 mA I/O
♦ Thermocouple inputs
♦ RTD inputs
♦ Contact sensor inputs
♦ Internally powered output switches
♦ Internally powered pulse inputs.

Type R
Type R input field circuits have essentially zero input capacitance (Ci) and inductance (Li). The
nonincendivity of the field circuits is purely a function of the parameters of the user-connected
field devices, power sources, and wire. (You must determine these limits by referring to published
ignition curves, and incorporating the applicable safety factor for voltage or current per UL Stan-
dard 1604.) Examples include:
♦ Voltage monitoring circuits
♦ Externally powered 0 to 20 mA I/O
♦ Externally powered output switching
♦ Externally powered pulse inputs.

NOTE
Some FBMs have field circuits that cannot be made nonincendive (for example,
240 V load switching).

Table 5-6 specifies the entity parameters for each Fieldbus Module and termination assembly
combination that can be connected to nonincendive field circuits. For additional information
concerning the entity parameter concept, see UL Standard 1604.

196
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-6. Entity Parameters for FBM Nonincendive Field Circuits

Entity Parameters3
FBM TA Type TA Field Field Circuit (S) Um (S) Io (S) Co (S) Lo
Type (P/N)1 Terminal Type2 (R) Ui (R) Ii (R) Ci (R) Li
FBM201 P0916AA/AB, iP to i+ Input (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
P0916XG/P0917JK i+ to i- Input (R) 60 – c
0 0
FBM201b None iP to i+ Input (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
P0922ZM/None i+ to i- Input (R) 60 –c 0 0
FBM201c None iP to i+ Input (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
P0922ZN/None i+ to i- Input (R) 60 – c
0 0
FBM201d None iP to i+ Input (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
P0922ZP/P0926SQ i+ to i- Input (R) 60 – c
0 0
FBM202 P0916AC/AD, i+ to i- Input (S) 3 0 1000 1000
P0916XH/P0917JL
FBM203, P0916AE/AF, i+ to i- Input (S) 6 0 1000 1000
FBM203b, P0916XJ/P0917JM i+ to iC Input (S) 6 0.3 1000 1000
FBM203c
i- to iC Input (S) 6 0.3 1000 1000
FBM204 P0916AG/AH i+ to iP Input (S) 25 38 0.12 0.5
P0916XK/None i+ to i- Input (R) 60 –4 0 0
o+ to o- Output (S) 30 21 0.12 0.5
FBM205 P0916AJ/AK, i+ to iP Input (S) 25 42 0.12 0.5
P0916XL/P0917JP i+ to i- Input (R) 60 –4 0 0
o+ to o- Output (S)5 32 21 0.12 0.5
FBM206 P0916JQ/PG, i+ to P+ In-Pulse (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
P0916XM/P0917JQ i- to P+ In-Pulse (S) 25 37 0.12 0.5
i+ to i- In-Pulse (R) 60 –4 0 0
FBM2076 P0916AL/AN i+ to i- In-VM (R) 60 –4 0 0
P0916XN/P0917JR
FBM207b6 P0916JS/PP i+ to iS In-CS (S) 26 3 0.2 1000
P0916XT
FBM207c6 P0917MF/MH, i+ to iS In-CS (S) 52 3 0.02 1000
P0917MG/MJ
FBM208 P0916AJ/AK, i+ to iP Input (S) 25 42 0.12 0.5
P0916XL/P0917JP i+ to i- Input (R) 60 – 4
0 0
o+ to o- Output (S)7 32 21 0.12 0.5
FBM211 P0916JT/PQ i+ to i- Input (R) 60 –4 0 0
FBM211 P0916BT/BU i+ to i- Input (R) 60 –4 0 0
FBM212 P0916BV/BW i+ to i- Input (S) 3 0 1000 1000
FBM213 P0916JR/PR i+ to i- Input (S) 6 0 1000 1000
i+ to iC Input (S) 6 0.3 1000 1000
i- to iC Input (S) 6 0.3 1000 1000
FBM214 P0916BX/P0926TD Refer to the HART Communication Interface Module (FBM214/215/216/218)
P0926EA User’s Guide (B0400FF).
FBM215 P0917XV/P0926SP
P0926EK
FBM216 P0916BX/P0926TD
P0926EA
FBM2176 P0916CA/CB i+ to i- In-VM (R) 30 –4 0 0

197
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-6. Entity Parameters for FBM Nonincendive Field Circuits (Continued)

Entity Parameters3
FBM TA Type TA Field Field Circuit (S) Um (S) Io (S) Co (S) Lo
Type (P/N)1 Terminal Type2 (R) Ui (R) Ii (R) Ci (R) Li
FBM2176 P0916PW/PX, i+ to i- In-VM (R) 30 –4 0 0
P0916XZ/None
FBM218 P0917XV/P0926SP Refer to the HART Communication Interface Module (FBM214/215/216/218)
P0926EK User’s Guide (B0400FF)
FBM219 P0917LE i+ to i- In-VM (R) 30 –4 0 0
oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 0.25 0 0
4
FBM219 P0917LH i+ to i- In-VM (R) 30 – 0 0
oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 0.25 0 0
FBM220, P0917RF/RG Refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus H1 Communication Interface Modules
FBM221 (FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD)
FBM222 P0926TH/TJ Refer to FBM222, Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Mod-
ule (PSS 21H-2Z22 B4)
FBM223 P0917SY Refer to Profibus-DP Communication Interface Module (FBM223) User’s
Guide (B0400FE)
FBM224 P0926GH Refer to Modbus Communication Interface Module (FBM224) User’s Guide
(B0400FK)
FBM2288 P0922VC/None Refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the Redundant FBM228
P0922VS/None Interface (B0700BA)
FBM230, P0926GH/PA Refer to Field Device System Integrator Modules (FBM230/231/232/233)
FBM231 User’s Guide (B0700AH)
FBM232, None Refer to Field Device System Integrator Modules (FBM230/231/232/233)
FBM233 User’s Guide (B0700AH)
FBM237 P0916CC/QC o+ to o- Output (S) 30 21 0.12 0.5
P0916YE/None o+ to o- R-Output (S)9 32 21 0.12 0.5
FBM240 P0916YF/HU/ Externally powered, connection is not nonincendive.10
P0926SP
Ring Lug Only
FBM241 P0916UY/UZ i+ to i- In-VM (R) 60 –4 0 0
oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM241 P0916AQ/AR i+ to i- In-VM (R) 60 –4 0 0
oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM241b P0916JV/QN i+ to i- In-VM (R) 60 –4 0 0
FBM241c P0916UD/SS, iS to i+ In-CS (S) 28 2.5 0.2 50
None/P0917KY oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM241c P0916AW/AX iS to i+ In-CS (S) 28 2.5 0.2 50
None/P0917KY oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM241c P0916QQ/QR Externally powered, connection is not nonincendive.
FBM241c P0916JW/QP iS to i+ In-CS (S) 28 2.5 0.2 50
oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM241d P0916JX/QS/ iS to i+ In-CS (S) 28 2.5 0.2 50
P0916YW/P0917LA oK to oC O-IntP (S) 15 15 0.2 1
FBM242 P0917HX/None oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM242 P0923LH oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 12A 0 0
FBM242 P0917XX/None oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0
FBM242 P0916JY/ RJ oC to oK O-ExtP (R) 60 2A 0 0

198
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-6. Entity Parameters for FBM Nonincendive Field Circuits (Continued)

Entity Parameters3
FBM TA Type TA Field Field Circuit (S) Um (S) Io (S) Co (S) Lo
Type (P/N)1 Terminal Type2 (R) Ui (R) Ii (R) Ci (R) Li
FBM243 P0916BA,P0931KJ cP to c+ Inputs (S) 25 30 0.12 0.5
Externally powered, connection is not nonincendive.
FBM243 P0917XW cP to c+ Inputs (S) 25 35 0.12 0.5
Externally powered, connection is not nonincendive.
FBM246 P0916BA, cP to c+ Inputs (S)11 25 74 0.12 0.5
P0917XW Externally powered, connection is not nonincendive.

1. The TA part numbers are listed as follows: compression type/ring lug type.
2. (S) = the FBM terminals supply energy; (R) = the FBM terminals receive energy. This defines
whether to use Um or Ui, Io or Ic, Co or Ci, and Lo or Li in the entity parameter columns.
3. Units are expressed as follows: Um and Ui in dc Volts; Io and Ii in dc mA; Co and Ci in μF; Lo and
Li in mH.
4. Maximum current, Ii, determined by external power source and external series resistance.
5.
Requires redundant adapter (P0916NN) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
6. Requires redundant adapter (P0926ZY) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
7.
Requires redundant adapter (P0916NN) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
8. Requires redundant adapter (P0922RK) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
9. Requires redundant adapter (P0916QD) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
10.
Requires redundant adapter (P0916YJ) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.
11. Requires redundant adapter (P0916VU) mounted on baseplate to support redundancy.

NOTE
1. Notes 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 apply to both inputs and outputs.
2. Notes 5 and 7 are always required.
3. Note 6 and 8 are required when FBM237, FBM208 and FBM240 are used in a
redundant configuration.

Termination Assemblies and Cables


Termination assemblies connect to the DIN rail baseplates through removable termination cables.
All Termination assemblies are available using Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) materials for their body
construction. Some Termination assemblies are available using non-PVC (PolyAmide) material.
The different materials have an operating temperature range as listed in Table 5-7. PVC TAs and
non-PVC TAs have different part numbers as listed in Table 5-8.
.
Table 5-7. Termination Assemblies Operating Temperature Range

Operating Temperature
Material Range
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) -20 to +50°C (-4 to +122°F)

199
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-7. Termination Assemblies Operating Temperature Range

Operating Temperature
Material Range
PolyAmide (PA) -20 to +70°C (-4 to +158°F)

Termination cables are used to pass analog, discrete, digital communication and low voltage
power signals from the TA to the associated FBM.
Termination cables are available in a variety of lengths, ranging from 0.5 m (1.6 ft) up to 30 m
(98 ft). This allows the termination assemblies to be mounted in either the same enclosure or in
an adjacent enclosure.
Termination cables are available with either polyurethane or Hypalon® outer jackets. For easy
installation, cables are supplied complete with HDP-20 D-subminiature connectors. Each cable is
shielded for noise protection. The cross sectional diameter of each termination cable is compatible
with standard wireways.

Signal Inputs and Outputs


This section describes the types of signal inputs and outputs, and associated FBMs for the termi-
nation assemblies. Refer to Table 5-8 if you have a termination assembly part number and wish to
learn more about it.
Table 5-8 uses the following terms:
♦ Channel isolation indicates that an I/O channel is galvanically isolated from all other
channels and earth (ground). A Fieldbus Module, that uses a termination assembly
with channel isolation can withstand, without damage, a potential of 600 V ac applied
for one minute between any channel and ground, or between a given isolated channel
and any other isolated channel.
♦ Group isolation indicates that all of the input and/or output channels in a termina-
tion assembly are isolated as a group from earth (ground). A Fieldbus Module that
uses a termination assembly with group isolation, withstands, without damage, a
potential of 600 V ac applied for one minute between the group isolated channels and
earth (ground). No input or output channels of group-isolated FBMs should be
grounded or ground referenced, as this can cause improper operation due to ground
loop errors.
♦ Differential isolation indicates that each channel has a differential input to allow up
to approximately 1 volt voltage difference between channels without introducing
errors. Channels are not galvanically isolated from each other, but are isolated from
ground and the associated FBM. Differential group isolated inputs use the FBM sub-
system power supply for field power. The module withstands, without damage, a
potential of 600 V ac applied for one minute between the differential isolated chan-
nels and earth (ground). The specific advantage of the differential isolation over group
isolation is that inputs or outputs can be grounded or ground-referenced as long as the
reference of any one channel with respect to any other channel reference is approxi-
mately 1 volt or less.
♦ External Source indicates that power is supplied to the loop from a source other than
via the Fieldbus Module.
♦ Redundant indicates that the module must be used in a redundant configuration (two
modules) with the appropriate redundant adapter and TA.

200
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

♦ Redundant Ready indicates that the module may be used in a non-redundant config-
uration or with the appropriate redundant adapter in a redundant configuration.
♦ Voltage source supplied in loop indicates that power is supplied to the loop from a
source located between the termination assembly and the I/O device in the loop.
♦ Voltage source supplied outside loop indicates that power is supplied to the loop
from a source which connects to the power distribution terminals of the termination
assembly.
Refer to “Enclosure Installation Information” on page 65 for information on the heat dissipation
and power consumption of the TAs.

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0916AA/ P0916XG/ FBM201 8 0 to 20 mA 0 N/A Channel page 216
P0916AB P0917JK
None P0922ZM/ FBM201b 8 0 to 100 mV 0 N/A Channel page 216
None
None P0922ZN/ FBM201c 8 0 to 5 V dc 0 N/A Channel page 216
None
None P0922ZP/ FBM201d 8 0 to 10 V dc 0 N/A Channel page 216
P0926SQ
P0916AC/ P0916XH/ FBM202 8 Thermocouple/mV 0 N/A Channel page 220
P0916AD P0917JL
P0916AE/ P0916XJ/ FBM203, 8 RTD (Plati- 0 N/A Channel page 223
P0916AF P0917JM FBM203b, num/Nickel/Copper)
FBM203c
P0916AG/ P0916XK/ FBM204 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 226
P0916AH None
P0917QW/ FBM204 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 226
None Bypass
P0916AJ/ P0916XL/ FBM205 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 230
P0916AK/ P0917JP/ Redundant
P0917QW None FBM205 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 230
Bypass Redundant
P0916JQ/ P0916XM/ FBM206 8 Pulse 0 N/A Channel page 234
P0916PG P917JQ (15 to 60 V dc)
P0916AL/ P0916XN/ FBM207 16 15 to 60 V dc Switch 0 N/A Channel page 237
P0916AN P0917JR
P0916AM/ P0916XP/ FBM207 16 120 V ac/125 V dc 0 N/A Channel page 237
P0916AP P0917JS Switch
P0916PK/ None/ FBM207 16 120 V ac/125 V dc 0 N/A Group page 237
P0916PL P0917JT Switch (external
source)
P0916PH/ None/ FBM207 16 240 V ac Switch 0 N/A Channel page 237
P0916PJ P0917JU
P0916PM/ FBM207 16 240 V ac Switch 0 N/A Group page 237
P0916PN (external source)
P0916JS/ P0916XT FBM207b 16 24 V dc Contact 0 N/A Channel page 237
P0916PP

201
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0917MF/ P0917MG/ FBM207c 16 48 V dc Contact 0 N/A Channel page 237
P0917MH P0917MJ
P0916AJ/ P0916XL/ FBM208 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 251
P0916AK P0917JP w/readback
P0917QW/ FBM208 4 0 to 20 mA 4 0 to 20 mA Channel page 251
None Bypass
P0916JT/ FBM211 16 0 to 20 mA, 0 N/A Differential page 256
P0916PQ External Power
P0916BT/ FBM211 16 0 to 20 mA, 0 N/A Differential page 256
P0916BU FBM Power
P0916BV/ FBM212 14 Thermocouple/mV 0 N/A Differential page 260
P0916BW
P0916JR/ FBM213 8 RTD (Platinum 0 N/A Differential page 262
P0916PR and Nickel)
P0916BX/ P0926TD/ FBM214 8 HART 0 N/A Group page 265
P0926EA None
P0917XV/ P0926SP/ FBM215 0 N/A 8 HART Channel page 266
P0926EK None
P0916BX/ P0926TD/ FBM216 8 HART 0 N/A Group page 266
P0926EA None Redundant Ready
P0916CA/ FBM217 32 15 to 30 V dc Switch 0 N/A Group page 266
P0916CB
P0916PW/ P0916XZ/ FBM217 32 24 V dc Contact 0 N/A Group page 266
P0916PX None
P0916PS/ P0916YA/ FBM217 32 120 V ac/125 V dc 0 N/A Channel page 266
P0916PT None Switch
P0916PY/ P0916YB/ FBM217 32 120 V ac/125 V dc 0 N/A Group page 266
P0916PZ None Switch (external
source)
P0916PU/ FBM217 32 240 V ac Switch 0 N/A Channel page 266
P0916PV
P0916QA/ FBM217 32 240 V ac Switch 0 N/A Group page 266
P0916QB (external source)
P0917XV/ P0926SP/ FBM218 0 N/A 8 HART Channel page 278
P0926EK None Redundant
Ready
P0917LE/ FBM219 24 15 to 30 V dc 8 15 to 60 V dc at Group page 278
None Switch 0.25 A Switch
(external
source)
P0917LH/ FBM219 24 24 V dc Contact, 8 15 to 60 Vdc at Group page 278
None Current Limited 0.25 A Switch
(external
source)

202
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0917LL/ FBM219 24 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 125 V dc at Channel/ page 278
None Switch 600 mA Channel
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at 5 A
(external
source)
P0917LP/ FBM219 24 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 125 V dc Channel/ page 278
None Switch at 600 mA Group
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc
at 250 mA
w/inductive
load
(external
source) with
excitation or
power
distribution
voltage
source sup-
plied outside
loop (through
TA)
P0917LS/ FBM219 24 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 125 V dc Group/ page 278
None Switch (external at 600 mA Channel
source) w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at 5 A
(external
source)

203
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0917LV/ FBM219 24 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 125 V dc Group/ page 278
None Switch (external at 600 mA Group
source) w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load
(external
source) with
excitation or
power
distribution
voltage
source sup-
plied outside
loop (through
TA)
P0917RF/ FBM220 1-channel (FBM220) FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 communication.
None Refer to FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 Communication Interface Modules
(FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD).
P0917RG/ FBM221 4-channel (FBM221) FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 communication.
None Refer to FOUNDATION fieldbus H1 Communication Interface Modules
(FBM220/FBM221) User’s Guide (B0400FD).
P0926TH P0926TJ FBM222 2-channel (FBM222) fieldbus Profibus-DP.
Refer to FBM222, Redundant PROFIBUS-DP Communication Interface Mod-
ule (PSS 21H-2Z22 B4).
P0917SY/ FBM223 2-channel (FBM223) fieldbus Profibus-DP.
None Refer to Profibus Communication Interface Module (FBM223) User’s Guide
(B0400FE).
P0926GH/ FBM224 RS-232, RS-422, and/or RS-485 4-port (FBM224) Modbus fieldbus.
P0926PA Refer to Modbus Communication Interface Module (FBM224) User’s Guide
(B0400FK).
P0922VC/ P0922VS/ FBM228 Refer to FOUNDATION™ fieldbus User’s Guide for the Redundant FBM228
None None Interface (B0700BA).
P0926GH/ FBM230/ Refer to Field Device System Integrator Modules (FBM230/231/232/233)
P0926PA 231 User’s Guide (B0700AH)
FBM232/ Refer to Field Device System Integrator Modules (FBM230/231/232/233)
233 User’s Guide (B0700AH)
P0916CC/ P0916YE/ FBM237 0 N/A 8 0 to 20 mA Channel page 289
P0916QC None Redundant
Ready
P0917QZ/ FBM237 0 N/A 8 0 to 20 mA Channel page 289
None Bypass Redundant
Ready
None/ FBM240 0 8 80 to 125 V dc Channel page 293
P0917YF at 5 A or
80 to 120 V ac
at 10A Switch
(external
source)
with readback

204
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
None/ FBM240 0 8 80 to 120 V ac Channel page 293
P0917HU at 5 A Switch
(external
source)
with readback
None/ FBM240 0 8 15 to 30 V dc Channel page 293
P0926SZ at 5 A Switch
(external
source)
with readback
P0916UY/ FBM241 8 15 to 60 V dc Switch 8 15 to 60 V dc at Channel page 299
P0916UZ 2A
Switch, unpro-
tected
(external
source)
P0916AQ/ FBM241 8 15 to 60 V dc Switch 8 15 to 60 V dc at Channel page 299
P0916AR 2A
Switch, pro-
tected
(external
source)
P0916QE/ FBM241 8 15 to 60 V dc Switch 8 30 V dc at 5 A, Channel page 299
P0916QF or
125 V dc at
600 mA
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at 250
mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at
5 A, or
240 V ac at 5 A
Switch (exter-
nal
source) with
voltage
source sup-
plied in loop2

205
B0400FA – Rev L 5. Field Signal Connections

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0916AS/ P0916YH FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 30 V dc at 5 A, Channel page 299
P0916AT Switch or
125 V dc at
600 mA
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at 5 A
Switch, or
240 V ac
at 5 A Switch
(external
source)
with voltage
source
supplied in
loop2
P0916QG/ FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 30 V dc at 5 A, Channel page 299
P0916QH Switch or
125 V dc at
600 mA
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at
5 A, or
240 V ac at 5 A
Switch (exter-
nal
source) with
power
distribution
voltage
source sup-
plied outside
loop (through
TA)2
P0917MX/ FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 120 V ac/ Channel page 299
None Switch 125 V dc at
(Knife 2 A, solid-state
terminals) switch (external
source)
P0926DS FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 120 V ac/ Channel page 299
(Knife Switch 125 V dc at
terminals) 2 A, solid-state
switch (external
source)

206
5. Field Signal Connections B0400FA – Rev L

Table 5-8. Termination Assemblies Basic Properties (Continued)

TA Part TA Part Signal Inputs Signal Outputs


Number1 Number Used Isolation General
(PVC) (PA) with # Type # Type Provided* Info.
P0916QT/ FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 30 V dc at 5 A, Group/ page 299
P0916QU Switch (external 125 V dc at Channel
source) 600 mA (page 200)
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at 5 A
Switch (exter-
nal source)
with voltage
source
supplied in
loop2
P0916QV/ FBM241 8 120 V ac/125 V dc 8 30 V dc at 5 A, Group/ page 299
P0916QW Switch (external or Channel
source) 125 V dc at (page 200)
600 mA
w/resistive
load, or
125 V dc at
250 mA
w/inductive
load, or
120 V ac at
5 A, or
240 V ac at 5 A
Switch (exter-
nal source)
with power dis-
tribution
voltage source
supplied
outside loop